Home › Thermo Scientific › Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex™ Recirculating Chillers Basic Controller Manual

Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex™ Recirculating Chillers Basic Controller Manual

File info: application/pdf · 212 pages · 5.15MB

TFlex cover new.pmd

TFlex cover new.pmd - Thermo Fisher Scientific

Rev. 06/21/2019 ... This manual is copyrighted by Thermo Fisher S

Recirculating Chillers (Basic Controller)

This manual is copyrighted by Thermo Fisher Scientific. Users are forbidden to reproduce, republish, redistribute, or resell any materials from this manual in either machine-readable form or any other form.

Full PDF Document

If the inline viewer fails, it will open the original document in compatibility mode automatically. You can also open the file directly.

Extracted Text

Thermo Scientific ThermoFlexTM
Recirculating Chillers
(Basic Controller)
Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00933 Rev. 06/21/2019
Multilingual Quick Start Guides Multilingual Essential Safety Instructions Installation Operation Preventive Maintenance Troubleshooting
Visit our Web site at:
http://www.thermofisher.com/tc
Product Service Information, Applications Notes, SDS Forms, e-mail. Voice Info: (800) 258-0830

Label 1 Label 2

Thermo Fisher Scientific
25 Nimble Hill Road Newington, NH 03801 Tel : (800) 258-0830 or (603) 436-9444 Fax : (603) 436-8411 www.thermofisher.com/tc

Sales, Service, and Customer Support
25 Nimble Hill Road Newington, NH 03801 Tel: (800) 258-0830 Sales: 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Service and Support: 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday through Friday (Eastern Time) Fax: (603) 436-8411 service.tc.us@thermofisher.com
Dieselstrasse 4 D-76227 Karlsruhe, Germany Tel : +49 (0) 721 4094 444 Fax : +49 (0) 721 4094 300 info.tc.de@thermofisher.com
Building 6, No. 27 Xin Jinqiao Rd., Shanghai 201206 Tel : +86(21) 68654588 Fax : +86(21) 64457830 info.china@thermofisher.com

Statement of Copyright
Copyright � 2019 Thermo Fisher Scientific. All rights reserved. This manual is copyrighted by Thermo Fisher Scientific. Users are forbidden to reproduce, republish, redistribute, or resell any materials from this manual in either machinereadable form or any other form.

Thermo Scientific

Contents

Quick Start Preface
Section 1 Section 2 Section 3
Section 4

..................................................................................................................................i Compliance...............................................................................................................i WEEE ......................................................................................................................i After-Sale Support...................................................................................................i Unpacking................................................................................................................ii Warranty...................................................................................................................ii Feedback...................................................................................................................ii
Safety................................................................................... 1-1 Warnings............................................................................................................... 1-1
General Information..............................................................2-1 Description.......................................................................................................... 2-1 Specifications....................................................................................................... 2-1
Installation............................................................................ 3-1 Site Requirements...............................................................................................3-1 Electrical Requirements.....................................................................................3-2 Hard Wire Installation........................................................................................3-9 Plumbing Requirements...................................................................................3-10 Process Fluid Requirements............................................................................3-13 Compatibility with Approved Fluids.............................................................3-14 Additional Fluid Information.........................................................................3-16 Process Water Quality and Standards............................................................3-16 Facility Water Quality - Standards and Recommendations........................3-17 Facility Water Requirements............................................................................3-18 Fluid Filter Bag..................................................................................................3-20 Priming...............................................................................................................3-20 Initial Filling ......................................................................................................3-21 Fluid Top Off ....................................................................................................3-22
Operation..........................................................................................................4-1 Basic Controller...................................................................................................4-1 Setup..................................................................................................................... 4-2 Start Up................................................................................................................4-2 Controller Loops.................................................................................................4-4 Menu Tree............................................................................................................4-5 Setpoint Loop......................................................................................................4-6 Setup Loop...........................................................................................................4-7 Shut Down.........................................................................................................4-13

ThermoFlex

Contents

Section 5
Section 6
Section 7 Section 8
Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Declaration of Conformity WARRANTY
ThermoFlex

Additional Options/Accessories.................................................5-1 Auto Refill ..........................................................................................................5-1 Internal DI Cartridge.........................................................................................5-2 P1 P2 T1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve (Internal Configuration)............... 5-3 P1 P2 T1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve (External Configuration)............. 5-4 Flow Control with Flow Readout.....................................................................5-5 P1 P2 T1 Pump Pressure Relief with Flow Readout.................................. 5-5 T5 Pump Flow Control.....................................................................................5-6 Anti Drainback....................................................................................................5-6 SEMI..................................................................................................................... 5-6 Other Accessories.............................................................................................5-10
Preventive Maintenance................................................................................ 6-1 Preventive Maintenance Timer ........................................................................6-1 Fluid Bag Filter....................................................................................................6-2 Fluid Diffuser......................................................................................................6-2 Reservoir Cleaning..............................................................................................6-3 Fluid Maintenance..............................................................................................6-3 Condenser Filter..................................................................................................6-4 Chiller Surface.....................................................................................................6-5 Hoses.................................................................................................................... 6-5 DI Filter (Optional) ...........................................................................................6-6 Diagnostic Loop ................................................................................................6-7 Testing the Alarm Features...............................................................................6-8
Troubleshooting...................................................................... 7-1 Operational Error Codes...................................................................................7-1 Checklist.............................................................................................................7-10 Verifying/Adjusting the Controller PID Values..........................................7-13
Additional Information.............................................................8-1 Draining................................................................................................................ 8-1 Wetted Materials..................................................................................................8-3 Internal Process Fluid Temperature Sensor (rdt1) Calibration.................... 8-4 Process Fluid Pressure (P1) Transducer Calibration.................................... 8-6 Optional Process Fluid Flow (FLo) Transducer Calibration....................... 8-8 Service Codes....................................................................................................8-10 Clearing SEr Message.......................................................................................8-11 Decommissioning/Disposal...........................................................................8-12 Shipment/Storage.............................................................................................8-12
Country Specific 230 VAC, 50 Hz, 1 � Requirements
Voltage Configuration Instructions
Analog I/O and Remote Sensor
Serial Communications
Thermo Scientific

This quick start guide is intended for initial start up only. For all other procedures you must refer to the manual. Also, if any of these steps are not clear download the manual before proceeding.

Safety:

Never operate damaged or leaking equipment.

The chiller is designed for indoor use only. Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, inadequate ventilation, or corrosive materials are present.

If your chiller is equipped with a positive displacement pump (P1 or P2), ensure your application plumbing OLQHVDQG�WWLQJVDUHUDWHGWRZLWKVWDQGDPLQLPXPRISVL

Connect the chiller to a properly grounded outlet.
Refrigerants used are heavier than air and will replace the oxygen causing loss of consciousness. Contact with leaking refrigerant will cause skin burns. Refer to the chiller's nameplate and the manufacturer's most current MSDS for additional information.
Move the chiller with care. Sudden jolts or drops can damage its components. Always turn the equipment off and disconnect it from its supply voltage before moving it.

Reservoir Cap See Step 4.
Integrated Funnel See Step 5.
Level Indicator See Step 5.

Figure A

Power See Step 8.
Controller See Step 8.

Process Outlet (ThermoFlex9005000 chillers with 3'SXPSVDQG�RZ transducers) See Steps 1 and 2.
Process Outlet See Steps 1 and 2.

Process Inlet See Steps 1 and 2.

Figure B is typical.

Locations vary with chiller

size and selected options.

The

labels identify

the exact location.

Figure B

'RQRWXVHD'HLRQL]DWLRQ',�OWHUFDUWULGJHZLWK,QKLELWHG(*RU,QKLELWHG3*$',�OWHUZLOOUHPRYH LQKLELWRUVIURPWKHVROXWLRQUHQGHULQJWKH�XLGLQHIIHFWLYHDJDLQVWFRUURVLRQSURWHFWLRQ$OVRLQKLELWRUV LQFUHDVH�XLGFRQGXFWLYLW\

Table 1 - Approved Fluids:
8VHRIDQ\RWKHU�XLGZLOOYRLGWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU�V warranty.

8VHRQO\WKHDSSURYHG�XLGVVKRZQLQ7DEOH%HIRUHXVLQJDQ\�XLGRUSHUIRUPLQJPDLQWHQDQFHZKHUH FRQWDFWZLWKWKH�XLGLVOLNHO\UHIHUWRWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU�V06'6IRUKDQGOLQJSUHFDXWLRQV

To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500-24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10�C process temperature.

Circuit Protector See Step 7.

What you need to get started: An adjustable wrench

Filtered/single distilled water (pH 7-8) 'HLRQL]HGZDWHU0FPFRPSHQVDWHG
Distilled water with Nalco biocide and inhibitor Distilled water with chlorine (5 ppm) 0 � 75% Laboratory Grade Ethylene Glycol/Water 0 � 75% Laboratory Grade Propylene Glycol/Water

Power Inlet for chillers not hard-wired See Step 6.
Water-cooled only

Facility water supply and return (water-cooled chillers) Appropriate hose or plumbing Appropriate size clamps or connection type 7H�RQ� Tape or appropriate sealant

Process Fluid Connections (FNPT) Outlet ThermoFlex900 - 10000 P 1 P 2 T0 T 1 1/2" cast bronze ThermoFlex3500 - 5000 P 3 P 4 3/4" cast bronze

Facility Outlet See Steps 1 and 3.
Facility Inlet See Steps 1 and 3.

Facility Water Connections (FNPT) ThermoFlex1400 - 5000 Inlet/Outlet �" cast bronze ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 Inlet/Outlet �" cast bronze ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 Inlet �" cast bronze ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 Outlet �" stainless steel

ThermoFlex7500 - 24000 P 3 P 5 T 5 T9 1" wrought copper

Inlet - Same size as outlet

all chillers stainless steel

Supplied Adapters

P 1 P 2 T0 T 1 1/2" x 3/8'' Polyethylene and 1/2" x 1/2" Nylon

P3 P4

3/4 MPT x 1/2 barb PVC

P 3 P 5 T 5 T9 1" MPT x 1" barb PVC and 1" MPT x 3/4" barb PVC

1 Remove all the plastic shipping plugs (2 or 4).

PROCESS OUTLET

Water-cooled only

PROCESS INLET
Locations vary with chiller size and selected options. The
labels identify the exact location.

FACILITY OUTLET
FACILITY INLET

See Figure B.

5 If equipped, place the optional GFCI breaker located

on the rear to the up position. For ThermoFlex900 through

10000 chillers, place the circuit protector to the on ( I ) position.

The controller display will indicate a series of scrolling bars

(

). The bars will scroll upward indicating the chiller

is initializing, this takes approximately 15 seconds. For other

chillers the bars appear when power is supplied to the chiller.

The circuit protector is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.

See Figure B.

2 Connect the ThermoFlex PROCESS OUTLET (A) to WKH�XLGLQOHWRQ\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQ&RQQHFWWKH7KHUPR)OH[ PROCESS INLET %WRWKH�XLGRXWOHWRQ\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQ Ensure the connections are sealed and secure. For air-cooled chillers skip to Step 4.

Never connect A SURFHVV�XLG

lines to your

facility water

supply or to

any pressurized

liquid source.

PROCESS OUTLET
PROCESS INLET

See Figure B.
6 Never operate the chiller without process �XLGLQWKHUHVHUYRLURU ZLWKRXWWKH�XLG�OWHUEDJ installed. Gently pull up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it DQGLQVWDOOWKHVXSSOLHG�OWHU bag. Reinstall the housing.

Fluid Bag Filter

Remove the reservoir cap from the housing by unscrewing it counterclockwise.

Funnel Housing

See Figure A.

3 Connect the ThermoFlex FACILITY OUTLET (A) to a facility water return or drain. Connect the ThermoFlex FACILITY INLET (B) to a facility water supply. Ensure the connections are sealed and secure.

For water-cooled only.

FACILITY OUTLET

Facility Water Maximum Inlet Pressure must not exceed 150 PSIG. Facility Water Maximum Pressure Differential must not exceed 50 PSID.

A
FACILITY INLET

See Figure B.

7 Slowly�OOUHVHUYRLUZLWKFOHDQSURFHVV�XLGVHH7DEOHXWLOL]LQJ

VLJKWWXEHIRUHDV\�XLGOHYHOPRQLWRULQJ:KHQWKHUHVHUYRLULVIXOOUH-

place the reservoir cap, hand tight. Since the reservoir capacity may be

small compared to your application and air may need to be purged from

WKHOLQHVKDYHH[WUD�XLGRQKDQGWRNHHSWKHV\VWHPWRSSHGRIIZKHQ

external circulation is started. ,IWKH�XLGOHYHOGURSVWRRORZWKHFKLOOHU

will shut down to prevent the pump from running dry. Acknowledge the

alarm and re-start the priming process.

Note: Be careful not to

�OOWKHUHVHUYRLUDERYH

MAX 0$;/(9(/�OOOLQH LEVEL This will result in a unit

RYHU�RZHUURUO FLO)

which will cause the

chiller to shut down.

MIN

LEVEL

See Figure A.

4 Refer to the name plate on the rear of the chiller and verify the appropriate voltage. For chillers supplied with a line cord, insert female end of line cord into chiller and then insert male end of line cord into power outlet. (The line cord is
located under the shipping crate's lid. Do not discard the lid until the cord is located.)

Never operate the chiller with a damaged line cord.

Note: ThermoFlex900-5000 chillers equipped with the Variable Voltage or Global Voltage option KDYHDYROWDJHFRQ�JXUDWLRQSDQHO5HIHUWRWKH Voltage Instruction Sheet shipped with the chiller, or see manual Appendix B.

See Figure B.

Note: For chillers requiring hard wiring see Section 3 in the manual.

8 Press .

The controller will display SEtuP.

Note: ,IWKHFKLOOHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKDGHLRQL]DWLRQ�OWHUFDUWULGJHUHIHUWRWKH manual, Section 5, for installation.

Please see reverse side for additional steps.

+ enter
-

mode

See Figure A.

Quick Start - Used for Initial Start Up Only -- perform steps 9 to 20 for all units.

NOTE: Some ranges/defaults are pump

UnitS are the temperature, fluid

dependent, see Section 4 in the manual.

flow (optional) and pressure

Once any Setup step is completed, mean-

scales.

ing you pressed the

key a second

Scales: �C/�F GPM/LPM

time, you can not repeat the step to make v Press

PSI/Bar/KPAS

corrections. You can make changes after vThe display will flash between UnitS and �C

the unit is started.

vIf desired, use

to change the scale to �F

Hi t sets the fluid's High Temperature Alarm Limit.

Range: +3�C to +42�C Factory Default: +42�C
v Press vThe display will flash between Hi t and 42

vIf desired, use

to adjust the value

vPress

to continue the

setup procedure.

Lo t sets the fluid's Low Temperature Alarm Limit.

Range: +3�C to +42�C Factory Default: 3�C v Press vThe display will flash between Lo t and 3

vIf deired,use

to adjust the value

vPress

to sequence to the next display

vDo the same for Flow and Pressure scales

Hi P1 sets the Pump's High Pressure Discharge Alarm Limit.

Range: Varies by pump Factory Default: Varies by pump

v Press vThe display will flash between Hi P1 and the default

vIf desired, use

to adjust the value

vPress

to sequence to the next display

dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed the Hi P1 Alarm Limit before shutting down.
Range: Varies by pump Factory Default: 0 seconds
vThe display will flash between dELAY and 0

vIf desired, use

to adjust the value

vPress

NOTE This feature is active only if the unit is
configured to shut down, see Step 16.

Lo P1 sets the Pump's Low Pressure Discharge Alarm Limit.

dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed the Lo P1 Alarm Limit before shutting down.

Range: Varies by pump Factory Default: Varies by pump

Range: 0 to 30 seconds Factory Default: 10 seconds

v Press

vThe display will flash between Lo P1 and the default

vIf desired, use

to adjust the default

vPress

vThe display will flash between dELAY and 10

vIf desired, use

to adjust the value

vPress

NOTE This feature is active only if the unit is
configured to shut down, see Step 16.

ALr configures the unit's reaction to temperature, pressure, and flow (optional) alarm limits - either shut down (fLt) or continue to run (indC). See Section 4 in the manual for more information.

v Press

Range: fLt* or indC** Factory Default: fLt

vThe display will flash between ALr and fLt

vIf desired, press vPress

to display indC
**fLt = fault (shut down) **indC = indicate (continue to run)

Turns the unit's audible alarm on or off.
Range: on or OFF Factory Default: on

StArt enables/disables auto restart.
Range: on or OFF Factory Default: OFF

v Press vThe display will flash between Sound and on

v Press vThe display will flash between StArt and OFF

CArE is used to set the preventative care cleaning frequency reminder for the unit's air and fluid filters.

vPress

Range: off, L1 - 1000 hours, L2 - 2000 hours, L3 -3000 hours Factory Default: L1

vThe display will flash between CArE and L1

vIf desired, press vPress

to display OFF

vIf desired, press vPress

to display on

vIf desired, use vPress

to change display to off, L2 or L3

If applicable, see boxes on right to set up options. For units with Analog I/O (ACOM) refer to the additional quick start supplied with your unit.

vPress

to save all settings

The unit will automatically start.

vPress

to disregard all changes and

restore the factory default values.

The display will go blank.

vIf desired, press

to restart the procedure.

The Setup procedure is now complete.

When the unit starts the controller will display the process fluid temperature.

If desired, you can change/verify the

unit's setpoint by pressing

SP is used to adjust the setpoint.
Range: +5�C to +40�C Factory Default: +20�C
vThe display will flash between SP and 20

vIf desired, use

to change the setting

vPress

to save the new setpoint and return to

the temperature display

Option - Voltage -- Step A

HZ is used to identify the incoming frequency for units with P 3 - P 5 pumps and the capability to run on either 50 Hz or 60 Hz. The selected frequency automatically adjusts the firmware's fixed high pressure default setting.
Range: 50 Hz or 60 Hz Factory Default: 60 Hz

v Press vThe display will flash between HZ and 60

vIf needed, use

to change the frequency

vPress

If your unit does not have a flow transducer or serial communications see Step 20.

Option - Flow Transducer -- Steps B and C

HiFLO sets the high flow alarm limit.
Range: Varies by pump Factory Default: Varies by pump

LoFLO sets the low flow alarm limit.
Range: Varies by pump Factory Default: Varies by pump

v Press

vThe display will flash between HiFLO and the default

vIf desired, use

to adjust the value

vPress

v Press

vThe display will flash between LoFLO and the default

vIf desired, use vPress

to adjust the value If your unit does not have serial communications see Step 20.

Option - Serial Communications (DCOM) -- Steps D to I

SEr is used to enable/disable and to configure serial communications mode.

Range: off, rS232, rS485 Factory Default: off

v Press

vThe display will flash between SEr and OFF

vIf desired, use

to change the mode

vPress

BAud is used to select the baud rate (speed) for serial communication.

Range: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600, or 300 bits per second.

v Press

vThe display will flash between BAud and 9600

vIf desired, use

to change the rate

vPress

dAtA is used to display the number of bits. Display: 8
v Press vThe display will flash between dAtA and 8 vPress

StoP is used to indicate the number of stop bits.

Range: 2 or 1 Factory Default: 1

v Press

vThe display will flash between StoP and 1

vIf desired, use

to change the setting

vPress

PAr is used as a means to check for communication errors.
Range: even, odd, or none Factory Default: none

v Press

vThe display will flash between PAr and none

vIf desired, use

to change the setting

vPress

u id (unit id) is used in RS485

only. Identifies devices connected

to the RS485 port.

Range: 1 to 99 Factory Default: 1

v Press

vThe display will flash between u id and 1

vIf desired, use

to change the setting

vPress

See Step 20.

Ce guide de d�marrage rapide est destin� � la mise en marche initiale uniquement. Pour toute autre proc�dure, merci de vous r�f�rer au manuel. De plus, si l'une de ses �tapes ne vous para�t pas claire, t�l�chargez le manuel avant de commencer.

S�curit� :
/HVUHIURLGLVVHXUVRQWpWpFRQoXVSRXUIRQFWLRQQHUXQLTXHPHQWjO�LQWpULHXU1HMDPDLVH[SRVHUOHUHIURLGLVVHXUjXQH FKDOHXURXXQHKXPLGLWpH[FHVVLYHjXQHYHQWLODWLRQLQDGpTXDWHRXjGHVPDWLqUHVFRUURVLYHV
%UDQFKHUOHUHIURLGLVVHXUjXQHSULVHFRUUHFWHPHQWUHOLpHjODWHUUH
/HVUpIULJpUDQWVXWLOLVpVVRQWSOXVORXUGVTXHO�DLUHWSHXYHQWUHPSODFHUO�R[\JqQHSURYRTXDQWDLQVLXQHSHUWH GHFRQVFLHQFH7RXWFRQWDFWDYHFGHVUpIULJpUDQWVTXLIXLHQWSHXWSURYRTXHUGHVEUOXUHVFXWDQpHV3RXUSOXV G�LQIRUPDWLRQVVHUHSRUWHUjODSODTXHVLJQDOpWLTXHGXUHIURLGLVVHXUHWjOD)LFKHGHGRQQpHVGHVpFXULWp06'6GX IDEULFDQWODSOXVFRXUDPPHQWXWLOLVpH
'pSODFHUOHUHIURLGLVVHXUDYHFVRLQ/HVVHFRXVVHVVRXGDLQHVHWOHVFKXWHVSHXYHQWHQGRPPDJHUVHVFRPSRVDQWV �FKDTXHGpSODFHPHQWGHO�pTXLSHPHQWWRXMRXUVOHPHWWUHKRUVWHQVLRQHWOHGpEUDQFKHUGHVRQDOLPHQWDWLRQ
1HMDPDLVXWLOLVHUXQpTXLSHPHQWHQGRPPDJpRXTXLSUpVHQWHGHVIXLWHV

6 LOHUHIURLGLVVHXUHVWpTXLSpG�XQHSRPSHjGpSODFHPHQWSRVLWLI3RX3V�DVVXUHUTXHOHVFRQGXLWHVGH SORPEHULHHWOHVUDFFRUGVGHO�DSSOLFDWLRQSHXYHQWVXSSRUWHUDXPRLQVSVL
1HSDVXWLOLVHUGHFDUWRXFKHGH�OWUHGHGpLRQLVDWLRQ',DYHF(*RX3*LQLKLEpV8Q�OWUH',UHWLHQGUDOHV LQKLELWHXUVGHODVROXWLRQUHQGDQWOHOLTXLGHLQHI�FDFHVXUODSURWHFWLRQFRQWUHODFRUURVLRQ/HVLQKLELWHXUV DXJPHQWHURQWpJDOHPHQWODFRQGXFWLYLWpGXOLTXLGH
8 WLOLVHUXQLTXHPHQWOHVOLTXLGHVDSSURXYpVHWpQXPpUpVGDQVOH7DEOHDX$YDQWG�XWLOLVHUXQTXHOFRQTXHOLTXLGH RXG�HIIHFWXHUGHVWUDYDX[G�HQWUHWLHQVXVFHSWLEOHVG�HQWUDvQHUXQFRQWDFWDYHFOHOLTXLGHVHUDSSRUWHUjOD)LFKH GHGRQQpHVGHVpFXULWpGXIDEULFDQW
3 RXUpYLWHUWRXWHFRQJpODWLRQJODoDJHGHO�pFKDQJHXUjSODTXHVOHVUHIURLGLVVHXUV7KHUPR)OH[ UHTXLqUHQWO�XWLOLVDWLRQG�(*HDXRXGH3*HDXjXQHWHPSpUDWXUHLQIpULHXUHGH&jFHOOHGX traitement.

Tableau 1 - Liquides approuv�s : 7RXWDXWUHOLTXLGHDQQXOHODJDUDQWLHGXIDEULFDQW Refroidisseurs temp�rature standard
(DX�OWUpHPRQRGLVWLOOpHS+ (DXGpLRQLVpHj0FPFRPSHQVpH (DXGLVWLOOpHDYHFELRFLGH1DOFRHWVHVLQKLELWHXUV (DXGLVWLOOpHDYHFFKORUHSSP eWK\OqQHJO\FROGHTXDOLWpODERUDWRLUHHDXj 3URS\OqQHJO\FROGHTXDOLWpODERUDWRLUHHDXj

Bouchon du r�servoir 9RLUO�pWDSH
(QWRQQRLULQWpJUp 9RLUO�pWDSH
Indicateur des niveaux 9RLUO�pWDSH
Bouton de mise en PDUFKHHWGXFRQWU{OHXU 9RLUO�pWDSH

Figure A

�vacuation de traitement (Refroidisseurs 7KHUPR)OH[DYHF SRPSHV3'HWWUDQVGXFWHXUV GHGpELW 9RLUOHVpWDSHVHW
�vacuation de traitement 9RLUOHVpWDSHVHW
Arriv�e du traitement 9RLUOHVpWDSHVHW
/D)LJXUH%HVWUHSUpVHQWDWLYH /HVHPSODFHPHQWVYDULHQWHQIRQFWLRQ de la taille du refroidisseur et des RSWLRQVVpOHFWLRQQpHV/HVV\PEROHV
LQGLTXHQWO�HPSODFHPHQWH[DFW

Figure B

3URWHFWLRQGXFLUFXLW 9RLUO�pWDSH

Mat�riel n�cessaire pour commencer : 8QHFOpjPROHWWH

$ OLPHQWDWLRQHWpYDFXDWLRQG�HDXGXVLWHSRXUOHV

$UULYpHpOHFWULTXHSRXU UHIURLGLVVHXUVUHIURLGLVSDUHDX

les refroidisseurs sans FkEODJHPDWpULHO

7X\DXHWDFFHVVRLUHVGHSORPEHULHDSSURSULpV

9RLUO�pWDSH

& ROOLHUVGHVHUUDJHRXUDFFRUGVGHFRQQH[LRQGH GLPHQVLRQDSSURSULpH

(DXUHIURLGLHXQLTXHPHQW 5 XEDQDGKpVLIDX7H�RQ�RXSURGXLWpWDQFKpL�DQW DSSURSULp

�vacuation du site 9RLUOHVpWDSHVHW
Arriv�e du site 9RLUOHVpWDSHVHW

5DFFRUGHPHQWVjO�HDXGXVLWH)137 7KHUPR)OH[$UULYpH6RUWLHIRQWHGHEURQ]H 7KHUPR)OH[$UULYpH6RUWLHIRQWHGHEURQ]H 7KHUPR)OH[$UULYpHIRQWHGHEURQ]H 7KHUPR)OH[6RUWLHDFLHULQR[\GDEOH

5DFFRUGHPHQWVGX�XLGHGHWUDLWHPHQW )137

Sortie

7)OH[

3377 IRQWHGHEURQ]H

7)OH[ 33

IRQWHGHEURQ]H

7)OH[ 337T9 FXLYUHIRUJp

$UULYpH7DLOOHLGHQWLTXHjODVRUWLHGHWRXVOHVUHIURLGLVVHXUVHQDFLHULQR[\GDEOH

$GDSWDWHXUVIRXUQLV

3377 3RO\pWK\OqQH[HW1\ORQ[

037[39&FDQQHOp

337T9 037[39&FDQQHOpHW037[39&FDQQHOp

1 5HWLUHUWRXVOHVERXFKRQVG�H[SpGLWLRQHQSODVWLTXHRX

�VACUATION DE TRAITEMENT

Eau refroidie XQLTXHPHQW

ARRIV�E DE TRAITEMENT
/HVHPSODFHPHQWVYDULHQW en fonction de la taille du refroidisseur et des RSWLRQVVpOHFWLRQQpHV /HVV\PEROHV LQGLTXHQWO�HPSODFHPHQW exact.
9RLUOD)LJXUH%

�VACUATION DU SITE
ARRIV�E DU SITE

2 Raccorder /�e9$&8$7,21'(75$,7(0(17 ThermoFlex

3 Raccorder L'�VACUATION DU SITE ThermoFlex (A) � une

$jO�DUULYpHGHOLTXLGHGHO�DSSOLFDWLRQ5DFFRUGHUL'ARRIV�E

�vacuation d'eau du site. Raccorder L'ARRIV�E DU SITE ThermoFlex (B)

'(75$,7(0(177KHUPR)OH[%jO�pYDFXDWLRQGHOLTXLGHGH O�DSSOLFDWLRQ9pUL�HUTXHOHVUDFFRUGVVRQWpWDQFKHVHWVUV3RXU OHVUHIURLGLVVHXUVUHIURLGLVSDUDLUSDVVHUjO�pWDSH

� une arriv�e G�HDXGXVLWH9pUL�HUTXHOHVUDFFRUGVVRQWpWDQFKHVHWVUV

Uniquement pour les refroidisseurs refroidis

�VACUATION DU SITE

Ne jamais raccorder A les conduites de

� l'eau.

La pression maximale

liquide de traitement

� l'arriv�e d'eau de

votre site ou � une

source de liquide

sous pression.

�VACUATION DE
TRAITEMENT
ARRIV�E DE
TRAITEMENT

d'arriv�e d'eau du site doit �tre inf�rieure � 150 PSIG. Le diff�rentiel maximal de pression d'eau du site doit �tre inf�rieur � 50 PSID.

ARRIV�E DU SITE
B

9RLUOD)LJXUH%

4 6HUHSRUWHUjODSODTXHVLJQDOpWLTXHVLWXpHjO�DUULqUHGXUHIURLGLVVHXUHWYpUL�HUTXH
ODWHQVLRQHVWFRUUHFWH3RXUOHVUHIURLGLVVHXUVIRXUQLVDYHFXQFRUGRQG�DOLPHQWDWLRQ ins�rer l'extr�mit� femelle de ce dernier dans le refroidisseur, et l'extr�mit� m�le dans
ODSULVHpOHFWULTXH/HFRUGRQG�DOLPHQWDWLRQVHWURXYH VRXVOHFRXYHUFOHGHODFDLVVHG�H[SpGLWLRQ1HSDVMHWHUOH couvercle avant d'avoir localis� le cordon.)
Ne jamais faire fonctionner un refroidisseur dont le cordon d'alimentation est endommag�.

9RLUOD)LJXUH%

Remarque : /HVUHIURLGLVVHXUV7KHUPR)OH[ pTXLSpVGHVRSWLRQVGHWHQVLRQYDULDEOHRXGHWHQVLRQ JOREDOHSRVVqGHQWXQSDQQHDXGHFRQ�JXUDWLRQGHOD WHQVLRQ6HUpIpUHUjOD�FKHG�LQVWUXFWLRQVUHODWLYHjOD tension livr�e avec le refroidisseur ou consulter l'annexe B du manuel.
Remarque : 3RXUOHVUHIURLGLVVHXUVH[LJHDQWXQFkEODJH mat�riel, consulter la Section 3 du manuel.

5 6LOHUHIURLGLVVHXUHQHVWpTXLSpDUPHUOHGLVMRQFWHXU*)&,HQ 6 Ne jamais utiliser le refroidisseur sans liquide dans le

RSWLRQHWVLWXpjO�DUULqUHGHO�DSSDUHLOHQSRVLWLRQKDXWH3RXUOHV

UpVHUYRLUHWRXVDQVDYRLULQVWDOOpOH�OWUHVDF

UHIURLGLVVHXUV7KHUPR)OH[MXVTX�jPHWWUHOHGLVSRVLWLI

GHSURWHFWLRQGXFLUFXLWVXUODSRVLWLRQ,/�DI�FKDJHGXFRQWU{OHXU

LQGLTXHXQHVpULHGHEDUUHVGHGp�OHPHQW

/HVEDUUHV 0HUFLGHWLUHUDYHFSUpFDXWLRQ

Gp�OHQWYHUVOHKDXWLQGLTXDQWO�LQLWLDOLVDWLRQGXUHIURLGLVVHXUFHWWH VXUODSDUWLHSODVWLTXHGX

RSpUDWLRQSUHQGHQYLURQVHFRQGHV3RXUOHVDXWUHVUHIURLGLVVHXUV FDFKHW\SHHQWRQQRLUSRXU

OHVEDUUHVV�DI�FKHQWORUVTXHO�DOLPHQWDWLRQHVWIRXUQLHDX

l'enlever et ensuite installer le

refroidisseur.

�OWUHVDFIRXUQL8QHIRLVFHWWH

RSpUDWLRQDFKHYpHPHUFLGH

UHSRVLWLRQQHUOHFDFKHW\SH

Le dispositif de protection

entonnoir.

du circuit n'a pas �t�

con�u pour d�connecter

les appareils.

9RLUOD)LJXUH%

9RLUOD)LJXUH$

7 5HPSOLUlentementOHUpVHUYRLUDYHFGXOLTXLGHGHWUDLWHPHQWSURSUH
YRLUOH7DEOHDXHQXWLOLVDQWOHUHJDUGSRXUFRQWU{OHUIDFLOHPHQWOHQLYHDX GHOLTXLGH8QHIRLVOHUpVHUYRLUUHPSOLUHPHWWUHOHERXFKRQHQOHVHUUDQW � la main. /DFDSDFLWpGXUpVHUYRLUSRXYDQWrWUHUpGXLWHSDUUDSSRUWj O�DSSOLFDWLRQHWO�DLUGHYDQWrWUHSXUJpGHVFRQGXLWHVJDUGHUGXOLTXLGH VXSSOpPHQWDLUHjSRUWpHGHODPDLQSRXUIDLUHO
DSSRLQWGXV\VWqPHXQHIRLV la circulation externe d�marr�e.

8 $SSX\HUVXU .
/HFRQWU{OHXUDI�FKHSEtuP.
Remarque : 6LOHUHIURLGLVVHXUHVWpTXLSpG�XQHFDUWRXFKHGH�OWUHGH GpLRQLVDWLRQFRQVXOWHUOHPDQXHO6HFWLRQSRXUO�LQVWDOODWLRQ
Voir au dos les �tapes suppl�mentaires.

9RLUOD)LJXUH$

Niveau MAX
Niveau MIN

Remarque : Veiller � ne SDVUHPSOLUOHUpVHUYRLU DXGHVVXVGHODOLJQH 0$;/(9(/1,9($8 0$;&HODHQWUDvQHXQH HUUHXUGHGpERUGHPHQW du refroidisseur (O FLO) TXLSHXWSURYRTXHUVRQ arr�t.
9RLUOD)LJXUH$

+ enter
-

mode

D�marrage rapide - Ne sert que pour le premier d�marrage - effectuer les �tapes 9 � 20 pour toutes les unit�s.

REMARQUE :&HUWDLQHVSODJHVYDOHXUVSDUGpIDXW

UnitS repr�sente les �chelles de

GpSHQGHQWGHODSRPSHYRLUOD6HFWLRQGXPDQXHO

temp�rature, de d�bit de liquide (en

8QHIRLVO�pWDSHGHFRQ�JXUDWLRQWHUPLQpHF�HVWjGLUH

option) et de pression.

�chelles : �C/�F

GPM/LPM

DSUqVDYRLUDSSX\pVXUODWRXFKH

XQHGHX[Lq

36,%DU.3$6

PHIRLVLOGHYLHQWLPSRVVLEOHGHUHFRPPHQFHUO�pWDSH SRXUHIIHFWXHUGHVFRUUHFWLRQV9RXVpouvezIDLUHGHV

5pJODJHVG�XVLQHSDUGpIDXW&*DOORQV36, $SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWUnits (unit�s)HW�C

PRGL�FDWLRQVDSUqVOHGpPDUUDJHGHO�DSSDUHLO

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUSDVVHUjXQDI�FKDJHHQ)

Hi t r�gle la limite d'alarme de haute temp�raturedu liquide. Plage : +3�C � +42�C R�glage d'usine par d�faut : +42�C

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWHi t HW42

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU

SRXUSRXUVXLYUH

ODSURFpGXUHGHO�pWDSH

$SSX\H]VXU

SRXUSDVVHUjO�DI�FKDJHVXLYDQW

3URFpGH]GHODPrPHIDoRQSRXUOHVpFKHOOHVGHd�bitHWGHSUHVVLRQ $SSX\H]VXU

Lo t r�gle la limite d'alarme de basse temp�rature du liquide. Plage : +3�C � +42�C R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 3�C

Hi P1 r�gle la limite d'alarme de d�charge haute pression de la pompe. Plage : Varie en fonction de la pompe R�glage d'usine par d�faut : Varie en fonction de la pompe

SRXUSDVVHUjO�DI�FKDJHVXLYDQW
dELAY repr�sente la dur�e pendant laquelle la pompe peut d�passer la valeur d'alarme Hi P1 avant l'arr�t.
Plage : Varie en fonction de la pompe R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 0 secondes

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWLo t HW3

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQW Hi P1HWODYDOHXUSDUGpIDXW

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

/�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWdELAY HW0

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU

REMARQUE Cette fonction n'est active que si O�DSSDUHLOHVWFRQ�JXUpSRXUO�DUUrWYRLUO�pWDSH

Lo P1 r�gle la limite d'alarme de d�charge basse pression de la pompe. Plage : Varie en fonction de la pompe R�glage d'usine par d�faut : Varie en fonction de la pompe

dELAY repr�sente la dur�e pendant laquelle la pompe peut d�passer la valeur Lo P1 Limite d'alarme avant arr�t. Plage : 0 � 30 secondes R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 10 secondes

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQW Lo P1HWODYDOHXUSDUGpIDXW /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWdELAY HW10

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUDMXVWHUODYDOHXUSDUGpIDXW $XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU

REMARQUE Cette fonction n'est active que si O�DSSDUHLOHVWFRQ�JXUpSRXUO�DUUrWYRLUO�pWDSH

Active ou d�sactive le signal sonore d'alarme de l'appareil. Plage : on (marche) ou OFF (ARR�T) R�glage d'usine par d�faut : on (marche)

StArt active/d�sactive le red�marrage automatique. Plage : on (marche) ou OFF (ARR�T) R�glage d'usine par d�faut : OFF (ARR�T)

$/UFRQ�JXUHODUpDFWLRQGHO�DSSDUHLODX[ limites d'alarme de temp�rature, de pression, et de d�bit (en option) - ferme (fLt) ou continue l'ex�cution (indC). Voir la section 4 du manuel pour des informations plus d�taill�es.
Plage : fLt* ou indC** R�glage d'usine par d�faut : fLt

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWALr HWfLt

$XEHVRLQDSSX\H]VXU

SRXUDI�FKHUindC

$SSX\H]VXU

** fLt = erreur (arr�t) ** indC = indiquer (poursuite de l'ex�cution)

&$U(VHUWjGp�QLUOHUDSSHOGHQHWWR\DJH G�HQWUHWLHQSUpYHQWLISRXUOHV�OWUHVjDLU et � liquide de l'appareil. Plage : off, L1 - 1000 heures, L2 - 2000 heures, L3 -3000 heures R�glage d'usine par d�faut : L1

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWSound HWon (marche)

$XEHVRLQDSSX\H]VXU

SRXUDI�FKHUOFF

(ARR�T)

$SSX\H]VXU

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWStArt HWOFF (ARR�T)

$XEHVRLQDSSX\H]VXU

SRXUDI�FKHUon (marche)

$SSX\H]VXU

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWCArE HWL1

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUO�DI�FKDJHVXUDUUrW/RX/

$SSX\H]VXU

6�LO\DOLHXFRQVXOWH]OHVFDGUHVGHGURLWHSRXUGp�QLUGHVRSWLRQV3RXUOHVDSSDUHLOV,2DQDORJLTXHV (ACOM) consultez la documentation de d�marrage rapide suppl�mentaire fournie avec l'appareil.

$SSX\H]VXU

SRXUHQUHJLVWUHUtousOHVUpJODJHV

L'appareil d�marre automatiquement.

$SSX\H]VXU

SRXULJQRUHUtoutesOHV

PRGL�FDWLRQVHWUpWDEOLUOHVYDOHXUVSDUGpIDXWG�XVLQH

/�DI�FKHHVWYLGH $SSX\H]VXU SRXUUHFRPPHQFHUODSURFpGXUH

/DSURFpGXUHGHFRQ�JXUDWLRQHVWGpVRUPDLV termin�e.

$XGpPDUUDJHGHO�DSSDUHLOOHFRQWU{OHXUDI�FKHOD temp�rature du liquide de l'application.

$XEHVRLQYRXVSRXYH]FKDQJHUYpUL�HUODYDOHXU

GHFRQVLJQHGHO�DSSDUHLOHQDSSX\DQWVXU

SP sert � r�gler la valeur de consigne.
Plage : +5�C � +40�C R�glage d'usine par d�faut : +20�C

/�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWSP HW20

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHUpJODJH

$SSX\H]VXU

SRXUHQUHJLVWUHUODQRXYHOOHYDOHXUGH

FRQVLJQHHWUHYHQLUjO�DI�FKDJHGHODWHPSpUDWXUH

Option - Tension globale - �tape A

+=VHUWjLGHQWL�HUODIUpTXHQFHG�HQWUpHSRXUOHV unit�s de tension globales. La fr�quence s�lectionn�e ajuste automatiquement le r�glage de haute pression par d�faut �[H du microprogramme. Plage : 50 ou 60 Hz Par d�faut : 60 Hz

$SSX\H]VXU

/�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWHZ HW60

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODIUpTXHQFH

$SSX\H]VXU
Si votre appareil n'est pas �quip� d'un transducteur de d�bit ou de communications s�rie, voir l'�tape 20.

Option - Transducteur de d�bit - �tapes B et C

+L)/2Gp�QLWODOLPLWHG�DODUPHGH d�bit �lev�. Plage : Varie en fonction de la pompe R�glage d'usine par d�faut : Varie en fonction de la pompe

/R)/2Gp�QLWODOLPLWHG�DODUPHGH faible d�bit. Plage : Varie en fonction de la pompe R�glage d'usine par d�faut : Varie en fonction de la pompe

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWHiFLOHWODYDOHXUSDUGpIDXW

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWLoFLOHWODYDOHXUSDUGpIDXW

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUODYDOHXU

$SSX\H]VXU

Si l'unit� ne comporte pas de communications s�rie, voir l'�tape 20.

2SWLRQ&RPPXQLFDWLRQVVpULH'&20pWDSHV'j,

SEr sert � activer/d�sactiver HWjFRQ�JXUHUOHPRGHGH communications s�rie.
Plage : off, rS232, rS485 R�glage d'usine par d�faut : off

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWSEr HWOFF (ARR�T)

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHPRGH

BAud sert � s�lectionner le d�bit (la vitesse) de communication s�rie.
Plage : 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600 ou 300 bits par seconde. R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 9600

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWBAud HW9600

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHGpELW

$SSX\H]VXU

dAtA sert � indiquer le nombre de bits. $I�FKDJH

StoP sert � indiquer le nombre de bits d'arr�t.
Plage : 2 ou 1 R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 1

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWdAtA HW8

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWStoP HW1

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHUpJODJH

$SSX\H]VXU

3$UVHUWGHPR\HQGHYpUL�FDWLRQGHV I erreurs de communication.
Plage : pair, impair, ou aucun R�glage d'usine par d�faut : aucun

XLGLGHQWL�FDWLRQGHO�DSSDUHLOVHUW XQLTXHPHQWHQ56,GHQWL�HOHV appareils raccord�s au port RS485.
Plage : 1 � 99 R�glage d'usine par d�faut : 1

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWPar HWnone (aucun)

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHUpJODJH

$SSX\H]VXU /�DI�FKDJHFOLJQRWHHQDOWHUQDQWu id HW1

$XEHVRLQXWLOLVH]

SRXUPRGL�HUOHUpJODJH

$SSX\H]VXU

Voir l'�tape 20

Diese Kurzanleitung ist nur f�r die erste Inbetriebnahme vorgesehen. F�r alle anderen Verfahren m�ssen Sie im Handbuch nachsehen. Auch wenn irgendwelche Schritte unverst�ndlich sind, laden Sie das

Handbuch herunter, bevor Sie fortfahren.

Sicherheit:

) DOOV,KU.KOJHUlWPLWHLQHU9HUGUlQJHUSXPSH3RGHU3DXVJHVWDWWHWLVWVWHOOHQ6LHVLFKHUGDVVGLH

Das.KOJHUlWGDUIQXULQJHVFKORVVHQHQ5lXPHQEHWULHEHQZHUGHQ6WHOOHQ6LHGDV.KOJHUlWQLHPDOVDQ2UWHQDXI /HLWXQJHQXQG$QVFKOVVHHLQHP'UXFNYRQPLQGHVWHQVSVLEDUVWDQGKDOWHQ

Tabelle 1 � Zugelassene Fl�ssigkeiten:
Jede andere Fl�ssigkeit f�hrt zum Verlust der +HUVWHOOHUJDUDQWLH

ZRHVEHUPlLJHU+LW]H)HXFKWLJNHLWXQ]XUHLFKHQGHU%HOIWXQJRGHUNRUURVLYHQ6WRIIHQDXVJHVHW]WLVW 6FKOLHHQ6LHGDV.KOJHUlWDQHLQHRUGQXQJVJHPlJHHUGHWH6WHFNGRVHDQ

9 HUZHQGHQ6LHNHLQH'HLRQLVLHUXQJV',)LOWHUNDUWXVFKHEHLLQKLELHUWHP(*RGHULQKLELHUWHP3*0LWHLQHP ',)LOWHUZHUGHQ,QKLELWRUHQDXVGHU/|VXQJHQWIHUQWXQGGDGXUFKZLUGGLH.RUURVLRQVVFKXW]ZLUNXQJGHU )OVVLJNHLWDXIJHKREHQ,QKLELWRUHQHUK|KHQDXFKGLH/HLWIlKLJNHLWGHU)OVVLJNHLW

Standardtemperaturk�hlger�te )LOWULHUWHVHLQIDFKGHVWLOOLHUWHV:DVVHUS+�

Da die verwendeten K�hlmittel schwerer als Luft sind und den Sauerstoff verdr�ngen, kann es zu Bewusstlosigkeit NRPPHQ'HU.RQWDNWPLWDXVODXIHQGHP.KOPLWWHONDQQ+DXWYHUEUHQQXQJHQYHUXUVDFKHQ:HLWHUH,QIRUPDWLRQHQ �QGHQ6LHDXIGHP7\SHQVFKLOGGHV.KOJHUlWHVVRZLHLPDNWXHOOHQ6LFKHUKHLWVGDWHQEODWW6'%GHV+HUVWHOOHUV

9 HUZHQGHQ6LHQXUGLHLQ7DEHOOHJH]HLJWHQ]XJHODVVHQHQ)OVVLJNHLWHQ%HDFKWHQ6LHGLHLP Sicherheitsdatenblatt des Herstellers beschriebenen Vorsichtsma�nahmen, bevor Sie Fl�ssigkeiten einsetzen RGHUHLQH:DUWXQJGXUFKIKUHQEHLGHU6LHP|JOLFKHUZHLVHPLW)OVVLJNHLWHQLQ%HUKUXQJNRPPHQ

'HLRQLVLHUWHV:DVVHU�0FPNRPSHQVLHUW Destilliertes Wasser mit Nalco Biozid und Inhibitor
'HVWLOOLHUWHV:DVVHUPLW&KORUSSP

%HZHJHQ6LHGDV.KOJHUlWYRUVLFKWLJ3O|W]OLFKH(UVFKWWHUXQJHQRGHU6WU]HN|QQHQVHLQH%DXWHLOHEHVFKlGLJHQ 6FKDOWHQ6LHGDV*HUlWLPPHUDEXQGWUHQQHQ6LHHVYRQGHU9HUVRUJXQJVVSDQQXQJEHYRU6LHGDV*HUlWEHZHJHQ

8PHLQ(LQIULHUHQE]Z9HUHLVHQGHV3ODWWHQZlUPHWDXVFKHUV]XYHUPHLGHQPVVHQEHL%HWULHEVWHPSHUDWXUHQ XQWHU&IU7KHUPR)OH[.KOJHUlWH(*:DVVHURGHU3*:DVVHUYHUZHQGHWZHUGHQ

�(WK\OHQJO\NRO:DVVHULQ/DERUTXDOLWlW �3URS\OHQJO\NRO:DVVHULQ/DERUTXDOLWlW

%HWUHLEHQ6LHQLHPDOVEHVFKlGLJWHRGHUXQGLFKWH*HUlWH

Hochtemperaturk�hlger�te

%HKlOWHUNDSSH 6LHKH6FKULWW
Integrierter Trichter 6LHKH6FKULWW
F�llstandsanzeige 6LHKH6FKULWW
Steuerung und Ein/Aus-Schalter 6LHKH6FKULWW

Abbildung A

3UR]HVVDXVODVV� 7KHUPR)OH[ K�hlger�te mit 9HUGUlQJHUSXPSHQ XQG'XUFK�XVV 0HVVXPIRUPHUQ6LHKH 6FKULWWHXQG 3UR]HVVDXVODVV�6LHKH 6FKULWWHXQG
3UR]HVVHLQODVV� 6LHKH6FKULWWHXQG
$EELOGXQJ%LVWHLQH%HLVSLHODEELOGXQJ Die Anschlussstellen variieren je nach *U|HGHV.KOJHUlWVXQGJHZlKOWHQ 2SWLRQHQ'LH(WLNHWWHQ NHQQ]HLFKQHQGLHJHQDXH3RVLWLRQ

Abbildung B

Schutzschalter 6LHKH6FKULWW
Stromversorgung f�r K�hlger�te mit ortsver�nderlichem $QVFKOXVV 6LHKH6FKULWW
Nur wassergek�hlt

Sie ben�tigen f�r die Inbetriebnahme:
Einen verstellbaren Schraubenschl�ssel Leitungswasserzu- und -ablauf (wassergek�hlte
K�hlger�te) 3DVVHQGH6FKOlXFKHE]Z/HLWXQJHQ Passende Klemmen oder Anschlussst�cke 7H�RQ�-Band oder geeignete Dichtungen

K�hlwasserleitungsauslass 6LHKH6FKULWWHXQG
K�hlwasserleitungseinlass 6LHKH6FKULWWHXQG

K�hlwasserleitungsanschl�sse (FNPT)
7KHUPR)OH[�(LQODVV$XVODVV� Gussbronze
7KHUPR)OH[�(LQODVV$XVODVV� Gussbronze
7KHUPR)OH[�(LQODVV�*XVVEURQ]H
7KHUPR)OH[�$XVODVV�(GHOVWDKO

)LOWULHUWHV:DVVHUS+�

�(WK\OHQJO\NRO:DVVHULQ/DERUTXDOLWlW

$QVFKOVVHIU3UR]HVV�VVLJNHLWHQ (FNPT)
Auslass

�3URS\OHQJO\NRO:DVVHULQ/DERUTXDOLWlW

ELV&IU.KOJHUlWHPLW3XQG33XPSHQ
ELV&IU.KOJHUlWHPLWDQGHUHQ3XPSHQ

7)OH[� 3377 *XVVEURQ]H

7)OH[� 33

*XVVEURQ]H

7)OH[� 337T9 JHVFKPLHGHWHV.XSIHU

(LQODVV�*OHLFKH*U|HZLH$XVODVVDOOH.KOJHUlWH(GHOVWDKO

0LWJHOLHIHUWH$GDSWHU

3377 [

3RO\HWK\OHQXQG[1\ORQ

$XHQJHZLQGH[39&9HUELQGXQJVVWFN

337 T9 $XHQJHZLQGH[39&9HUELQGXQJVVWFNXQG$XHQJHZLQGH [39&9HUELQGXQJVVWFN

1 (QWIHUQHQ6LHDOOH.XQVWVWRII9HUVDQGVWRSIHQRGHU

PROZESS AUSLASS

Nur wassergek�hlt

PROZESS EINLASS
Die Anschlussstellen YDULLHUHQMHQDFK*U|H des K�hlger�ts und JHZlKOWHQ2SWLRQHQ Die Etiketten kennzeichnen die JHQDXH3RVLWLRQ

WASSERLEITUNGSAUSLASS
WASSERLEITUNGSEINLASS

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ%

5 )DOOVYRUKDQGHQVWHOOHQ6LHGHQRSWLRQDOHQ),6FKXW]VFKDOWHU

LQGLHREHUH3RVLWLRQ%HL7KHUPR)OH[ELV.KOJHUlWHQ

VWHOOHQ6LHGHQ6FKDOWHULQGLH3RVLWLRQ(LQ,'LH6WHXHUXQJ]HLJW

eine Reihe laufender Balken an (

'LH%DONHQODXIHQ

DXIZlUWVXPDQ]X]HLJHQGDVVGDV.KOJHUlWLQLWLDOLVLHUWZLUG

'LHVHU9RUJDQJGDXHUWFD6HNXQGHQ%HLDQGHUHQ.KOJHUlWHQ

HUVFKHLQHQGLH%DONHQZHQQGDV.KOJHUlWPLW6WURPYHUVRUJWZLUG

Der Schutzschalter ist nicht zum Ausschalten des Ger�tes vorgesehen.

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ%

2 Verbinden Sie den ThermoFlex 352=(66$86*$1* (A)

3 Verbinden Sie den ThermoFlex K�HLWASSERLEITUNGSAUSLASS

4 .RQWUROOLHUHQ6LHREGLHNRUUHNWH6SDQQXQJHLQJHVWHOOWLVWGLH6LHDXIGHP

PLWGHP)OVVLJNHLWVHLQJDQJ,KUHU$SSOLNDWLRQ9HUELQGHQ6LHGHQ $PLW,KUHP:DVVHUUFNODXIRGHUDE�XVV9HUELQGHQ6LHGHQ7KHUPR)OH[ 7\SHQVFKLOGDXIGHU5FNVHLWHGHV.KOJHUlWHV�QGHQ6WHFNHQ6LHEHL.KOJHUlWHQPLW

ThermoFlex 352=(66(,1*$1*(B) mit dem Fl�ssigkeitsausgang .h+/:$66(5/(,781*6(,1/$66%PLWHLQHU:DVVHUOHLWXQJhEHUSUIHQ Stromkabel zun�chst das ger�teseitige Ende in das K�hlger�t und anschlie�end den

,KUHU$SSOLNDWLRQhEHUSUIHQ6LHGDVVGLH9HUELQGXQJHQGLFKWXQG 6LHGDVVGLH9HUELQGXQJHQGLFKWXQGJHVLFKHUWVLQG

JHVLFKHUWVLQG/XIWJHNKOWH.KOJHUlWH:HLWHUPLW6FKULWW

Nur wassergek�hlt

WASSERLEITUNGSAUSLASS

6WHFNHULQHLQH6WHFNGRVH'DV6WURPNDEHOEH�QGHWVLFK XQWHUGHP'HFNHOGHU7UDQVSRUWNLVWH:HUIHQ6LHGHQ'HFNHO QLFKWZHJEHYRU6LHGDV6WURPNDEHOJHIXQGHQKDEHQ

Schlie�en Sie

niemals Prozess-

�VVLJNHLWVOHLWXQJHQ

an die K�hlwasser-

versorgung oder an

einen Anschluss f�r

unter Druck

stehende

Fl�ssigkeiten an.

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ%

PROZESSAUSLASS
PROZESSEINLASS

Der maximale Einlassdruck des K�hlwassers darf 10,35 bar nicht �berschreiten. Die maximale Druckdifferenz des K�hlwassers darf 3,4 bar nicht �berschreiten.

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ%

A
WASSERLEITUNGSEINLASS
B 6LHKH$EELOGXQJ%

Betreiben Sie das K�hlger�t niemals mit einem besch�digten Stromkabel.
Hinweis: 7KHUPR)OH[.KOJHUlWHPLWGHU2SWLRQ 9DULDEOHU6SDQQXQJVEHUHLFKYHUIJHQEHUHLQ%HGLHQIHOG ]XU.RQ�JXUDWLRQGHU6SDQQXQJ6LHKHPLWJHOLHIHUWH $QZHLVXQJ]XP(LQVWHOOHQGHU6SDQQXQJRGHU$QKDQJ% LP+DQGEXFK
Hinweis: F�r K�hlger�te, bei denen ein Festanschluss HUIRUGHUOLFKLVWVLHKH$EVFKQLWWLP+DQGEXFK

6 Betreiben Sie niemals den K�hler ohne Prozess

Fl�ssigkeit im Beh�lter oder ohne installiertem Fl�ssigkeit

Filterbeutel )OVVLJNHLWVEHXWHO�OWHU

Trichtergeh�use

=LHKHQ6LHYRUVLFKWLJDQGHP Kunststofftrichter Geh�use um es zu entfernen und installieren
Sie die mitgelieferte FilterEHXWHO'DQDFKEDXHQVLHGDV *HKlXVHZLHGHU]XVDPPHQ

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ$

7 Bef�llen Sie den Beh�lter langsamPLWVDXEHUHU3UR]HVV�VVLJNHLW

8 Dr�cken Sie auf

VLHKH7DEHOOHXQGNRQWUROOLHUHQ6LHGHQ)OOVWDQGEHUGLH )OOVWDQGVDQ]HLJH:HQQGHU%HKlOWHUYROOLVWVFKUDXEHQ6LHGLH

Daraufhin zeigt die Steuerung SETUP oder SCHNELLSTARTDQ

%HKlOWHUNDSSHKDQGIHVWDXI'DP|JOLFKHUZHLVHGLH.DSD]LWlWGHV%HKlOWHUV LP9HUJOHLFK]X,KUHU$SSOLNDWLRQHKHUJHULQJLVWXQG/XIWDXVGHQ/HLWXQJHQ JHVSOWZHUGHQPXVVVROOWHQ6LHZHLWHUH)OVVLJNHLW]XP1DFKIOOHQ
EHUHLWKDOWHQZHQQGHUH[WHUQH.UHLVODXIJHVWDUWHWZLUG

Hinweis: Falls das K�hlger�t mit einer Deionisierungs-Filterkartusche ausgestattet LVW�QGHQ6LH+LQZHLVH]XP(LQVHW]HQLQ$EVFKQLWWGHV+DQGEXFKV
Weitere Schritte siehe R�ckseite.

Hinweis: Achten

Sie darauf, den

MAX Beh�lter nicht �ber F�LLSTAND GLH0DUNLHUXQJ0$;

MIN F�LLSTAND

/(9(/]XEHIOOHQ Dies f�hrt zu einem hEHUODXI)HKOHU2 )/2XQGVRPLW]X einer Abschaltung

+ enter
-

mode

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ$

GHV.KOJHUlWHV

6LHKH$EELOGXQJ$

Schnellstart - Nur f�r die erste Inbetriebnahme -- f�hren Sie die Schritte 9 bis 20 f�r alle Ger�te aus.

HINWEIS: Einige Bereiche/Standardwerte sind abh�ngig von der Pumpe, siehe Abschnitt 4 im Handbuch. Nach Abschluss eines Setup-Schritts
(d.h. nach dem zweiten Dr�cken der Taste

UnitS sind die Einheiten f�r Temperatur, Fl�ssigkeitsdurchfluss (optional) und Druck.
Einheiten: �C/�F GPM/LPM PSI/Bar/KPAS Werkseinstellungen: �C, Gallonen, PSI

�ber Hi t wird die Alarmschwelle f�r den �bertemperaturalarm der Fl�ssigkeit eingestellt. Bereich: +3�C bis +42�C Werkseinstellung: +42�C

) k�nnen Sie den Schritt nicht wiederholen, um � Dr�cken Sie

Korrekturen vorzunehmen. �nderungen k�nnen � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd UnitS und �C an

� Dr�cken Sie

Sie nach dem Einschalten des Ger�ts vornehmen. � Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um die Skala auf �F umzuschalten � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd Hi t und 42 an

� Dr�cken Sie

, um zur n�chsten Anzeige zu wechseln

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert einzustellen

Dr�cken Sie

, um den

Setup-Vorgang fortzusetzen.

� Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang f�r die Skalen Flow (Durchfluss) und Pressure (Druck)

� Dr�cken Sie wechseln

, um zur n�chsten Anzeige zu

�ber Lo t wird die Alarmschwelle f�r niedrige Fl�ssigkeitstemperatur eingestellt.

�ber Hi P1 wird die Alarmschwelle f�r die Entlastung der Pumpe bei hohem Druck eingestellt.
Bereich: Je nach Pumpe verschieden

dELAY gibt an, wie lange die Pumpe nach �berschreiten der Hi P1 Alarmschwelle noch weiterl�uft, bevor sie abschaltet.
Bereich: Je nach Pumpe verschieden

Bereich: +3�C bis +42�C

Werkseinstellung: Je nach Pumpe

Werkseinstellung: 0 Sekunden

� Dr�cken Sie

Werkseinstellung: 3�C

� Dr�cken Sie

verschieden

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd Lo t und 3 an � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd Hi P1 und � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd dELAY und 0 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Wert einzustellen

, um den

den Standardwert an � Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert einzustellen � Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert einzustellen

� Dr�cken Sie

HINWEIS Diese Funktion ist nur aktiv, wenn das Ger�t auf Abschalten konfiguriert ist,
siehe Schritt 16.

�ber Lo P1 wird die Alarmschwelle

dELAY gibt an, wie lange die Pumpe

ALr konfiguriert die Reaktion des Ger�ts auf

f�r die Entladung der Pumpe bei

nach �berschreiten der Lo P1

Temperatur-, Druck- und (optional) Durchfluss-

niedrigem Druck eingestellt. Bereich: Je nach Pumpe

Alarmschwelle noch weiterl�uft, bevor sie abschaltet.

Alarmzust�nde - entweder Abschaltung (fLt) oder Betrieb fortsetzen (indC). Weitere Informationen siehe Abschnitt 4 im Handbuch.

� Dr�cken Sie

verschieden Werkseinstellung: Je nach Pumpe verschieden

Bereich: 0 bis 30 Sekunden Werkseinstellung: 10 Sekunden

� Dr�cken Sie

Bereich: fLt* oder indC** Werkseinstellung: fLt

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd Lo P1 � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd dELAY und 10 an � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd ALr und fLt an

und den Standardwert an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Standardwert einzustellen

, um den

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert

einzustellen

HINWEIS Diese Funktion ist nur

� Falls gew�nscht, dr�cken Sie anzuzeigen

, um indC

� Dr�cken Sie

aktiv, wenn das Ger�t auf Abschalten � Dr�cken Sie konfiguriert ist, siehe Schritt 16.

**fLt = Fehler (Abschalten) ** indC = Anzeigen (Betrieb fortsetzen)

Schaltet den akustischen Alarm des Ger�ts ein bzw. aus.

Bereich: on oder OFF Werkseinstellung: on

� Dr�cken Sie

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd Sound

und ON an

� Falls gew�nscht, dr�cken Sie

, um OFF

anzuzeigen

�ber StArt wird der automatische Neustart ein- bzw. ausgeschaltet.
Bereich: on oder OFF Werkseinstellung: OFF

� Dr�cken Sie

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd StArt und

OFF an

� Falls gew�nscht, dr�cken Sie

, um ON anzuzeigen

�ber CArE wird das Erinnerungsintervall f�r die vorbeugende Reinigung der Luft- und Fl�ssigkeitsfilter des Ger�ts eingestellt. Bereich: off, L1 - 1000 Stunden, L2 - 2000 Stunden, L3 -3000 Stunden Werkseinstellung: L1
� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd CArE und L1 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie auf OFF, L2 oder L3 zu �ndern

, um die Anzeige

� Dr�cken Sie

Falls zutreffend, stellen Sie die Optionen entsprechend den Feldern auf der rechten Seite ein. F�r Ger�te mit analogen Ein- und Ausg�ngen (ACOM) siehe mitgelieferte zus�tzliche Hinweise f�r den Schnellstart.

� Dr�cken Sie

, um alle Einstellungen zu speichern

Das Ger�t startet automatisch.

� Dr�cken Sie

, um alle �nderungen zu

verwerfen und zu den Werks-Standardeinstellungen

zur�ckzukehren.

Die Anzeige bleibt leer.

Dr�cken Sie

, um den Vorgang neu zu starten

Der Setup-Vorgang ist nun abgeschlossen.

Beim Start des Ger�ts wird die Temperatur der Prozessfl�ssigkeit angezeigt.

Falls gew�nscht, k�nnen Sie den Sollwert

durch Dr�cken von

�ndern/best�tigen.

�ber SP wird der Sollwert eingestellt.

Bereich: +5�C bis +40�C Werkseinstellung: +20�C

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd SP und 20 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Einstellung zu �ndern

, um die

� Dr�cken Sie

, um den neuen Sollwert zu speichern

und zur Anzeige der Temperatur zur�ckzukehren

Option - Variabler Spannungsbereich -- Schritt A

�ber HZ wird bei Ger�ten mit variablem Spannungsbereich die Frequenz des Stromnetzes angegeben. �ber die gew�hlte Frequenz wird die festgelegte �berdruck-Standardeinstellung der Firmware automatisch justiert. Bereich: 50 oder 60 Hz Standard: 60 Hz

� Dr�cken Sie

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd HZ und 60 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Frequenz zu �ndern

, um die

� Dr�cken Sie

Wenn Ihr Ger�t nicht �ber einen Durchfluss-Messumformer oder serielle Kommunikation verf�gt, siehe Schritt 20.

Option - Durchfluss-Messumformer -- Schritte B und C

�ber HiFLO wird die Alarmschwelle f�r hohen Durchfluss eingestellt.
Bereich: Je nach Pumpe verschieden Werkseinstellung: Je nach Pumpe verschieden

� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd HiFLO und den Standardwert an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert einzustellen

� Dr�cken Sie

�ber LoFLO wird die Alarmschwelle f�r niedrigen Durchfluss eingestellt. Bereich: Je nach Pumpe verschieden Werkseinstellung: Je nach Pumpe verschieden
� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd LoFLO und den Standardwert an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie

, um den Wert

einzustellen

Wenn Ihr Ger�t nicht �ber eine

� Dr�cken Sie

serielle Kommunikation verf�gt,

siehe Schritt 20.

Option - Serielle Kommunikation (DCOM) -- Schritte D bis I

�ber SEr wird der Modus f�r die serielle Kommunikation ein- und ausgeschaltet und konfiguriert.

Bereich: off, rS232, rS485

� Dr�cken Sie

Werkseinstellung: off

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd SEr und OFF an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie zu �ndern

, um den Modus

�ber BAud wird die Baudrate

(Geschwindigkeit) f�r die serielle

Kommunikation ausgew�hlt.

Bereich: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200,

600 oder 300 Bit pro Sekunde.

� Dr�cken Sie

Werkseinstellung: 9600

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd BAud und 9600 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Baudrate zu �ndern

, um die

� Dr�cken Sie

�ber dAtA wird die Anzahl der Bits angezeigt. Anzeige: 8
� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd dAtA und 8 an � Dr�cken Sie

�ber StoP wird die Anzahl der StoppBits angegeben.
Bereich: 2 oder 1 Werkseinstellung: 1

� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd StoP und 1 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Einstellung zu �ndern

, um die

� Dr�cken Sie

PAr wird verwendet, um Fehler in der Daten�bertragung zu finden. Bereich: gleich, ungleich oder keine Werkseinstellung: keine

� Dr�cken Sie � Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd PAr und none an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Einstellung zu �ndern

, um die

u id (Ger�te-ID) wird nur bei RS485

verwendet. Zur Identifizierung von

Ger�ten, die an den Port RS485

angeschlossen werden.

Bereich: 1 bis 99

� Dr�cken Sie

Werkseinstellung: 1

� Die Anzeige blinkt und zeigt abwechselnd u id und 1 an

� Falls erforderlich, dr�cken Sie Einstellung zu �ndern

, um die

� Dr�cken Sie

Siehe Schritt 20.

Scopo di questa guida rapida � facilitare la messa in funzione iniziale. Per tutte le altre procedure � necessario fare riferimento al manuale. Se alcuni dei passaggi qui riportati non risultano chiari, scaricare il manuale prima di proseguire.

Sicurezza:
Il refrigeratore � progettato esclusivamente per l'uso al chiuso. Non posizionare mai il refrigeratore in un ambiente a temperature eccessivamente alte, umido, con ventilazione inadeguata o materiali corrosivi.
Attaccare il refrigeratore a una presa correttamente collegata a massa.
I refrigeranti utilizzati sono pi� pesanti dell'aria e sostituiranno l'ossigeno causando la perdita di coscienza. Il contatto con refrigeranti fuoriusciti causa ustioni della pelle. Per ulteriori informazioni, fare riferimento alla WDUJKHWWDLGHQWL�FDWLYDGHOUHIULJHUDWRUHHDOODVFKHGDGLVLFXUH]]DGHLPDWHULDOL06'6SLUHFHQWH
Spostare il refrigeratore con cautela. Cadute o urti improvvisi possono danneggiarne i componenti. Spegnere sempre l'apparecchiatura e scollegarla dalla tensione di alimentazione, prima di spostarla.
Non azionare apparecchiature danneggiate o che presentano perdite.

6HLOUHIULJHUDWRUHqGRWDWRGLSRPSDYROXPHWULFD3R3YHUL�FDUHFKHOHWXED]LRQLLGUDXOLFKHHL UDFFRUGLSUHYLVWLSHUO
DSSOLFD]LRQHVLDQRSURJHWWDWLSHUVRVWHQHUHXQDSUHVVLRQHPLQLPDGLSVL
1RQXWLOL]]DUHXQDFDUWXFFLD�OWURSHUGHLRQL]]D]LRQH',FRQHWLOHQJOLFROHRSURSLOHQJOLFROHLQLELWR,O�OWUR ',ULPXRYHJOLLQLELWRULGDOODVROX]LRQHUHQGHQGRLOOLTXLGRLQHI�FDFHFRQWURODSURWH]LRQHGDOODFRUURVLRQH
Inoltre, gli inibitori aumentano la conduttivit� del liquido.
Utilizzare solo i liquidi approvati riportati nella tabella 1. Prima di utilizzare liquidi o eseguire eventuali interventi di manutenzione che potrebbero implicare il contatto con il liquido, fare riferimento alle schede
GLVLFXUH]]DGHLPDWHULDOL06'6GHOSURGXWWRUHSHUOHSUHFDX]LRQLG
XVR
3HULPSHGLUHLOFRQJHODPHQWRGHOORVFDPELDWRUHGLFDORUHDSLDVWUHLUHIULJHUDWRUL7KHUPR)OH[ richiedono l'uso di 50/50 di etilenglicole/acqua o propilenglicole/acqua per temperature di processo inferiori a 10�C.

Tabella 1 - Liquidi approvati:
L'uso di qualsiasi altro liquido annuller� la garanzia del produttore. Refrigeratori a temperature standard
$FTXDGLVWLOODWD�OWUDWDS+ $FTXDGHLRQL]]DWD0FPFRPSHQVDWD
Acqua distillata con biocida o inibitore Nalco Acqua distillata con cloro (5 ppm) �HWLOHQJOLFROHDFTXDSHUODERUDWRULR �SURSLOHQJOLFROHDFTXDSHUODERUDWRULR

Tappo per serbatoio vedere il passo 4.
Imbuto integrato vedere il passo 5.
Indicatore di livello vedere il passo 5.
Pulsante di accensione e controller YHGHUHLOSDVVR

Figura A

Uscita di processo (refrigeratori ThermoFlex9005000 con pompe volumetriche e WUDVGXWWRULGL�XVVR vedere i passi 1 e 2.
Uscita di processo vedere i passi 1 e 2.
Ingresso di processo vedere i passi 1 e 2.
/D�JXUD%PRVWUDOD FRQ�JXUD]LRQHWLSLFD/HSRVL]LRQL variano a seconda delle dimensioni del refrigeratore e delle opzioni selezionate. Le etichette indicano la posizione esatta.

Figura B

Protezione di circuito YHGHUHLOSDVVR

Elementi necessari per la messa in funzione: Una chiave regolabile

Alimentazione e ritorno acqua dell'impianto

Ingresso di corrente per (refrigeratori ad acqua)

refrigeratori non cablati vedere il passo 6.

7XED]LRQLULJLGHR�HVVLELOLLGRQHH

Tipo di raccordi o dimensioni fascette adeguati

Solo raffreddamento ad acqua
Uscita impianto vedere i passi 1 e 3.

1DVWURDGHVLYR7H�RQ� o sigillante idoneo
Raccordi acqua dell'impianto (FNPT) ThermoFlex1400 - 5000 Ingressi/uscite in bronzo fuso da �" 7KHUPR)OH[,QJUHVVLXVFLWHLQEURQ]RIXVRGD�

Ingresso impianto vedere i passi 1 e 3.

7KHUPR)OH[,QJUHVVLLQEURQ]RIXVRGD� 7KHUPR)OH[8VFLWHLQDFFLDLRLQRVVLGDELOHGD�

Raccordi per liquidi di processo (FNPT) - Uscita

TFlex900 - 10000 P 1 P 2 T0 T 1 in bronzo fuso da 1/2"

TFlex3500 - 5000 P 3 P 4

in bronzo fuso da 3/4"

7)OH[ 337T9 LQUDPHODYRUDWRGD

Ingresso - stessa dimensione dell'uscita, in acciaio inossidabile per tutti i refrigeratori

Adattatori forniti

3377 LQSROLHWLOHQHGD[

HLQQ\ORQGD[

P3 P4

MPT 3/4 x raccordo dentato in PVC 1/2

P 3 P 5 T 5 T9 MPT 1" x raccordo dentato in PVC 1" e MPT 1" x raccordo dentato in PVC 3/4"

1 Rimuovere tutti i tappi di spedizione (2 o 4).

USCITA PROCESSO

Solo raffreddamento ad acqua

INGRESSO PROCESSO

Le posizioni variano a

seconda delle dimen

sioni del refrigeratore e

delle opzioni selezionate.

Le etichette

indicano

la posizione esatta.

USCITA IMPIANTO
INGRESSO IMPIANTO

2 Collegare l'86&,7$',352&(662 ThermoFlex (A)

3 Collegare l'USCITA IMPIANTO ThermoFlex (A) a una tubazione

all'ingresso liquidi per l'applicazione. Collegare l',1*5(662', di ritorno o scarico dell'acqua dell'impianto. Collegare l'INGRESSO

PROCESSO ThermoFlex (B) all'uscita liquidi per l'applicazione. IMPIANTO ThermoFlex (B) all'alimentazione acqua dell'impianto.

9HUL�FDUHFKHLUDFFRUGLVLDQREHOVDOGLHVLJLOODWL3HUL refrigeratori ad aria andare al passo 4.

Non collegare

le tubazioni dei

liquidi di processo

all'alimentazione

d'acqua dell'impianto

o a qualsiasi altra

sorgente di liquido

pressurizzato.

9HUL�FDUHFKHLUDFFRUGLVLDQREHOVDOGLHVLJLOODWL

Solo per il raffreddamento
ad acqua.

USCITA PROCESSO
INGRESSO PROCESSO

La pressione di ingresso massima dell'acqua dell'impianto non deve superare i 150 PSIG. Il differenziale di pressione massimo dell'acqua dell'impianto non deve superare i 50 PSID.

USCITA IMPIANTO
A
INGRESSO IMPIANTO
B

9HGHUHOD�JXUD%

5 Se in dotazione, portare l'interruttore GFCI opzionale situato

6 Non utilizzare mai il chiller senza il liquido di raffred-

sul retro nella posizione sollevata. Per i refrigeratori compresi tra damento nel serbatoio o senza avere installato il sacchetto

ThermoFlex900 e 10000, portare la protezione di circuito nella posizione attiva ( I ). Il display del controller indicher� una serie di

�OWUR

barre di scorrimento (

). Le barre scorreranno verso l'alto a Estrarre con cautela

indicare l'inizializzazione del refrigeratore; operazione che richieder� l'alloggiamento in plastica

circa 15 secondi. Per altri refrigeratori, le barre vengono visualizzate dell'imbuto per rimuoverlo

quando viene fornita l'alimentazione.

e installare il sacchetto

�OWURLQGRWD]LRQH5HLQVWDO-

La protezione di circuito non � progettata per agire come

lare nuovamente l'alloggiamento.

strumento di scollegamento.

9HGHUHOD�JXUD%

9HGHUHOD�JXUD$

7 Riempire lentamente il serbatoio con liquido di processo pulito (vedere la tabella 1), utilizzando il tubo spia per controllare facilmente il livello del liquido. Quando il serbatoio � pieno, riapplicare il tappo e serrare a mano. Poich� la capacit� del serbatoio potrebbe essere inferiore al necessario per l'applicazione interessata e l'aria potrebbe essere spurgata dalle tubazioni, tenere a portata di mano del liquido extra per rabboccare il sistema all'avvio del ricircolo esterno.

9HGHUHOD�JXUD$

Nota: fare attenzione LIVELLO a non riempire il
MAX serbatoio al di sopra della tacca di livello MAX. Ci� determiner� la
LIVELLO generazione di un errore MIN di troppo pieno (O FLO) che causer� l'arresto del refrigeratore.

4 )DUHULIHULPHQWRDOODWDUJKHWWDLGHQWL�FDWLYDVXOUHWURGHOUHIULJHUDWRUHHYHUL�FDUH
la tensione corretta. Per i refrigeratori forniti con un cavo di alimentazione, inserire l'estremit� femmina del cavo nel refrigeratore e l'estremit� maschio nella presa
di corrente. (Il cavo di alimentazione si trova sotto il coperchio della cassa per la spedizione. Non gettare il FRSHUFKLR�QRDTXDQGRQRQVLWURYDLOFDYR

Non azionare il refrigeratore con un cavo di

alimentazione danneggiato.

Nota: i refrigeratori ThermoFlex900-5000 dotati dell'opzione di tensione variabile o globale hanno un SDQQHOORGLFRQ�JXUD]LRQHGHOODWHQVLRQH)DUHULIHULPHQWR al foglio delle istruzioni relative alla tensione spedito con il refrigeratore o vedere l'Appendice B al manuale.

9HGHUHOD�JXUD%

Nota: per i refrigeratori che richiedono il cablaggio vedere la sezione 3 del manuale.

8 Premere .

Sul controller viene visualizzato SEtuP.

Nota: VHLOUHIULJHUDWRUHYLHQHGRWDWRGLXQDFDUWXFFLD�OWURSHUGHLRQL]]D]LRQH fare riferimento alla sezione 5 del manuale per informazioni sull'installazione.

Consultare il retro per ulteriori procedure.

9HGHUHOD�JXUD$

+ enter
-

mode

Avvio rapido - solo per la messa in servizio iniziale -- eseguire dal passo 9 al 20 per tutti i refrigeratori.

NOTA:DOFXQLFDPSLGLLPSRVWD]LRQHYDORULSUHGH�QLWL GLSHQGRQRGDOODSRPSDYHGHUHODVH]LRQHGHO

UnitS sono le scale della temperatura, GHO�XVVRGLOLTXLGRRS]LRQDOH e della

Hi t imposta il limite dell'allarme alta temperatura del liquido.

PDQXDOH8QDYROWDFRPSOHWDWDTXDOVLDVLRSHUD]LRQH GLFRQ�JXUD]LRQHRVVLDTXDQGRYLHQHSUHPXWRLO

pressione. Scale: �C/�F

GPM/LPM

Intervallo: Da +3�C a +42�C ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD

WDVWRXQDVHFRQGDYROWDQRQqSRVVLELOH ULSHWHUHO
RSHUD]LRQHSHUHIIHWWXDUHGHOOHFRUUH]LRQL� possibileHIIHWWXDUHGHOOHPRGL�FKHGRSRO
DYYLRGHO UHIULJHUDWRUH

x Premere

PSI/Bar/KPAS

xIldisplay lampeggia tra UnitS e �C

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHODVFDODLQ)

x Premere

fabbrica: +42�C

xIl display lampegger� tra Hi t e 42

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xPremere

SHUFRQWLQXDUHFRQ

ODSURFHGXUDGLFRQ�JXUD]LRQH

xPremere

per passare al display successivo

xPremere

x(IIHWWXDUHODVWHVVDRSHUD]LRQHSHUOHVFDOHGL�XVVRHSUHVVLRQH

per passare al display successivo

Lo t imposta il limite di allarme bassa temperatura del liquido.

x Premere

Intervallo: Da +3�C a +42�C ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD
fabbrica: 3�C

xIldisplay lampegger� tra Lo t e 3

Hi P1 imposta il limite di allarme scarico alta pressione della pompa.

dELAY � il tempo ammesso oltre il limite di allarme Hi P1 prima che la pompa venga spenta.

Intervallo: variabile a seconda della

Intervallo: variabile a seconda della pompa

pompa

,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD

0 secondi

x Premere

variabile a seconda della pompa

xIl display lampegger� tra Hi P1HLOYDORUHSUHGH�QLWR

xIl display lampegger� tra dELAY e 0

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xPremere

NOTA Questa funzione � attiva solo se il UHIULJHUDWRUHqFRQ�JXUDWRSHUVSHJQHUVL
vedere il passo 16.

Lo P1 imposta il limite di allarme scarico bassa pressione della pompa.

Intervallo: variabile a seconda della

pompa ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD

fabbrica: variabile a seconda della

x Premere

pompa

xIl display lampegger� tra Lo P1HLOYDORUHSUHGH�QLWR

dELAY � il tempo ammesso oltre il limite di allarme Lo P1 prima che la pompa venga spenta.
Intervallo: da 0 a 30 secondi ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD fabbrica: 10 secondi
xIl display lampegger� tra dELAY e 10

xSe desiderato, utilizzare SUHGH�QLWR

xPremere

per regolare il valore

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xPremere

. NOTA Questa funzione � attiva solo se il UHIULJHUDWRUHqFRQ�JXUDWRSHUVSHJQHUVL
vedere il passo 16.

$/UFRQ�JXUDODUHD]LRQHGHOUHIULJHUDWRUH ai limiti di allarme temperatura, pressione H�XVVRRS]LRQDOHVLDVSHJQLPHQWRI/W che funzionamento normale (indC). Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere la sezione 4 nel manuale.

x Premere

Intervallo: fLt* o indC** ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFDI/W

xIl display lampegger� tra ALr e fLt

xSe desiderato, premere

per visualizzare indC

** fLt = guasto (spegnimento)

xPremere

. ** indC = segnalazione (funzionamento

normale)

Attiva o disattiva l'allarme acustico del refrigeratore.
Intervallo: on o OFF Impostazione SUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD2Q

StArt attiva/disattiva il riavvio automatico.
Intervallo: on o OFF ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD fabbrica: OFF

x Premere xIl display lampegger� tra Sound e on

xSe desiderato, premere

per visualizzare OFF

x Premere xIl display lampegger� tra StArt e OFF

xSe desiderato, premere

per visualizzare ON

CArE viene utilizzato per impostare il
promemoria di frequenza manutenzione SUHYHQWLYDGLSXOL]LDSHUL�OWULDULDH
liquido del refrigeratore.

xPremere

Intervallo: off, L1 - 1000 hours, L2 - 2000 hours,
L3 -3000 hours ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD/

xIl display lampegger� tra CArE e L1

xSe desiderato, utilizzare GLVSOD\LQRII/R/

per cambiare la modalit� del

xPremere

Se applicabile, vedere i riquadri a destra per impostare le opzioni. Per i refrigeratori con I/O analogico (ACOM), fare riferimento alla guida di avvio rapido aggiuntiva fornita con il refrigeratore.

xPremere

per salvare tutteOHLPSRVWD]LRQL

Il refrigeratore viene avviato automaticamente.

xPremere

SHULJQRUDUHtutteOHPRGL�FKHH

ULSULVWLQDUHLYDORULSUHGH�QLWLGDOODIDEEULFD

Il display si spegner�.

xSe desiderato, premere SHUULDYYLDUHODSURFHGXUD

A questo punto la procedura di FRQ�JXUD]LRQHqFRPSOHWDWD

All'avvio del refrigeratore, sul controller viene visualizzata la temperatura del liquido di processo.

6HGHVLGHUDWRqSRVVLELOHPRGL�FDUH YHUL�FDUHLOYDORUHGLLPSRVWD]LRQHGHO

refrigeratore premendo

SP viene utilizzato per regolare il valore di impostazione.
Intervallo: da +5�C a +40�C ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD&
xIl display lampegger� tra SP e 20

xSe desiderato, utilizzare O
LPSRVWD]LRQH

SHUPRGL�FDUH

xPremere

SHUVDOYDUHLOQXRYRYDORUHGLLPSRVWD]LRQH

HWRUQDUHDOODYLVXDOL]]D]LRQHGHOODWHPSHUDWXUD.

Opzione - Tensione -- Passo A

+=YLHQHXWLOL]]DWRSHULGHQWL�FDUHODIUHTXHQ]D in entrata per i refrigeratori con pompe P 3 - P 5 e la capacit� di funzionamento a 50 Hz o 60 Hz. La frequenza selezionata regola automaticamente O
LPSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGHOO
DOWDSUHVVLRQH�VVD GHO�UPZDUH
Intervallo: 50 Hz o 60 Hz ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD+]

x Premere xIl display lampegger� tra HZ e 60

x6HQHFHVVDULRXWLOL]]DUH

SHUFDPELDUHIUHTXHQ]D

xPremere

Se il refrigeratore non dispone di un . WUDVGXWWRUHGL�XVVRRGLFRPXQLFD]LRQL
seriali, vedere il passo 20.

2S]LRQH7UDVGXWWRUHGL�XVVR�3DVVL%H&

HiFLO imposta il limite di allarme �XVVRHOHYDWR

x Premere

Intervallo: variabile a seconda della
pompa ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD
variabile a seconda della pompa

xIl display lampegger� tra HiFLOHLOYDORUHSUHGH�QLWR

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xPremere

LoFLO LPSRVWDLOOLPLWHGLDOODUPH�XVVR basso.
Intervallo: variabile a seconda della pompa ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOODIDEEULFD variabile a seconda della pompa

x Premere xIl display lampegger� tra LoFLOHLOYDORUHSUHGH�QLWR

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

per regolare il valore

xPremere

Se il refrigeratore non dispone

di comunicazioni seriali, vedere

il passo 20.

Opzione - Comunicazioni seriali (DCOM) -- Passi da D a I

SEr viene utilizzato per attivare/ GLVDWWLYDUHHSHUFRQ�JXUDUHOD
modalit� di comunicazione seriale.

x Premere

Intervallo: off, rS232, rS485 ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD
fabbrica: off

xIl display lampegger� tra SEr e OFF

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHODPRGDOLWj

BAud viene utilizzato per selezionare la velocit� di trasmissione in baud per le comunicazioni seriali.
Intervallo: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600 o 300 bit al secondo.

x Premere

xIl display lampegger� tra BAud e 9600

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHODYHORFLWj

xPremere

dAtA viene utilizzato per visualizzare il numero di bit.
Display: 8

x Premere xIl display lampegger� tra dAtA e 8

xPremere

StoP viene utilizzato per indicare il numero di bit di arresto.

Intervallo: 2 o 1 ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD

x Premere

fabbrica: 1

xIl display lampegger� tra StoP e 1

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHO
LPSRVWD]LRQH

xPremere

PAr viene utilizzato come strumento di controllo per gli errori di comunicazione.

x Premere

Intervallo: even, odd o none ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD
fabbrica: none

xIl display lampegger� tra PAr e none

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHO
LPSRVWD]LRQH

xPremere

u id (ID unit�) viene utilizzato solo in

RS485. Indica i dispositivi collegati

alla porta RS485.

x Premere

Intervallo: da 1 a 99 ,PSRVWD]LRQHSUHGH�QLWDGDOOD
fabbrica: 1

xIl display lampegger� tra u id e 1

xSe desiderato, utilizzare

SHUPRGL�FDUHO
LPSRVWD]LRQH

xPremere

Vedere il passo 20

Esta gu�a de puesta en marcha r�pida se ha elaborado �nicamente para el arranque inicial. Para obtener informaci�n sobre otros procedimientos, debe consultar el manual. Asimismo, en caso de que tuviera dudas sobre alguno de estos pasos, descargue el manual antes de continuar.

Seguridad:
El enfriador est� destinado exclusivamente para uso en interiores. No lo coloque nunca en lugares con calor o humedad excesivos, ventilaci�n inadecuada o presencia de materiales corrosivos.
Conecte el enfriador a una toma de tierra adecuada.
/RVUHIULJHUDQWHVXWLOL]DGRVVRQPiVSHVDGRVTXHHODLUHSRUORTXHVXVWLWXLUiQDOR[tJHQR\SURYRFDUiQODSpUGLGD del conocimiento. En caso de que entre en contacto con el refrigerante procedente de fugas, se producir�n TXHPDGXUDVHQODSLHO&RQVXOWHODSODFDLGHQWL�FDWLYDGHOHQIULDGRU\ODKRMDGHGDWRVGHVHJXULGDGGHPDWHULDOHV 06'6PiVDFWXDOGHOIDEULFDQWH
0XHYDHOHQIULDGRUFRQFXLGDGR/RVVDOWRVUHSHQWLQRVRODVFDtGDVSXHGHQGDxDUVXVFRPSRQHQWHV$SDJXH VLHPSUHHOHTXLSR\GHVFRQpFWHORGHODWHQVLyQHOpFWULFDDQWHVGHPRYHUOR
1XQFDSRQJDHQIXQFLRQDPLHQWRXQHTXLSRTXHHVWpGDxDGRRTXHSUHVHQWHIXJDV

6 LODXQLGDGHVWiSURYLVWDGHXQDERPEDGHGHVSOD]DPLHQWRSRVLWLYR3R3DVHJ~UHVHGHTXHORVWXERV \FRQHFWRUHVGHVXDSOLFDFLyQWLHQHQFDSDFLGDGSDUDVRSRUWDUXQPtQLPRGHSVL
1 RXWLOLFHQLQJ~QFDUWXFKRGH�OWURGHGHVLRQL]DFLyQ',FRQ(*LQKLELGRR3*LQKLELGR/RV�OWURVGH', HOLPLQDUiQORVLQKLELGRUHVGHODVROXFLyQORTXHSURYRFDUiTXHHOOtTXLGRQRRIUH]FDSURWHFFLyQIUHQWHDOD FRUURVLyQ$VLPLVPRORVLQKLELGRUHVLQFUHPHQWDUiQODFRQGXFWLYLGDGGHORVOtTXLGRV
8 WLOLFH~QLFDPHQWHORVOtTXLGRVDSUREDGRVTXHVHPXHVWUDQHQOD7DEOD$QWHVGHXWLOL]DUOtTXLGRVRUHDOL]DU tareas de mantenimiento en las que pueda entrar en contacto con ellos, consulte las precauciones de PDQLSXODFLyQHQODVKRMDVGHGDWRVGHVHJXULGDGGHPDWHULDOHV06'6GHOIDEULFDQWH
3 DUDHYLWDUTXHHOLQWHUFDPELDGRUGHSODFDVVHFRQJHOHRDFULVWDOHORVHQIULDGRUHV7KHUPR)OH[ UHTXLHUHQHOXVRGH(*DJXDGHRGH3*DJXDGHSRUGHEDMRGHXQDWHPSHUDWXUDGHSURFHVR GH&

Tabla 1: l�quidos aprobados
(OXVRGHFXDOTXLHURWUROtTXLGRDQXODODJDUDQWtDGHO cliente. Enfriadores de temperatura est�ndar
$JXD�OWUDGDGHVWLODGDS+ $JXDGHVLRQL]DGD0FPFRPSHQVDGD $JXDGHVWLODGDFRQLQKLELGRU\ELRFLGD1DOFR
Agua destilada con cloro (5 ppm) $JXDHWLOHQJOLFROSDUDODERUDWRULRDO $JXDSURSLOHQJOLFROSDUDODERUDWRULRDO

Tap�n del dep�sito Consulte el paso 4.
(PEXGRLQWHJUDGR Consulte el paso 5.
Indicador de nivel Consulte el paso 5.
&RQWURODGRU\ERWyQ de encendido &RQVXOWHHOSDVR

Figura A

Salida del proceso: (enfriadores 7KHUPR)OH[FRQ ERPEDV3'\WUDQVGXFWRUHV GH�XMR &RQVXOWHORVSDVRV\

Salida del proceso: &RQVXOWHORVSDVRV\

Entrada del proceso: &RQVXOWHORVSDVRV\

(QOD�JXUD%VHPXHVWUDXQHTXLSR

QRUPDO/DVXELFDFLRQHVYDUtDQHQ

IXQFLyQGHOWDPDxRGHOHQIULDGRU

y de las opciones seleccionadas.

Las etiquetas

LGHQWL�FDQOD

XELFDFLyQH[DFWD

Figura B

Protector del circuito &RQVXOWHHOSDVR
Entrada de alimenta ci�n para enfriadores TXHQRLQFOX\HQFDEOHV Consulte el paso 6.
Solo refrigerado por agua
Salida de la instalaci�n &RQVXOWHORVSDVRV\
Entrada a la instalaci�n &RQVXOWHORVSDVRV\

Materiales necesarios: 8QDOODYHLQJOHVDDMXVWDEOH Instalaciones para el suministro y el retorno del agua
(enfriadores refrigerados por agua) 0DQJXHUDRWXEHUtDVDSURSLDGDV $EUD]DGHUDVRFRQH[LRQHVFRQHOWDPDxRDGHFXDGR &LQWDGH7H�RQ� o un sellador adecuado
Conexiones para agua de la instalaci�n (FNPT)
7KHUPR)OH[HQWUDGDVDOLGDEURQFHIXQGLGRSXOJ
7KHUPR)OH[HQWUDGDVDOLGDEURQFHIXQGLGRSXOJ
7KHUPR)OH[HQWUDGDEURQFHIXQGLGRSXOJ
7KHUPR)OH[VDOLGDDFHURLQR[LGDEOHSXOJ

&RQH[LRQHVGHORVOtTXLGRVGHSURFHVR (FNPT)

Salida

7)OH[

3377 %URQFHIXQGLGRSXOJ

7)OH[

%URQFHIXQGLGRSXOJ

7)OH[ 337T9 &REUHIRUMDGRSXOJ

(QWUDGDWDPDxRLGpQWLFRDOGHODVDOLGDGHWRGRVORVHQIULDGRUHVGHDFHURLQR[LGDEOH

Adaptadores suministrados

3377 3ROLHWLOHQRGHSXOJ[SXOJ\QDLORQGHSXOJ[SXOJ

037GHSXOJ[FRQHFWRUGH39&GHSXOJ

337T9 037GHSXOJ[FRQHFWRUGH39&GHSXOJ\037GHSXOJ[ FRQHFWRUGH39&GHSXOJ

1 5HWLUHORVSOiVWLFRVGHHPEDODMHGHORVHQFKXIHVR

SALIDA DE PROCESO

Solo refrigerado por agua

ENTRADA DE PROCESO
/DVXELFDFLRQHVYDUtDQ HQIXQFLyQGHOWDPDxR del enfriador y de las opciones seleccionadas. Las etiquetas LGHQWL�FDQODXELFDFLyQ exacta.
Consulte la Figura B.

SALIDA DE LA INSTALACI�N
ENTRADA A LA INSTALACI�N

2 Conecte la SALIDA DE PROCESO de ThermoFlex (A) a

3 Conecte la SALIDA DE LA INSTALACI�N de ThermoFlex (A) a

ODHQWUDGDGHOtTXLGRVGHVXDSOLFDFLyQ&RQHFWHODENTRADA

un desag�e o conducto de retorno de agua a la instalaci�n. Conecte la

DE PROCESO GH7KHUPR)OH[%DODVDOLGDGHOtTXLGRVGHVX

ENTRADA A LA INSTALACI�N de ThermoFlex (B) a un suministro de agua.

aplicaci�n. $VHJ~UHVHGHTXHODVFRQH[LRQHVVHKDQFHUUDGR\�MDGR $VHJ~UHVHGHTXHODVFRQH[LRQHVVHKDQFHUUDGR\�MDGRFRUUHFWDPHQWH

correctamente. Para los enfriadores refrigerados por aire, contin�e con el paso 4.

Solo para equipos refrigerados por agua.

SALIDA DE LA INSTALACI�N

No conecte nunca A tubos con l�quido de proceso al

La presi�n m�xima de entrada

del agua en la instalaci�n no

suministro de agua

del centro ni a

SALIDA DE PROCESO

debe exceder los 150 PSIG. El diferencial de la presi�n

ninguna fuente de l�quido presurizado.

m�xima del agua en la ENTRADA DE instalaci�n no debe exceder

ENTRADA A LA INSTALACI�N

PROCESO los 50 PSID.

Consulte la Figura B.

4 &RQVXOWHODSODFDLGHQWL�FDWLYDGHODSDUWHSRVWHULRUGHOHQIULDGRU\FRPSUXHEH
ODWHQVLyQDSURSLDGD3DUDORVHQIULDGRUHVTXHVHVXPLQLVWUDQFRQXQFDEOHGH DOLPHQWDFLyQLQVHUWHHOH[WUHPRKHPEUDGHOFDEOHGHDOLPHQWDFLyQHQHOHQIULDGRU
\DFRQWLQXDFLyQLQVHUWHHOH[WUHPRPDFKRGHOFDEOHGH DOLPHQWDFLyQHQODWRPDHOpFWULFDHOFDEOHGHDOLPHQWDFLyQ VHXELFDGHEDMRGHODWDSDGHODFDMDGHWUDQVSRUWH1R GHVHFKHODWDSDKDVWDTXHKD\DHQFRQWUDGRHOFDEOH
En caso de que el cable de alimentaci�n est� da�ado,
no utilice el enfriador.

Consulte la Figura B.

Nota: /RVHQIULDGRUHV7KHUPR)OH[TXHVH VXPLQLVWUDQFRQODRSFLyQGHWHQVLyQYDULDEOHRGHWHQVLyQ JOREDOGLVSRQHQGHXQSDQHOGHFRQ�JXUDFLyQGHODWHQVLyQ &RQVXOWHODKRMDGHLQVWUXFFLRQHVVREUHWHQVLyQVXPLQLVWUDGD FRQHOHQIULDGRURFRQVXOWHHODSpQGLFH%GHOPDQXDO
Nota: 3DUDREWHQHULQIRUPDFLyQVREUHORVHQIULDGRUHVTXH UHTXLHUHQFRQHFWDUVHPHGLDQWHFDEOHVFRQVXOWHODVHFFLyQ del manual.

5 Si se suministra, coloque en posici�n vertical el disyuntor GFCI que 6 Nunca ponga en marcha el chiller sin l�quido refrigerante

VHXELFDHQODSDUWHSRVWHULRU3DUDORVHQIULDGRUHV7KHUPR)OH[KDVWD HQHOWDQTXHRVLQODEROVDGH�OWURLQVWDODGD

FRORTXHHOSURWHFWRUGHOFLUFXLWRHQODSRVLFLyQGHHQFHQGLGR

( I(QODSDQWDOODGHOFRQWURODGRUDSDUHFHUiXQDVHULHGHEDUUDV

GHGHVSOD]DPLHQWR

/DVEDUUDVVHGHVSOD]DUiQKDFLD

DUULEDLQGLFDQGRTXHHOHQIULDGRUVHHVWiLQLFLDOL]DQGR(VWHSURFHVR

GXUDVHJXQGRVDSUR[LPDGDPHQWH(QRWURVHQIULDGRUHVODVEDUUDV

DSDUHFHQFXDQGRHOHQIULDGRUUHFLEHDOLPHQWDFLyQHOpFWULFD

Tire con cuidado la carcasa de SOiVWLFRGHOHPEXGRSDUDTXLWDUOD HLQVWDODUODEROVDGH�OWURVXPL nistrada. Reinstalar de nuevo la

carcasa.

El protector del circuito no se ha dise�ado para utilizarse como un medio de desconexi�n.

Consulte la Figura B.

Consulte la Figura A.

7 LentamenteUHOOHQHHOGHSyVLWRFRQOtTXLGRGHSURFHVROLPSLRFRQVXOWH 8 Pulse

ODWDEOD8WLOLFHHOWXERGHFRQWUROGHQLYHOSDUDFRQWURODUFRQIDFLOLGDGHO

QLYHOGHOtTXLGR&XDQGRHOGHSyVLWRHVWpOOHQRYXHOYDDFRORFDUHOWDSyQGHO En el controlador se mostrar� Setup (CONFIGURACI�N).

GHSyVLWR\DSULpWHORDPDQRYa que la capacidad del dep�sito puede ser SHTXHxDSDUDODDSOLFDFLyQGHTXHVHWUDWH\SRVLEOHPHQWHGHEDSXUJDUHO DLUHGHORVWXERVWHQJDDPDQROtTXLGRH[WUDSDUDPDQWHQHUHOVLVWHPDOOHQR

Nota: 6LHOHQIULDGRUVHVXPLQLVWUDFRQXQFDUWXFKRGH�OWURGHGHVLRQL]DFLyQ consulte la secci�n 5 del manual para su instalaci�n.

al m�ximo cuando se inicie la circulaci�n externa.

Para conocer los pasos adicionales, consulte el dorso.

Nota: Tenga cuidado de

no rellenar el dep�sito

NIVEL SRUHQFLPDGHODOtQHD M�X. GH1,9(/0�;,02GH

llenado. De lo contrario,

mode

Consulte la Figura A.

generar� un error de

GHVERUGDPLHQWRHQOD

enter -

NIVEL M�N.

unidad (O FLO) que

har� que el enfriador se

apague.

Consulte la Figura A.

Puesta en marcha r�pida - Utilizar solo para el arranque inicial (realizar los pasos 9 a 20 con todos los enfriadores)

NOTA: Algunos intervalos/ajustes predeter-

UnitS hace referencia a las escalas de

Hi t permite establecer el l�mite superior

minados var�an en funci�n de la bomba; consulte

temperatura, �XMRGHOtTXLGRVRSFLRQDO

de alarma de temperatura del l�quido.

la secci�n 4 del manual. Una vez completado FXDOTXLHUDGHORVSDVRVGHFRQ�JXUDFLyQ

\SUHVLyQ Escalas: �C/�F GPM/LPM (gal/min o l/min)

Intervalo: de + 3 �C a + 42 �C Valor predeterminado de f�brica: + 42 �C

(entendiendo, con ello, que ha pulsado la

tecla

por segunda vez), no puede repetir

x Pulse

PSI/Bar/KPAS

x Pulse

el paso para realizar correcciones. Puede realizar xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre UnitS y �C.

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre Hi t y 42.

cambios despu�s de encender el enfriador.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar la escala a �F.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para ajustar el valor.

xPulse

para continuar con el

SURFHGLPLHQWRGHFRQ�JXUDFLyQ

xPulse

para pasar a la siguiente pantalla.

xPulse

xRealice la misma acci�n con las escalas de �XMR y presi�n.

para pasar a la siguiente pantalla.

Lo t permite establecer el l�mite inferior de alarma de temperatura.

x Pulse

Intervalo: de + 3 �C a + 42 �C Valor predeterminado de f�brica: + 3 �C .

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre Lo t y 3.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para ajustar el valor.

Hi P1 permite establecer el l�mite superior de alarma de descarga de presi�n de la bomba.

dELAY hace referencia al periodo de tiempo durante el que la bomba puede superar el l�mite de alarma Hi P1 antes de apagarse.

Intervalo: seg�n la bomba

Valor predeterminado de f�brica: seg�n

Intervalo: seg�n la bomba

x Pulse

. la bomba

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre Hi P1 y el valor

predeterminado.

Valor predeterminado de f�brica: 0 segundos xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre dELAY y 0.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para ajustar el valor.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para ajustar el valor.

xPulse

NOTA: Esta funci�n solo est� activa si el enfriador est� FRQ�JXUDGRSDUDTXHVHDSDJXHFRQVXOWHHOSDVR

Lo P1 permite establecer el l�mite

dELAY hace referencia al periodo de

$/USHUPLWHFRQ�JXUDUODUHDFFLyQGHO

inferior de alarma de descarga de presi�n de la bomba.

tiempo durante el que la bomba puede superar el l�mite de alarma Lo P1 antes de apagarse.

enfriador a los l�mites de alarma de WHPSHUDWXUDSUHVLyQ\�XMRRSFLRQDO
se apagar� (fLt) o continuar� funcionando

x Pulse

Intervalo: seg�n la bomba Valor predeterminado de f�brica: . seg�n la bomba

Intervalo: de 0 a 30 segundos Valor predeterminado de f�brica: 10 segundos

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre Lo P1 y el valor xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre dELAY y 10.

x Pulse

(indC). Consulte la secci�n 4 del manual para obtener m�s informaci�n.
Intervalo: fLt* o indC** Valor predeterminado de f�brica: fLt .

predeterminado.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para ajustar el valor.

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre ALr y fLt.

xSi lo desea, utilice predeterminado.

xPulse

para ajustar el valor

xPulse

xSi lo desea, pulse

NOTA: Esta funci�n solo est� activa si el enfriador est� xPulse

FRQ�JXUDGRSDUDTXHVHDSDJXHFRQVXOWHHOSDVR

para mostrar indC.
** fLt = error (apagado) ** indC = indicaci�n (continuar en funcionamiento)

Permite activar o desactivar la alarma sonora del enfriador.
Intervalo: ON u OFF Valor predeterminado de f�brica: ON

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre Sound y ON.

xSi lo desea, pulse

para mostrar OFF.

StArt permite activar/desactivar el reinicio autom�tico.
Intervalo: ON u OFF Valor predeterminado de f�brica: OFF

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre StArt y OFF.

xSi lo desea, pulse

para mostrar ON.

&$U(VHXWLOL]DSDUDFRQ�JXUDUHO recordatorio que indica la frecuencia de limpieza como cuidado preventivo para los �OWURVGHDLUH\OtTXLGRVGHOHQIULDGRU

Intervalo: OFF L1 - 1000 horas, L2 - 2000

horas, L3 - 3000 horas

Valor predeterminado de f�brica: L1

xPulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre CArE y L1.

xSi lo desea, utilice L2 o L3.

para cambiar la pantalla a OFF

xPulse

6LSURFHGHFRQVXOWHORVFXDGURVVLWXDGRVDODGHUHFKDSDUDFRQ�JXUDUODVRSFLRQHV(QHOFDVRGHHQIULDGRUHVFRQPyGXORGH entrada/salida anal�gico (ACOM), consulte las instrucciones de puesta en marcha r�pida adicionales suministradas con el equipo.

xPulse

para guardar todos los ajustes.

El enfriador se enciende

autom�ticamente.

xPulse

para rechazar todos los cambios y

restaurar los valores predeterminados de f�brica.

La pantalla se quedar� en blanco.

xSi lo desea, pulse

para reiniciar el procedimiento.

+DFRPSOHWDGRHOSURFHGLPLHQWRGHFRQ�JXUDFLyQ
Al encender el enfriador, el controlador muestra la temperatura del l�quido del proceso.

Si lo desea, puede pulsar

para cambiar/

YHUL�FDUHOYDORUGHUHIHUHQFLDGHOHQIULDGRU

SP se utiliza para ajustar el valor de referencia. Intervalo: de + 5 �C a + 40 �C Valor predeterminado de f�brica: + 20 �C
xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre SP y 20.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar el ajuste.

xPulse

para guardar el nuevo valor de referencia y

volver a la pantalla de temperatura.

2SFLyQ7HQVLyQ�3DVR$

+=VHXWLOL]DSDUDLGHQWL�FDUODIUHFXHQFLDHQWUDQWHHQ
los enfriadores con bombas P 3 - P 5 y la capacidad
de funcionar a 50 Hz o 60 Hz. La frecuencia VHOHFFLRQDGDDMXVWDDXWRPiWLFDPHQWHODFRQ�JXUDFLyQ predeterminada de presi�n alta �MDGHO�UPZDUH

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre HZ y 60.

xSi es necesario, utilice

para cambiar la frecuencia.

Intervalo: 50 Hz o 60 Hz Valor predeterminado de f�brica: 60 Hz

xPulse

Si el enfriador no dispone de transductor GH�XMRRQRDGPLWHFRPXQLFDFLRQHVHQ

serie, consulte el paso 20.

2SFLyQ7UDQVGXFWRUGH�XMR�3DVRV%\&

HiFLO permite establecer el l�mite VXSHULRUGHDODUPDGH�XMR

LoFLO permite establecer el l�mite LQIHULRUGHDODUPDGH�XMR

Intervalo: seg�n la bomba Valor predeterminado de f�brica: seg�n la bomba

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre HiFLO y el valor predeterminado.

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre LoFLO y el valor predeterminado.

xSi lo desea, utilice

xPulse

para ajustar el valor.

xSi lo desea, utilice

xPulse

para ajustar el valor. Si el enfriador no admite comunicaciones en serie, consulte el paso 20.

2SFLyQ&RPXQLFDFLRQHVHQVHULH'&20�3DVRV'D,

6(UVHXWLOL]DSDUDDFWLYDUGHVDFWLYDU\ FRQ�JXUDUHOPRGRGHFRPXQLFDFLRQHV en serie.
Intervalo: OFF rS232, rS485 Valor predeterminado de f�brica: OFF

BAud se utiliza para seleccionar la velocidad en baudios para la comunicaci�n en serie.
Intervalo: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600 o 300 bits por segundo.

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre SEr y OFF.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar el modo.

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre BAud y 9600.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar la velocidad.

xPulse

dAtA se utiliza para mostrar el n�mero de bits.
Pantalla: 8

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre dAtA y 8.

xPulse

StoP se utiliza para indicar el n�mero de bits de parada.
Intervalo: 2 o 1 Valor predeterminado de f�brica: 1

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre StoP y 1.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar el ajuste.

xPulse

PAr se utiliza como medio para FRPSUREDUVLKD\HUURUHVGH
comunicaci�n.

Intervalo: even, odd o none Valor predeterminado de f�brica: none

x Pulse

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre PAr y none.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar el ajuste.

xPulse

u id (ID de unidad) se utiliza solo

HQ563HUPLWHLGHQWL�FDUORV

dispositivos conectados al puerto

RS485.

x Pulse

Intervalo: de 1 a 99
Valor predeterminado de f�brica: 1 .

xLa pantalla parpadear� alternando entre u id y 1.

xSi lo desea, utilice

para cambiar el ajuste.

xPulse

Consulte el paso 20.

Reservoirdop Zie stap 4.
Ge�ntegreerde trechter Zie stap 5.
Niveau-indicator Zie stap 5.

Figuur A.

Aan-knop Zie stap 8.
Besturing Zie stap 8.

Procesafvoer (ThermoFlex9005000 units met PDpompen en volumestroomomzetters) Zie stappen 1 en 2.
Procesafvoer Zie stappen 1 en 2.

Procestoevoer Zie stappen 1 en 2.
Figuur B is karakteristiek. Locaties vari�ren met de afmetingen van de unit en de geselecteerde opties.

Figuur B.

Stroombescherming Zie stap 7.
Stroomtoevoer met units zonder harde bedrading Zie stap 6.
Alleen voor watergekoelde units
gebouwafvoer Zie stappen 1 en 3.
gebouwtoevoer Zie stappen 1 en 3.

Dit heeft u nodig om te kunnen beginnen: (HQYHUVWHOEDUHVWHHNVOHXWHO :DWHUWRHYRHUHQWHUXJYRHURSGHORFDWLHZDWHUJHNRHOGHXQLWV (HQJHVFKLNWHVODQJRIOHLGLQJ .OHPPHQYDQGHMXLVWHJURRWWHRIW\SHDDQVOXLWLQJ 7H�RQ� Tape of een geschikte afsluiting

Aansluitingen Procesvloeistof (FNPT)

Afvoer

ThermoFlex900 - 10000 P1 P2 T0 T1 1/2" gietbrons

ThermoFlex3500 - 5000 P3 P4

3/4" gietbrons

ThermoFlex7500 - 24000 P3 P5 T 5 T 9 gesmeed koper

Toevoer - Zelfde maat als afvoer

alle units roestvrij staal

:DWHUDDQVOXLWLQJHQORFDWLH)137 ThermoFlex1400 - 5000 Toevoer/Afvoer ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 Toevoer/Afvoer ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 Toevoer ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 Afvoer

�" gietbrons �" gietbrons �" gietbrons �" roestvrij staal

Trek de plastic transportpluggen eruit.

PROCES AFVOER

Alleen voor watergekoelde units

Sluit de ThermoFlex PROCESAFVOER (A) aan op de vloeistoftoevoer op uw toepassing. Sluit de ThermoFlex PROCESTOEVOER (B) aan op de vloeistofafvoer op uw toepassing. Zorg ervoor dat de verbindingen afgesloten zijn en goed vastzitten. Ga voor luchtgekoelde units door naar stap 4.

PROCES TOEVOER
=LH�JXXU%

Gebouw AFVOER
Gebouw TOEVOER

A B
=LH�JXXU%

PROCES AFVOER
PROCES TOEVOER

Sluit de ThermoFlex FACILITY-OUTLET (A)aan op de waterterugvoer of -afvoer van uw gebouw. Sluit de ThermoFlex FACILITY- INLET (B) aan op de watervoorziening van uw gebouw. Zorg ervoor dat de verbindingen afgesloten zijn en goed vastzitten.
A

Alleen voor watergekoelde
units.

Gebouw AFVOER
B

De doorstroomkoeler mag nooit operationeel zijn zonder dat er de juiste vloeistof in het reservoir zit of zonder GDWKHWYORHLVWRI�OWHUJHwQVWDOOHHUGLV
Maak het plastic vulkapje los door het omhoog te tillen en installeer dan het meegeleverde vloeistof�OWHU3ODDWVGDDUQDKHW plastic vulkapje terug.

=LH�JXXU%

Gebouw TOEVOER

=LH�JXXU$

Vul het reservoir langzaam met schone procesvloeistof (zie tabel 1)

Controleer de juiste spanning. Voor units die worden geleverd met

met gebruik van het kijkbuisje voor het gemakkelijk in de gaten houden van het vloeistofniveau. Plaats als het reservoir vol is de dop er weer op, handvast. Aangezien de capaciteit van het reservoir klein kan zijn in vergelijking tot uw toepassing en het nodig kan zijn dat er lucht uit de leidingen geblazen moet worden, dient u extra koelvloeistof bij de hand te houden om het systeem bijgevuld te houden als de uitwendige circulatie wordt gestart.

een netsnoer, steek de vrouwelijke kant van de stroomkabel in de koeler en steek de mannelijke kant van de stroomkabel in de vermogensuitgang. (Het
netsnoer bevindt zich onder de deksel van de transportdoos. Gooi het deksel niet weg voordat u het snoer heeft gevonden.)

Let op: Let goed op dat het reservoir niet boven de lijn MAX NIVEAU wordt gevuld. Dit zal leiden tot een RYHU�RZIRXW2)/2 van de unit waardoor

MAX NIVEAU
MIN

Let op: ThermoFlex900-5000 units uitgerust met de optie Variabele spanning of Universele VSDQQLQJKHEEHQHHQFRQ�JXUDWLHSDQHHO voor de spanning achter een inspectieluik aan de achterkant van de unit. Raadpleeg het Instructieblad Spanning dat bij de unit is geleverd, of zie Appendix B van de handleiding.

de unit zal uitschakelen.

NIVEAU

Let op: Raadpleeg voor units die harde bedrading

=LH�JXXU$

=LH�JXXU%

nodig hebben hoofdstuk 3 in de handleiding.

Zet de stroombeschermer op de aan(I)-stand. Het besturings-

display zal een reeks schuifbalken (

) laten zien. De balken

schuiven naar boven, wat aangeeft dat de unit aan het initialiseren

is. Dit duurt ongeveer 15 seconden.

=LH�JXXU%

Veiligheidsmaatregelen:
De unit is alleen ontworpen voor gebruik binnenshuis.
Plaats een unit nooit op een plek met overmatige warmte, vocht, onvoldoende ventilatie of corrosieve materialen.
6OXLWQRRLWSURFHVYORHLVWR�HLGLQJHQDDQRSGHZDWHUYRRU]LHQLQJYDQXZ locatie of andere vloeistofbronnen onder druk.
Als uw unit is uitgerust met een PD pomp, zorg er dan voor dat de leidingen en aansluitingen van uw toepassing geschikt zijn voor minimaal 185 psi.
Raadpleeg voordat u vloeistoffen gebruikt of onderhoud uitvoert op plekken waar waarschijnlijk contact is met vloeistof, de veiligheidsbladen van de fabrikant voor voorzorgsmaatregelen.

Tabel 1 - Toegestane vloeistoffen: Door gebruik van vloeistoffen die niet hieronder worden vermeld komt de fabrieksgarantie te vervallen. *H�OWUHHUGHQNHOYRXGLJJHGHVWLOOHHUGZDWHU *HGHwRQLVHHUGZDWHU0FPJHFRPSHQVHHUG
0 - 75% Ethyleenglycol/water 0 - 75% Propyleenglycol/water

Druk op .
De besturing geeft SEtuP weer. Let op: Als de unit is uitgerust met een GHwRQLVDWLH�OWHUFDVVHWWHUDDGSOHHJGDQGHKDQGOHLGLQJ hoofdstuk 5, voor de installatie ervan. Zie de achterkant voor extra stappen.

=LH�JXXU$

+ enter
-

mode

Quick Start - Alleen gebruikt voor het initieel opstarten - voer de stappen 9 tot 20 uit voor alle units.

Let op: Sommige bereiken/standaardwaarden

UnitS zijn de schalen voor

Met Hi t kan de Alarmlimiet voor

zijn afhankelijk van de pomp, zie hoofdstuk 4 in de

temperatuur, flow van de vloeistof

hoge temperatuur voor de vloeistof

handleiding. Als een Setup-stap eenmaal is voltooid,

(optioneel) en druk.

worden ingesteld.

wat betekent dat u de

toets een tweede maal

hebt ingedrukt, kunt u de stap niet meer herhalen

om correcties aan te brengen. U kunt wijzigingen � Druk op

Schalen: �C/�F

GPM/LPM

PSI/Bar/KPAS

Fabrieksstandaard: �C, Gallons, PSI � Druk op

Bereik: +3�C tot +42�C Fabrieksstandaard: +42�C

doorvoeren nadat de unit is gestart.

� Het display zal knipperen tussen UnitS en �C

� Het display zal knipperen tussen Hi t en 42

� Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de schaal in �F te veranderen

� Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de waarde aan te passen

Druk op

om naar de

setupprocedure te gaan.

� Druk op

om naar het volgende display te gaan

� Doe hetzelfde voor de schalen voor Flow en druk

� Druk op

om naar het volgende display te gaan

Met Lo t wordt de onderste alarmlimiet voor de temperatuur van de vloeistof ingesteld.

Met Hi P1 wordt de bovenste alarmlimiet voor drukafvoer van de pomp ingesteld.

dELAY is de tijdsduur dat de pomp de Hi P1 Alarmlimiet kan overschrijden voor hij uitschakelt.

Bereik: Verschilt per pomp

Bereik: +3�C tot +42�C

Fabrieksstandaard: Verschilt per

Fabrieksstandaard: 0 seconden

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: 3�C

� Het display zal knipperen tussen Lo t en 3

� Druk op

pomp

� Het display zal knipperen tussen dELAY en 0

� Het display zal knipperen tussen Hi P1 en de standaardwaarde

� Gebruik, indien gewenst, aan te passen

om de waarde � Gebruik, indien gewenst,

� Gebruik, indien gewenst, om de waarde aan te passen te passen

om de waarde aan

� Druk op

LET OP Deze functie is alleen actief als de unit
geconfigureerd is om uit te schakelen, zie stap 16.

Met Lo P1 wordt de onderste

dELAY is de tijdsduur dat de pomp

ALr configureert de reactie van

alarmlimiet voor drukafvoer van

de Lo P1 kan overschrijden

de unit op alarmlimieten voor

de pomp ingesteld.

Alarmlimiet voordat het

temperatuur, druk en flow (optioneel)

Bereik: Verschilt per pomp

uitschakelen plaatsvindt.

- ofwel uitschakelen (fLt) of in werking

Fabrieksstandaard: Verschilt

� Druk op

per pomp

� Het display zal knipperen tussen Lo P1 en de

standaardwaarde

Bereik: 0 tot 30 seconden Fabrieksstandaard: 10 seconden
� Het display zal knipperen tussen dELAY en 10

� Druk op

blijven (indC). Zie Hoofdstuk 4 van de handleiding voor meer informatie.
Bereik: fLt* of indC** Fabrieksstandaard: fLt

� Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de

� Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de waarde aan te � Het display zal knipperen tussen ALr en fLt

standaardwaarde aan te passen

passen

� Druk, indien gewenst, op

om indC weer te geven

� Druk op

LET OP Deze functie is alleen actief als de unit geconfigureerd is om uit te schakelen,
zie stap 16.

� Druk op

**fLt = fault (uitschakelen) **indC = indicate (in werking blijven)

Zet het hoorbare alarm van de unit aan of uit.
Bereik: aan of UIT Fabrieksstandaard: aan � Druk op � Het display zal knipperen tussen Sounden aan

StARt schakelt de auto restart in en uit.
Bereik: aan of UIT Fabrieksstandaard: UIT
� Druk op � Het display zal knipperen tussen StArt en UIT

CArE wordt gebruikt om de frequentie

van de herinnering voor het preventief

schoonmaken van de lucht- en

vloeistoffilters van de unit in te stellen.

Bereik: uit, L1 - 1000 uur,

L2 - 2000 uur, L3 -3000 uur

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: L1

� Het display zal knipperen tussen CArE en L1

� Druk, indien gewenst, op te geven

om OFF weer

� Druk, indien gewenst, op geven

om aan weer te

� Gebruik, indien gewenst, wijzigen in uit, L2 of L3

om het display te

� Druk op

Raadpleeg, indien van toepassing, de kaders rechts voor het instellen van de opties. Raadpleeg voor units met Analoog I/O (ACOM) de additionele quick start die bij de unit is geleverd.

� Druk op

om alle instellingen op te slaan

De unit zal automatisch starten.

� Druk op

om alle wijzigingen ongedaan te

maken en de standaard fabriekswaarden te herstellen.

Het display zal blanco zijn.

Druk op

om de procedure opnieuw te starten.

De Setup-procedure is nu voltooid.

Als de unit start, zal de besturing de temperatuur van de procesvloeistof weergeven.

Indien gewenst kunt u het setpoint van de unit

wijzigen/controleren door op

te drukken.

SP wordt gebruikt om het setpoint aan te passen. Bereik: +5�C tot +40�C Fabrieksstandaard: +20�C
� Het display zal knipperen tussen SP en 20

� Indien gewenst kunt u te wijzigen

gebruiken om de instelling

� Druk op

om het nieuwe setpoint op te slaan en

naar de temperatuurweergave terug te keren

Optie - Universele spanning - Stap A

� Druk op

HZ wordt gebruikt om de binnenkomende frequentie te identificeren voor units met

� Het display zal knipperen tussen HZ en 60

universele spanning. De geselecteerde frequentie past automatisch de vaste standaardinstelling van de fabrikant voor hoge druk aan.

� Gebruik, indien nodig, wijzigen

om de frequentie te

Bereik: 50 of 60 Hz Standaard: 60 Hz

Als uw unit geen volumestroom-

� Druk op

omzetter of seri�le communicatie

heeft, zie stap 20.

Optie - Volumestroomomzetter - Stappen B en C

Met HiFLO wordt de bovenste alarmlimiet voor de flow ingesteld.

Met LoFLO wordt de onderste alarmlimiet voor de flow ingesteld.

Bereik: Verschilt per pomp Fabrieksstandaard: Verschilt per pomp
� Druk op � Het display zal knipperen tussen HiFLO en de standaardwaarde

Bereik: Verschilt per pomp Fabrieksstandaard: Verschilt per pomp � Druk op � Het display zal knipperen tussen LoFLO en de standaardwaarde

� Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de waarde aan te passen � Gebruik, indien gewenst,

om de waarde aan te passen

� Druk op

Als uw unit geen seri�le communicatie heeft, zie stap 20.

Optie - Seri�le communicatie (DCOM) - Stappen D tot I

SEr wordt gebruikt voor het

inschakelen/uitschakelen en

configureren van de seri�le-

communicatiemodus

Bereik: uit, rS232, rS485

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: uit

� Het display zal knipperen tussen SEr en UIT

� Indien gewenst kunt u te wijzigen

gebruiken om de modus

BAud wordt gebruikt om de

baudrate (snelheid) voor seri�le

communicatie te kiezen.

Bereik: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200,

600 of 300 bits per seconde.

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: 9600

� Het display zal knipperen tussen BAud en 9600

� Indien gewenst kunt u snelheid te wijzigen

gebruiken om de

� Druk op

dAtA wordt gebruikt om het aantal bits weer te geven. Display: 8
� Druk op � Het display zal knipperen tussen dAtA en 8 � Druk op

StoP wordt gebruikt om het aantal stopbits aan te geven.

Bereik: 2 of 1

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: 1

� Het display zal knipperen tussen StoP en 1

� Indien gewenst kunt u instelling te wijzigen

gebruiken om de

� Druk op

PAr wordt gebruikt als een middel

om op communicatiefouten te

controleren.

Bereik: even, oneven of geen

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: geen

� Het display zal knipperen tussen PAr en geen

� Indien gewenst kunt u instelling te wijzigen

gebruiken om de

u id (unit id) wordt alleen in RS485

gebruikt. Identificeert apparaten die

op de RS485-poort zijn aangesloten.

Bereik: 1 tot 99

� Druk op

Fabrieksstandaard: 1

� Het display zal knipperen tussen u id en 1

� Indien gewenst kunt u instelling te wijzigen

gebruiken om de

� Druk op

Zie stap 20.

Preface
Compliance Third Party:

WEEE

This product is required to comply with the European Union's Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive 2012/19/EU. It is marked with 'wheelie bin' symbol:

Thermo Fisher Scientific has contracted with one or more recycling/ disposal companies in each EU Member State, dispose of or recycle this product through them. Further information on Thermo Fisher Scientific's compliance with these Directives is available at www.thermofisher.com/WEEERoHS

After-sale Support

Thermo Fisher Scientific is committed to customer service both during and after the sale. If you have questions concerning the chiller operation, or questions concerning spare parts or Service Contracts, call our Sales, Service and Customer Support phone number, see this manual's inside cover for contact information.

When calling, please refer to the labels on the inside cover. These labels list all the necessary information needed to properly identify your chiller.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex i

Preface

Feedback We appreciate any feedback you can give us on this manual. Please e-mail
us at tcmanuals@thermofisher.com. Be sure to include the manual part number and the revision date listed on the front cover.

Warranty

Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex chillers have a warranty against defective parts and workmanship for 24 months (excluding MD1/MD2 Magnetic Drive and P1/P2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months) from date of shipment. See back page for more details.

Unpacking If the chiller has a line cord it is located under the shipping crate's lid. Do
not discard the lid until the cord is located.

Retain all cartons and packing material until the chiller is operated and found to be in good condition. If it shows external or internal damage contact the transportation company and file a damage claim. Under ICC regulations, this is your responsibility.

Out of Box Failure An Out of Box Failure is defined as any product that fails to operate in conformance with sellers published specifications at initial power up. Install the chiller in accordance with manufacturer's recommended operating conditions within 30 days of shipment from the seller.

Any Temperature Control product meeting the definition of an Out of Box Failure must be packed and shipped back in the original packaging to Thermo Fisher Scientific for replacement with a new chiller; seller to pay the cost of shipping. Customer must receive a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from Thermo Fisher prior to shipping.

ii ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 1 Safety

Safety Warnings

Make sure you read and understand all instructions and safety precautions listed in this manual before installing or operating your chiller. If you have any questions concerning the operation or the information in this manual, please contact us. See inside cover for contact information.

DANGER

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It is also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

The lightning flash with arrow symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of non-insulated "dangerous voltage" within the chiller's enclosure. The voltage magnitude is significant enough to constitute a risk of electrical shock.

This label indicates read the manual.

Performance of installation, operation, or maintenance procedures other than those described in this manual may result in a hazardous situation and may void the manufacturer's warranty and safety compliance.

Observe and never remove warning labels.

Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, or corrosive materials are present.

The chiller's construction provides protection against the risk of electrical shock by grounding appropriate metal parts. The protection will not function unless the power cord is connected to a properly grounded outlet. It is the user's responsibility to assure a proper ground connection is provided.

Never operate equipment with damaged power cords.

For ThermoFlex900-10000 chillers, the circuit protector located on the rear is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 1-1

Section 1 1-2 ThermoFlex

Never operate the chiller with panels removed.
Never operate the chiller without process fluid in the reservoir.
Never connect the process fluid inlet or outlet fittings to your building water supply or any water pressure source.
Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer's SDS for handling precautions.
To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through ThermoFlex24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/ water or 50/50 PG/water below 10�C process temperature.
When using a process fluid mixture of ethylene glycol and water or propylene glycol and water, check the fluid concentration and pH on a regular basis. Changes in concentration and pH can impact system performance. See Section 3.
Do not use automotive antifreeze. Commercial antifreeze contains silicates that can damage the pump seals. Use of automotive antifreeze will void the manufacturer's warranty.
Many refrigerants which may be undetectable by human senses are heavier than air and will replace the oxygen in an enclosed area causing loss of consciousness. Contact with leaking refrigerant will cause skin burns. Refer to the chiller's nameplate for the type of refrigerant used and then the refrigerant's SDS for additional information.
Drain the chiller before it is transported and/or stored, see Draining in Section 8. Store the chiller in the temperature range -25�C to 60�C (with packaging), and <80% relative humidity.
Always turn off the chiller and disconnect the power cord from the power source before performing any service or maintenance procedures, or before moving.
Transport the chiller with care. Sudden jolts or drops can damage its components.
Never operate damaged or leaking equipment.
Refer service and repairs to a qualified technician.
Thermo Scientific

" "

SDS / 8 "" -25�C 60�C <80%

ThermoFlex900-10000

SDS /ThermoFlex7500 ThermoFlex24000 10�C 50/50 EG/ 50/50 PG/ pH pH 3

DE Grundlegende Sicherheitsanweisungen Umw�lzk�hler
Falls Sie eine dieser Anweisungen nicht verstehen, lesen Sie das Handbuch oder kontaktieren Sie uns bevor Sie fortfahren. Sicherheit, alle Produkte:
DANGER weist auf eine unmittelbar gef�hrliche Situation hin, die, falls sie nicht vermieden
wird, zum Tod oder schweren Verletzungen f�hrt.
WARNING weist auf eine potenziell gef�hrliche Situation hin, die zu ernsthaften
Verletzungen oder zum Tod f�hren kann, wenn sie nicht vermieden wird.
CAUTION weist auf eine potenziell gef�hrliche Situation hin, die, falls sie nicht vermieden
wird, zu leichteren bis mittelschweren Verletzungen f�hren kann. Es kann auch verwendet werden, um gegen unsichere Praktiken zu warnen.
ist daf�r vorgesehen, den Benutzer vor dem Bestehen einer nicht isolierten "gef�hrlichen Spannung" im Geh�use des K�hlers zu warnen. Die H�he der Spannung ist bedeutend genug, sodass ein Stromschlag-Risiko besteht.
weist auf das Vorhandensein hei�er Oberfl�chen hin.
weist darauf hin, das Handbuch zu lesen.
Benutzen Sie das Ger�t keinesfalls als steriles oder an Patienten angeschlossenes Ger�t. Au�erdem ist das Ger�t nicht f�r den Gebrauch an Orten mit Gefahrenklasse I, II oder III, wie in den nationalen Vorgaben f�r elektrische Ger�te definiert, ausgelegt. Das Ger�t ist nur f�r den Gebrauch in Innenr�umen ausgelegt. Stelle Sie es niemals an einen Ort wo �berm��ige Temperaturen, Feuchtigkeit, unzureichende Bel�ftung oder korrosive Materialen vorhanden sind. Lesen Sie im Benutzerhandbuch �ber die Betriebsparameter. Schlie�en Sie das Ger�t an eine vorschriftsm��ig geerdete Steckdose an. Die verwendeten K�hlmittel sind schwerer als Luft und werden im Fall einer Leckage den Sauerstoff ersetzen, was zu Bewusstlosigkeit f�hrt. Kontakt mit auslaufendem K�hlmittel f�hrt zu Hautverbrennungen. Den Typ des verwendeten K�hlmittels entnehmen Sie dem Namensschild des Zirkulators und zus�tzliche Informationen dem neuesten US Sicherheitsdatenblatt (SDS) des Herstellers, vormals MSDS, und dem EU Sicherheitsdatenblatt.

Transportieren Sie das Ger�t mit Sorgfalt. Pl�tzliche St��e oder das Herabfallen k�nnen seine Komponenten besch�digen. Schalten Sie vor dem Verschieben das Ger�t immer ab und trennen Sie es von der Versorgungsspannung.
Betreiben Sie niemals besch�digte oder undichte Ger�te.
Verwenden Sie niemals entz�ndbare oder korrosive Fl�ssigkeiten. Benutzen Sie nur zugelassene Fl�ssigkeiten, die in diesem Handbuch aufgelistet sind. Entnehmen Sie vor der Verwendung einer zugelassenen Fl�ssigkeit oder vor Wartungsarbeiten, bei denen der Kontakt mit der Fl�ssigkeit wahrscheinlich ist, zus�tzliche Informationen dem neuesten US Sicherheitsdatenblatt (SDS) oder dem EU Sicherheitsdatenblatt.
Schalten Sie vor dem Verschieben das Ger�t immer ab und trennen Sie es von der Versorgungsspannung.
Lassen Sie die Instandhaltung und Reparaturen von einem qualifizierten Techniker durchf�hren.
Lagern Sie das Ger�t bei Temperaturen von -25�C bis 60�C (mit Packung), und bei einer relativen Feuchtigkeit < 80%.
Die Au�erbetriebnahme darf nur von einem Fachh�ndler unter Verwendung zertifizierter Ausr�stung durchgef�hrt werden. Alle einschl�gigen Vorschriften m�ssen befolgt werden.
Die Ausf�hrung von Installations-, Betriebs- oder Wartungsprozeduren, au�er den im Handbuch beschriebenen, kann zu einer gef�hrlichen Situation f�hren und macht die Herstellergarantie ung�ltig.
Legen Sie niemals Netzspannung an einen der Kommunikationsanschl�sse am K�hler an.
Werden der K�hler und die Prozessfl�ssigkeitsleitungen nicht komplett aufgef�llt, k�nnte dies die Pumpe des K�hlers besch�digen. Vermeiden Sie eine �berf�llung, Fl�ssigkeiten dehnen sich bei Erw�rmung aus.
Stellen Sie beim ThermoFlex vor dem Austausch des Beh�ltergeh�uses sicher, dass die SichtrohrKugelabsperrung sicher in Stellung ist.
Betreiben Sie beim ThermoFlex900-5000 den K�hler nicht, wenn der Beh�lterfl�ssigkeitsdiffusor nicht installiert ist.
Falls Ihr K�hler mit einer Druckpumpe (P1 oder P2) ausgestattet ist, stellen Sie sicher, dass die Rohranschlussleitungen und Armaturen Ihrer Anwendung so ausgelegt sind, dass sie eine Mindestlast von 185 psi aushalten.
Kein Frostschutzmittel f�r Autos verwenden. Handels�bliche Frostschutzmittel enthalten Silikate, welche die Pumpendichtungen besch�digen.
Um das Enfrieren/die Verglasung des Platten-W�rmetauschers zu verhindern, m�ssen ThermoFlex7500-24000 K�hler mit 50/50 EG/Wasser oder 50/50 PG/Wasser bei einer Prozesstemperatur unter 10�C betrieben werden.
Pr�fen Sie beim Gebrauch einer Prozessfl�ssigkeitsmischung aus EG/Wasser oder PG/Wasser, regelm��ig die Konzentration und den pH-Wert der Fl�ssigkeit. �nderungen der Konzetration un des pH-Wertes k�nnen die Leistung des Systems beeintr�chtigen.Verwenden Sie keine Entionisierungsfilterpatrone (DI)

mit inhibiertem EG oder inhibiertem PG. Ein DI-Filter entfernt die Inhibitoren aus der L�sung, wodurch die Fl�ssigkeit wirklos gegen Korrosionsschutz wird. Inhibitoren k�nnen auch die Leitf�higkeit der Fl�ssigkeit erh�hen.
Sie sind sch�dlichen wenn man sie einatmet, schluckt oder durch die Haut absorbiert. Lesen Sie das neueste SDS des Herstellers.
Um Sch�den am Platten-W�rmetauscher des K�hlers zu vermeiden, m�ssen Kreiselpumpen mit einer Mindestdurchflussrate 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) betrieben werden.Wird der Kondensatorfilter nicht gereinigt/ ersetzt, f�hrt das zu einem Verlust der K�hlleistung und zu einem vorzeitigen K�hlsystemausfall.
Entfernen Sie zur gr�ndlichen Reinigung die Frontgitter-Baugruppe.Bei luftgek�hlten K�hler sind die Umrahmung und Rippen des Kondensators, die sich hinter der Frontgitter-Baugruppe befinden, sehr scharfkantig.
Au�er im Fall der luftgek�hlten Gitter-Baugruppe, darf der K�hler keinesfalls mit einer entfernten Seitenwand betrieben werden.
ThermoFlex900-5000 wassergek�hlte K�hler haben einen Ventilator mit scharfen Kanten, stellen Sie deshalb sicher, dass der K�hler abgeschaltet ist, bevor Sie das Frontgitter abnehmen.

Verwendungszweck, Umw�lzungsk�hler:
Umw�lzungsk�hler von Thermo Scientific sind so konstruiert, dass sie einen kontinuierlichen Zulauf der Fl�ssigkeit bei konstanter Temperatur und Durchflussrate erm�glicht. Der K�hler besteht aus einem luft- und wassergek�hlten K�hlsystem, W�rmetauscher, Umw�lzpumpe, Prozessfl�ssigkeitsneh�lter und einem Mikroprozessor-Steuerger�t.
Die K�hler sind f�r den Dauerbetrieb und den Innengebrauch unter Einhaltung aller in diesem Handbuch angegebenen Prozeduren und Anforderungen konstruiert.

Installation, Umw�lzungsk�hler:

Platzieren Sie den K�hler so, dass er in der N�he seiner Trennvorrichtung ist, und leichten Zugang zu diesem hat.

Der K�hler ist f�r den Gebrauch an einer speziellen Steckdose vorgesehen.

Stellen Sie sicher, dass alle Rohrleitungstransportstecker vor der Installation entfernt werden.

Die Anschl�sse f�r Prozessfl�ssigkeit befinden sich auf der R�ckseite des K�hlers und sind mit

(PROCESS OUTLET (PROZESSAUSLASS)) und

(PROCESS INLET (PROZESSEINLASS))

gekennzeichnet. Schlie�en Sie

an den Fl�ssigkeitseinlass Ihrer Anwendung an. Schlie�en Sie

an den Fl�ssigkeitsauslass Ihrer Anwendung an.

Schlie�en Sie bei wassergek�hlten K�hlern den Leitungswasserversorgung. Schlie�en Sie den Ihren Leitungswasserr�cklauf oder -Abfluss.

(FACILITY INLET (ANLAGENEINLASS)) an Ihre (FACILITY OUTLET (ANLAGENAUSLASS)) an

Bevor Sie den K�hler starten, f�hren Sie eine Doppelkontrolle aller Kommunikations-, elektrischen und Rohranschl�ssen.

Consignes de s�curit�

Refroidisseurs � recirculation

Si vous ne comprenez pas l'une de ces instructions, reportez-vous au manuel ou contactez-nous avant d'effectuer une op�ration. S�curit�, tous les produits :
DANGER indique une situation de danger imminent qui, si elle n'est pas �vit�e, peut entra�ner
une blessure grave ou mortelle.

WARNING indique une situation de danger potentiel qui, si elle n'est pas �vit�e, pourrait
entra�ner une blessure grave ou mortelle.

CAUTION indique une situation de danger potentiel qui, si elle n'est pas �vit�e, peut entra�ner
une blessure l�g�re � mod�r�e. Ce symbole est �galement utilis� pour mettre en garde contre des pratiques dangereuses.

ce symbole avertit l'utilisateur de la pr�sence d'une � tension dangereuse � non isol�e dans l'enceinte du refroidisseur. La magnitude de la tension est suffisante pour constituer un risque d'�lectrocution.

indique la pr�sence de surfaces chaudes.

indique qu'il convient de lire le manuel.
N'utilisez pas l'�quipement comme appareil st�rile ou reli� au patient. En outre, l'�quipement n'est pas pr�vu pour une utilisation dans des emplacements dangereux de classe I, II ou III, tels que d�finis par le National Electrical Code. Il est con�u pour l'usage int�rieur exclusivement. Ne placez jamais l'�quipement dans un endroit pr�sentant un exc�s de chaleur, d'humidit�, une ventilation inadapt�e ou des mat�riaux corrosifs. Reportez-vous au manuel pour conna�tre les param�tres de fonctionnement. Branchez l'�quipement sur une prise correctement mise � la terre. Les r�frig�rants utilis�s sont plus lourds que l'air. En cas de fuite, ils chassent l'oxyg�ne et provoquent une perte de connaissance. Tout contact avec la fuite de r�frig�rant peut causer des br�lures cutan�es. Reportez-vous � la plaque signal�tique du circulateur pour conna�tre le type de r�frig�rant utilis�. Lisez �galement la fiche de donn�es de s�curit� (SDS, anciennement MSDS) am�ricaine la plus r�cente

du fabricant ainsi que la fiche de donn�es de s�curit� europ�enne pour obtenir des informations compl�mentaires.
D�placez l'�quipement avec pr�caution. Les secousses ou les chutes peuvent endommager les composants. �teignez l'�quipement et d�branchez la tension d'alimentation de sa source avant de le d�placer.
Ne faites jamais fonctionner un �quipement endommag� ou qui fuit.
N'utilisez jamais des liquides inflammables ou corrorifs. Utilisez uniquement les liquides approuv�s cit�s dans le manuel. Avant d'utiliser un liquide ou de proc�der � une op�ration de maintenance pouvant comporter un contact avec le liquide, reportez-vous aux fiches de donn�es de s�curit� du fabricant et de l'Union europ�enne pour obtenir des informations compl�mentaires.
�teignez l'�quipement et d�branchez-le de sa tension d'alimentation avant de le d�placer.
Confiez les entretiens et r�parations � un technicien qualifi�.
Stockez l'�quipement � une temp�rature comprise entre 25�C et 60�C (avec l'emballage), et sous une humidit� relative <80%.
La mise hors service doit �tre effectu�e par un revendeur qualifi� � l'aide d'un �quipement certifi�. Toutes les r�glementations en vigueur doivent �tre respect�es.
L'ex�cution des proc�dures d'installation, de fonctionnement ou de maintenance autres que celles d�crites dans le manuel peuvent cr�er une situation dangereuse et annuler la garantie du fabricant.
Ne mettez jamais les raccordements de communications du refroidisseur sous tension.
Si vous ne remplissez pas compl�tement le refroidisseur et les conduites de liquide, vous risquez d'endommager la pompe. �vitez de trop remplir le r�servoir car les liquides se dilatent lorsqu'ils sont chauff�s.
Sur le ThermoFlex, avant de remplacer le bo�tier du r�servoir, v�rifiez que le bouchon � bille du tube de regard du r�servoir est correctement mis en place.
Sur ThermoFlex900-5000, ne faites pas fonctionner le refroidisseur si le diffuseur de liquide du r�servoir est install�.
Si votre refroidisseur est �quip� d'une pompe volum�trique (P1 ou P2), v�rifiez que les conduites et les raccords de votre application peuvent r�sister � 185 psi.
N'utilisez pas d'antigel automobile. Les antigels commerciaux contiennent des silicates qui endommagent les joints de la pompe.
Pour �viter la cong�lation/le givrage de l'�changeur � plaques, les refroidisseurs ThermoFlex7500-24000 n�cessitent l'utilisation d'un m�lange � part �gale d'�thyl�ne glycol et d'eau ou de propyl�ne glycol et d'eau � une temp�rature de fonctionnement inf�rieure � 10�C. Si vous utilisez un m�lange d'�thyl�ne glycol et d'eau ou de propyl�ne glycol et d'eau, v�rifiez r�guli�rement sa concentration et son pH. Les changements de concentration et de pH peuvent avoir une influence sur les performances du syst�me.

N'utilisez pas de cartouche � filtre de d�sionisation (DI) avec de l'�thyl�ne glycol inhib� ou du propyl�ne glycol inhib�. Un filtre DI �liminera les inhibiteurs de la solution et rendra le liquide inefficace contre la protection anti-corrosion. De m�me, les inhibiteurs augmentent la conductivit� du liquide. Les biocides sont corrosifs et peuvent causer des l�sions oculaires irr�versibles ainsi que des br�lures cutan�es. Ils sont nocifs s'ils sont inhal�s, aval�s ou absorb�s par la peau. Reportez-vous � la fiche de donn�es de s�curit� la plus r�cente du fabricant. Pour �viter d'endommager l'�changeur � plaques du refroidisseur, les pompes centrifugeuses n�cessitent un d�bit minimum de 15,1 l/min. Le non-nettoyage ou non-remplacement du filtre du condenseur peut causer une perte de capacit� de refroidissement et entra�ner une panne pr�matur�e du syst�me de refroidissement. Pour un nettoyage complet, d�posez la grille avant. Sur les refroidisseurs � air, le bo�tier du condenseur et les ailettes situ�s derri�re la grille avant sont tr�s tranchants. Hormis la grille refroidie � l'air, ne faites jamais fonctionner le refroidisseur si l'un des panneaux est d�pos�.
Les refroidisseurs � eau ThermoFlex900-5000 sont dot�s d'un ventilateur dont les h�lices sont tranchantes. V�rifiez que le refroidisseur est �teint avant de d�poser la grille avant.

Installation des refroidisseurs � recirculation

Placez le refroidisseur de mani�re � ce qu'il soit � proximit� et d'acc�s facile � son dispositif de sectionnement.

Le refroidisseur doit �tre branch� sur une prise d�di�e.

V�rifiez que tous les bouchons d'exp�dition de la tuyauterie sont retir�s avant l'installation.

Les raccordements du liquide de traitement se situent � l'arri�re du refroidisseur et portent les �tiquettes

(PROCESS OUTLET, SORTIE LIQUIDE) et

(PROCESS INLET, ENTR�E LIQUIDE).

Reliez

sur l'entr�e du liquide de votre application. Reliez

sur la sortie du liquide de votre

application.

Pour les refroidisseurs � eau, reliez

(FACILITY INLET, ENTR�E INSTALLATION) sur l'alimentation

en eau de votre �tablissement. Reliez

(FACILITY OUTLET, SORTIE INSTALLATION) sur

l'�vacuation ou le retour d'eau de votre �tablissement.

Avant de d�marrer le refroidisseur, v�rifiez deux fois tous les raccordements �lectrique, de plomberie et de communication.

Utilisation pr�vue des refroidisseurs � recirculation
Les refroidisseurs � recirculation de Thermo Scientific sont con�us pour fournir du liquide en continu � une temp�rature et selon un d�bit constants. Le refroidisseur se compose d'un syst�me de r�frig�ration � air ou � eau, d'un �changeur de chaleur, d'une pompe de recirculation, d'un r�servoir de liquide et d'un contr�leur � microprocesseur.
Les refroidisseurs sont con�us pour fonctionner en continu � l'int�rieur, conform�ment � toutes les proc�dures et exigences indiqu�es dans son manuel.

ES Instrucciones b�sicas de seguridad Refrigeradores de recirculaci�n
Si no se entiende alguna de estas instrucciones, consulte el manual o p�ngase en contacto con nosotros antes de proceder. Seguridad, todos los productos:
DANGER indica una situaci�n de peligro inmediato que, si no se evita, provocar� la muerte
o lesiones graves.
WARNING indica una situaci�n potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, podr�a tener
como resultado lesiones graves o la muerte.
CAUTION indica una situaci�n potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, puede
ocasionar lesiones leves o moderadas. Tambi�n se utiliza para alertar de pr�cticas inseguras.
est� indicado para alertar al usuario de la presencia de "tensi�n peligrosa" sin aislar dentro del alojamiento del refrigerador. La magnitud de la tensi�n es lo suficientemente importante para constituir un riesgo de electrocuci�n.
indica la presencia de superficies calientes.
indica que se debe leer el manual.
No utilice el equipo como dispositivo conectado al paciente o dispositivo est�ril. Adem�s, el equipo no est� dise�ado para ser utilizado en lugares peligrosos de Clase I, II o III de acuerdo con el C�digo El�ctrico Nacional. Este equipo est� dise�ado para ser utilizado en interiores solamente. No lo coloque nunca en un lugar donde haya calor excesivo, humedad, ventilaci�n inadecuada o materiales corrosivos. Consulte el manual para conocer los par�metros de funcionamiento. Conecte el equipo a una toma correctamente conectada a tierra. Los refrigerante utilizados son m�s pesados que el aire y, si hay una fuga, sustituir�n al ox�geno, lo que provocar� la p�rdida de consciencia. El contacto con el refrigerante expulsado provocar� quemaduras en la piel. Consulte la placa de datos del circulador para conocer el tipo de refrigerante utilizado y, a continuaci�n, la hoja de datos de seguridad (SDS) m�s reciente del fabricante para EE.UU., anteriormente conocida como MSDS, as� como la hoja de datos de seguridad para la UE a fin de obtener informaci�n adicional.

Mueva el equipo con cuidado. Las ca�das o los impactos repentinos pueden da�ar los componentes. Apague siempre el equipo y descon�ctelo de la tensi�n de suministro antes de moverlo.
Nunca utilice un equipo da�ado o con fugas.
Nunca utilice fluidos inflamables o corrosivos. Utilice solo los fluidos aprobados que se incluyen en el manual. Antes de utilizar un fluido o realizar tareas de mantenimiento donde es probable que se entre en contacto con el fluido en cuesti�n, consulte la hoja de datos de seguridad (SDS) m�s reciente del fabricante para EE.UU., as� como la hoja de datos de seguridad para la UE a fin de obtener informaci�n adicional.
Apague siempre el equipo y descon�ctelo de la tensi�n de suministro antes de moverlo.
Delegue las tareas de servicio y las reparaciones en un t�cnico cualificado.
Guarde el equipo a una temperatura comprendida entre -25 �C y 60 �C (con embalaje), y una humedad relativa de <80%.
El desmantelamiento solo debe ser realizado por un proveedor cualificado que utilice el equipo homologado. Debe cumplirse toda la normativa vigente.
La realizaci�n de los procedimientos de instalaci�n, funcionamiento o mantenimiento distintos de los que se describen en el manual puede dar lugar a situaciones peligrosas y anular�n la garant�a del fabricante.
Nunca aplique tensi�n de l�nea a ninguna de las conexiones de comunicaci�n del refrigerador.
Si no se llenan por completo las l�neas de fluidos del refrigerador y procesos, podr�a da�arse la bomba del refrigerador. Evite llenar en exceso; los fluidos se expanden al calentarse.
En el caso de ThermoFlex, antes de sustituir el alojamiento del dep�sito, aseg�rese de que el tope de bola del tubo de control del dep�sito est� en su lugar de forma segura.
En el caso de ThermoFlex900-5000, no utilice el refrigerador a menos que se haya instalado el difusor de fluido del dep�sito.
Si su refrigerador dispone de una bomba de desplazamiento positivo (P1 o P2), aseg�rese de que las l�neas de bombeo de la aplicaci�n y los accesorios son capaces de soportar al menos 185 psi.
No utilice anticongelante de automoci�n. Los anticongelantes comerciales contienen silicatos que da�an las juntas de las bombas.
Para evitar la congelaci�n/el vidriado del intercambiador de la placa, los refrigeradores ThermoFlex7500-24000 precisan el uso de EG/agua al 50/50 o PG/agua al 50/50 con una temperatura de proceso inferior a 10 �C.
Al utilizar una mezcla de fluido para procesos de EG/agua o PG/agua, revise la concentraci�n y el pH del fluido peri�dicamente. Los cambios en la concentraci�n y el pH pueden alterar el rendimiento del sistema.
No utilice un cartucho de filtro de desionizaci�n (DI) con EG o PG inhibido. Un filtro DI eliminar� los inhibidores de la soluci�n y har� que el fluido sea ineficaz contra la protecci�n anticorrosi�n. Adem�s, los inhibidores aumentan la conductividad de los fluidos.

Son da�inos si se inhalan, se tragan o se absorben a trav�s de la piel. Consulte la hoja SDS m�s reciente del fabricante. Para evitar da�os en el intercambiador de la placa del refrigerador, las bombas centr�fugas exigen una tasa de caudal m�nimo de 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). Si no se limpia/sustituye el filtro del condensador, se producir� una p�rdida de capacidad de enfriamiento y esto supondr� un fallo prematuro del sistema de enfriamiento. Para llevar a cabo una limpieza minuciosa, retire el conjunto de la rejilla delantera. En los refrigeradores enfriados por aire, el bastidor del condensador y las aletas situadas detr�s del conjunto de la rejilla delantera son muy afilados. Nunca utilice el refrigerador con los paneles retirados, salvo el conjunto de la rejilla enfriada por aire. Los refrigeradores ThermoFlex900-5000 enfriados por agua tienen un ventilador con aspas afiladas. Aseg�rese de que el refrigerador est� apagado antes de retirar la rejilla delantera.
Uso previsto, Refrigeradores de recirculaci�n: Los refrigeradores de recirculaci�n de Thermo Scientific est�n dise�ados para ofrecer un suministro continuo de fluido a una temperatura y una tasa de caudal constantes. Los refrigeradores constan de un sistema de refrigeraci�n enfriado por aire o por agua, un intercambiador de calor, una bomba de recirculaci�n, un dep�sito de fluido para procesos y un controlador de microprocesador. Los refrigeradores est�n dise�ados para llevar a cabo un funcionamiento continuo y para utilizarse en interiores de acuerdo con todos los procedimientos y requisitos que se detallan en su manual.

Instalaci�n, Refrigeradores de recirculaci�n:

Ubique el refrigerador cerca de su dispositivo de desconexi�n y de forma que resulte f�cil acceder a �l.

El refrigerador est� dise�ado para ser utilizado en una toma especial.

Aseg�rese de retirar todos los tapones de env�o de la l�nea de tuber�as antes de la instalaci�n.

Las conexiones de fluido para procesos se encuentran en la parte posterior del refrigerador y est�n

marcadas con el texto

(PROCESS OUTLET, SALIDA PARA PROCESOS) y

(PROCESS

INLET, ENTRADA PARA PROCESOS). Conecte

a la entrada de fluido de su aplicaci�n. Conecte

a la salida de fluido de su aplicaci�n.

En el caso de los refrigeradores enfriados por agua, conecte

(FACILITY INLET, ENTRADA DE LA

INSTALACI�N) al suministro de agua de la instalaci�n. Conecte

(FACILITY OUTLET, SALIDA DE

LA INSTALACI�N) al retorno o al drenaje de agua de la instalaci�n.

Antes de poner en marcha el refrigerador, vuelva a comprobar todas las conexiones de comunicaci�n, el�ctricas y de tuber�as aplicables.

Instru�es de Seguran�a Essenciais

Refrigeradores de Recircula��o

No caso de n�o compreender qualquer uma destas instru�es, consulte o manual ou contacte-nos antes de prosseguir.

Seguran�a, todos os produtos:
DANGER Indica uma situa��o de perigo iminente que, se n�o for evitada, vai resultar em morte

ou les�es graves.

WARNING Indica uma situa��o de potencial perigo, que se n�o for evitada, pode resultar em
morte ou les�es graves.

CAUTION Indica uma situa��o de potencial perigo, que se n�o for evitada, pode resultar em
ferimentos leves ou moderados. Tamb�m � utilizado para alertar contra pr�ticas n�o seguras.

Destina-se a alertar o utilizador para a presen�a de "voltagem perigosa" sem isolamento na caixa do refrigerador. A magnitude da voltagem � suficientemente significante para constituir um risco de choque el�ctrico.

Indica a presen�a de superf�cies quentes.

Indica a leitura do manual.
N�o utilize o equipamento como um dispositivo est�ril ou ligado ao paciente. Em complemento, o equipamento n�o se destina a ser utilizado em Locais Perigosos de Classe I, II ou III conforme definido pelo C�digo El�ctrico Nacional. O equipamento destina-se apenas a utiliza��o interior. Nunca o coloque num local onde exista calor em excesso, humidade, ventila��o n�o adequada, ou materiais corrosivos. Consulte o manual relativamente a par�metros operacionais. Ligue o equipamento a uma tomada de alimenta��o com liga��o � terra. Os refrigerantes utilizados s�o mais pesados do que o ar e, em caso de fuga, v�o substituir o oxig�nio causando perda de consci�ncia. O contacto com o refrigerante em vazamento vai causar queimaduras na pele. Consulte a placa de identifica��o do circulador relativamente ao tipo de refrigerante utilizado e depois a Ficha de Seguran�a (SDS) dos EUA mais recente, anteriormente designada como MSDS, e a Ficha de Seguran�a da UE para informa��o adicional.

Movimente o equipamento com cuidado. Solavancos ou quedas s�bitas podem danificar os seus componentes. Desactive sempre o equipamento e desligue-o da sua tens�o de alimenta��o antes de o deslocar.
Nunca coloque em funcionamento equipamento danificado ou em vazamento.
Nunca utilize fluidos inflam�veis ou corrosivos. Utilize apenas os fluidos aprovados listados no manual. Antes de utilizar qualquer fluido ou efectuar manuten��o onde for prov�vel o contacto com o fluido, consulte a Ficha de Seguran�a (SDS) dos EUA mais actualizada e a Ficha de Seguran�a da UE para informa��o adicional.
Desactive sempre o equipamento e desligue-o da sua fonte de alimenta��o antes de o deslocar.
As revis�es e repara�es devem ser efectuadas por um t�cnico qualificado.
Armazene o equipamento a um intervalo de temperatura entre -25�C a 60�C (com embalagem), e <80% de humidade relativa.
O desmantelamento deve ser apenas efectuado por um representante qualificado utilizando equipamento certificado. Todos os regulamentos predominantes t�m de ser seguidos.
Realizar procedimentos de instala��o, opera��o ou manuten��o para al�m dos descritos no manual pode resultar numa situa��o perigosa e pode invalidar a garantia do fabricante.
Nunca aplique tens�o de linha a qualquer uma das liga�es de comunica��o no refrigerador.
O n�o enchimento completo do refrigerador e as linhas de fluido de processamento podem danificar a bomba do refrigerador. Evite o enchimento excessivo, j� que os fluidos expandem quando aquecidos.
No ThermoFlex, antes de substituir a caixa do reservat�rio certifique-se de que a tampa de visualiza��o do reservat�rio est� devidamente colocada.
No ThermoFlex900-5000, n�o opere o refrigerador a menos que o difusor de fluido do reservat�rio esteja instalado.
Se o seu refrigerador estiver equipado com uma bomba de deslocamento positivo (P1 ou P2), certifiquese de que os seus encaixes e linhas de canaliza��o est�o qualificados para suportarem um m�nimo de 185 psi.
N�o utilize anticongelante autom�vel. O anticongelante comercial cont�m silicatos que danificam os vedantes da bomba.
Para evitar o congelamento/vitrifica��o do permutador de placa, os refrigeradores ThermoFlex7500-24000 requerem a utiliza��o de EG/�gua 50/50 ou PG/�gua 50/50 abaixo da temperatura de processamento 10�C.
Quando utilizar uma mistura de fluido de processamento de EG/�gua ou PG/�gua, verifique a concentra��o do fluido e o pH regularmente. Altera�es na concentra��o e no pH podem ter impacto no desempenho do sistema.

N�o utilize um cartucho de filtro de Desioniza��o (DI) com EG Inibido ou PG Inibido. Um filtro de DI vai remover os inibidores da solu��o que est�o a tornar o fluido ineficaz contra a protec��o de corros�o. Para al�m disso, os inibidores aumentam a condutividade do fluido. Os biocidas s�o corrosivos e podem causar les�es oculares irrevers�veis e queimaduras na pele. S�o prejudiciais se inalados, engolidos ou absorvidos atrav�s da pele. Consulte a Ficha de Seguran�a do fabricante mais actualizada. Para evitar danos no permutador de placa do refrigerador, as bombas centr�fugas requerem um caudal m�nimo de 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm). A n�o limpeza/substitui��o do filtro do condensador causa a perda da capacidade de arrefecimento e conduz a uma falha prematura do sistema de arrefecimento. Para uma limpeza mais completa, remova o conjunto da grelha frontal. Nos refrigeradores refrigerados a ar, a moldura e rebordos do condensador localizados por detr�s do conjunto da grelha frontal s�o muito agu�ados. Para al�m do conjunto de grelha refrigerada a ar, nunca opere o refrigerador com qualquer painel removido. Os refrigeradores de refrigera��o a �gua ThermoFlex900-5000 possuem um ventilador com l�minas agu�adas, pelo que se deve assegurar que o refrigerador est� desligado antes de remover a grelha frontal.
Utiliza��o Prevista, Refrigeradores de Recircula��o: Os refrigeradores de recircula��o Thermo Scientific s�o concebidos para facultar um fornecimento cont�nuo de fluido a um fluxo e temperatura constantes. O refrigerador conste num sistema de refrigera��o com arrefecimento a ar ou �gua, permutador de calor, bomba de recircula��o, reservat�rio de fluido de processamento e um controlador de microprocessador. Os refrigeradores destinam-se a funcionamento cont�nuo e para utiliza��o interna de acordo com todos os procedimentos e requisitos descritos deste manual.

Instala��o, Refrigeradores de Recircula��o:

Coloque o refrigerador de forma a que esteja pr�ximo e tenha f�cil acesso ao dispositivo de desconex�o.

O refrigerador destina-se a utiliza��o numa tomada dedicada.

Certifique-se de que todas as fichas de expedi��o da linha de canaliza��o s�o removidas antes da instala��o.

As liga�es de fluido de processamento encontram-se localizadas na parte posterior

do refrigerador e encontram-se etiquetadas

((PROCESS OUTLET) (SA�DA DE

PROCESSAMENTO)) e

((PROCESS INLET) (ENTRADA DE PROCESSAMENTO)). Ligue

� entrada de fluido na sua aplica��o. Ligue a

� sa�da de fluido na sua aplica��o.

Para refrigeradores com refrigera��o a �gua ligue a

((FACILITY INLET) (ENTRADA DE

UNIDADE)) ao abastecimento de �gua da unidade. Ligue a

((FACILITY OUTLET) (SA�DA

DE UNIDADE)) ao retorno ou drenagem de �gua da unidade.

Antes de iniciar o refrigerador, verifique todas as liga�es de comunica��o, el�ctricas e tubagens aplic�veis.

Essenti�le veiligheidsinstructies

Recirculatiekoelers

Als ��n van de instructies niet duidelijk is, raadpleeg dan de handleiding of neem contact op met ons vooraleer door te gaan. Veiligheid, alle producten:
DANGER duid op een onmiddellijke gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, zal
leiden tot de dood of ernstige letsels.

WARNING duid op een gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, kan leiden tot de
dood of ernstige letsels.

CAUTION duidt op een mogelijke gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, zal
leiden tot lichte of middelmatige letsels. Het kan ook gebruikt worden als waarschuwing tegen onveilige praktijken.

bedoeld om de gebruiker te waarschuwen voor de aanwezigheid van een niet-ge�soleerde "gevaarlijke spanning" binnenin de behuizing van de koeler. De grootte van de spanning is voldoende significant om een gevaar te vormen op een elektrisch schok.

duidt op de aanwezigheid van hete oppervlakken.

duidt op het raadplegen van de handleiding.
Gebruik de apparatuur niet als steriel of als een met de pati�nt verbonden apparaat. Daarnaast is de apparatuur niet ontworpen voor gebruik in gevaarlijke locaties van klasse I, II of III zoals gedefinieerd door de National Electrical Code. De apparatuur is uitsluitend bedoeld voor gebruik binnenshuis. Plaats deze nooit op een locatie met overmatige hitte, vochtigheid, onvoldoende ventilatie of waar er corrosieve materialen aanwezig zijn. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de operationele parameters. Sluit de apparatuur steeds aan op een goed geaard stopcontact. Koelmiddelen zijn zwaarder dan lucht en als er een lek is, zal het de zuurstof vervangen en kan dit leiden tot bewusteloosheid. Contact met het lekkende koelmiddel kan leiden tot brandwonden op de huid. Raadpleeg het typeplaatje van de circulatiepomp voor het type koelmiddel dat wordt gebruikt en raadpleeg vervolgens het meest recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (Safety Data Sheet - SDS) van de producent, eerder gekend als MSDS, en het Europese veiligheidsgegevensblad voor extra informatie.

Verplaats de apparatuur steeds erg zorgvuldig. Plotse schokken of druppels kunnen de componenten beschadigen. Schakel de apparatuur steeds uit en haal de stekker uit het stopcontact vooraleer deze te verplaatsen.
Gebruik nooit beschadigde of lekkende apparatuur.
Gebruik nooit ontvlambare of corrosieve vloeistoffen. Maak alleen gebruik van de goedgekeurde vloeistoffen in de handleiding. Raadpleeg, vooraleer een vloeistof te gebruiken of onderhoud uit te voeren waarbij het waarschijnlijk is dat u in aanraking komt met de vloeistof, het meest recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (Safety Data Sheet - SDS) van de producent en het Europese veiligheidsgegevensblad voor extra informatie.
Schakel de apparatuur steeds uit en haal de stekker uit het stopcontact vooraleer deze te verplaatsen.
Laat het onderhoud en de herstellingen steeds uitvoeren door een gekwalificeerd technicus.
Sla de apparatuur op bij een temperatuur tussen -25�C tot 60�C (met verpakking) en een relatieve vochtigheid van minder dan 80%.
Het buiten dienst stellen mag alleen uitgevoerd worden door een gekwalificeerde dealer die gebruik maakt van gecertificeerde uitrusting. Alle geldende regelgevingen moeten worden gevolgd.
Het uitvoeren van de installatie-, de werkings- of onderhoudsprocedures op een andere manier dan beschreven in de handleiding kan leiden tot een gevaarlijke situatie en zal de garantie van de producent ongeldig maken.
Sluit nooit de netspanning aan op de communicatie-aansluitingen van de koeler.
Het volledig vullen van de koeler en de leidingen met procesvloeistof kan de koelpomp beschadigen. Vermijd het overvullen omdat vloeistoffen uitzetten wanneer ze worden opgewarmd.
Verzeker bij ThermoFlex voor het vervangen van de behuizing van het reservoir dat de balstopper van de kijkbuis van het reservoir stevig is bevestigd.
Stel de koeler van een ThermoFlex900-5000 niet in werking tenzij het reservoir van de vloeistofdiffuser is ge�nstalleerd.
Als uw koeler is uitgerust met een positieve verplaatsingspomp (P1 of P2), verzeker dan dat uw leidingen en fittingen bestand zijn tegen minimaal 185 psi.
Gebruik geen antivriesmiddel voor auto's. Commercieel antivriesmiddel bevat silicaten die de pompdichtingen kunnen beschadigen.
Om het bevriezen van en het ontstaan van een ijslaagje op de plaatvormige warmtewisselaar te voorkomen, vereisen de ThermoFlex7500-24000-koelers het gebruik van 50/50 EG/water of 50/50 PG/ water bij een temperatuur onder 10�C.
Bij gebruik van een mix van procesvloeistoffen van EG/water of PG/water dient u de vloeistofconcentratie en pH op een regelmatige basis te controleren. Wijzigingen in de concentratie en de pH kunnen een impact hebben op de prestaties van het systeem.

Gebruik geen de�onisatie(DI)-filtercartridge met Inhibited EG of Inhibited PG. Een DI-filter zal remmers uit de vloeistof verwijderen waardoor de vloeistof niet meer effectief is als bescherming tegen corrosie. Daarnaast verhogen remmers de geleiding van vloeistoffen.
Biociden zijn corrosief en kunnen onherstelbare schade toebrengen aan de ogen en ook brandwonden veroorzaken. Ze zijn schadelijk als ze worden ge�nhaleerd, worden ingeslikt of worden opgenomen via de huid. Raadpleeg het meest recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (SDS) van de producent.
Om schade te voorkomen aan de plaatvormige warmtewisselaar, vereisen de centrifugale pompen een minimale doorstroming van 15,1 liter per minuut.
Het nalaten om de filter van de condensor te reinigen of te vervangen kan leiden tot een verlies van koelcapaciteit en tot het voortijdig defect raken van het koelsysteem. Verwijder de rooster aan de voorzijde voor een grondige reiniging.
Bij luchtgekoelde koelers bevinden het kader en de vinnen van de condensor zich achter de voorste rooster en dient u goed op te letten want ze zijn erg scherp.
Bij andere koelers dan degene met een luchtgekoeld rooster mag u de koeler nooit activeren wanneer het paneel verwijderd is.
ThermoFlex900-5000 watergekoelde koelers beschikken over een ventilator met scherpe schoepen, zorg ook dat de koeler is uitgeschakeld vooraleer de rooster vooraan wordt verwijderd.

Installatie, recirculatiekoelers:

Plaats de koeler zodat deze zich dichtbij het loskoppelapparaat bevindt en dat deze eenvoudig toegankelijk is.

De koeler is bedoeld voor gebruik op een daartoe bestemde uitvoer.

Verzeker dat alle transportpluggen op de leidingen zijn verwijderd voor de installatie.

De aansluitingen van de procesvloeistof bevinden zich op de achterzijde van de koeler en hebben

een label

(PROCESS OUTLET (PROCESUITVOER)) en

(PROCESS INLET

(PROCESTOEVOER)). Sluit de

aan op de vloeistoftoevoer van uw applicatie. Sluit de

aan op de vloeistofuitvoer van uw applicatie.

Sluit voor watergekoelde koelers de

(FACILITY INLET (TOEVOER VAN DE FACILITEIT)) aan

op watertoevoer van uw faciliteit. Sluit de

(FACILITY OUTLET (UITVOER VAN DE FACILITEIT))

aan op de waterretour of -afvoer van de faciliteit.

Vooraleer de koeler te starten dient u alle van toepassing zijnde communicatie-aansluitingen, elektrische aansluitingen en leidingaansluitingen tweemaal te controleren.

Bedoeld gebruik, recirculatiekoelers:
De recirculatiekoelers van Thermo Scientific zijn ontworpen om een continue toevoer van vloeistoffen te voorzien met een constante temperatuur en doorstroming. De koeler bestaat uit een luchtgekoeld of watergekoeld koelsysteem, warmtewisselaar, recirculatiepomp, reservoir voor procesvloeistof en een microprocessorcontroller.
Koelers zijn ontworpen voor een continue werking en voor gebruik binnenshuis in overeenkomst met alle procedures en vereisten die staan vermeld in de handleiding.

Istruzioni essenziali per la sicurezza

Chiller a ricircolazione

Se queste istruzioni non sono chiare, fare riferimento al manuale oppure contattare il nostro ufficio prima di procedere.

Sicurezza, tutti i prodotti:
DANGER indica una situazione di pericolo imminente che, se non evitata, potrebbe causare

morte o ferite gravi.

WARNING indica una situazione potenzialmente pericolosa che se non evitata potrebbe
causare lesioni gravi o morte.

CAUTION indica una situazione di pericolo potenziale che, se non evitata, potrebbe causare
ferite lievi o non gravi. Viene anche utilizzato come avviso contro pratiche non sicure.

destinato ad avvisare l'utente della presenza di "tensioni pericolose" non isolate all'interno dell'involucro del chiller. Il valore della tensione � abbastanza significativo da costituire un rischio di scosse elettriche.

indica la presenza di superfici calde.

segnala di leggere il manuale.
Non utilizzare l'apparecchiatura come dispositivo sterile o collegato a un paziente. Inoltre, l'apparecchiatura non � progettata per l'utilizzo in luoghi pericolosi di Classe I, II o III secondo le definizioni del National Electrical Code. Questa apparecchiatura � destinata all'uso in ambienti chiusi. Non collocarla mai in luoghi soggetti a calore eccessivo, umidit�, ventilazione inadeguata o materiali corrosivi. Fare riferimento al manuale per i parametri operativi. Collegare l'apparecchiatura ad una presa di rete adeguatamente messa a terra. I refrigeranti utilizzati sono pi� pesanti dell'aria e, in caso di perdite, possono sostituire l'ossigeno causando perdita di conoscenza.. Il contatto della pelle con il refrigerante fuoriuscito causa ustioni. Per ulteriori informazioni, fare riferimento alla targhetta del circuito circolatore per il tipo di refrigerante utilizzato e ai dati tecnici di sicurezza aggiornati del produttore (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS), precedentemente noti come MSDS, non ch� ai dati tecnici di sicurezza UE.

Spostare l'apparecchiatura con cautela. Sobbalzi o cadute improvvise possono danneggiare i suoi componenti. Spegnere sempre l'apparecchiatura e scollegarla dalla tensione di alimentazione prima di spostarla.
Non utilizzare mai apparecchiature danneggiate o con perdite.
Non utilizzare mai fluidi infiammabili o corrosivi. Utilizzare esclusivamente i fluidi certificati elencati nel manuale. Prima di utilizzare fluidi o eseguire operazioni di manutenzione che prevedano il contatto con il fluido, fare riferimento ai dati tecnici di sicurezza aggiornati del produttore (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS) e ai dati tecnici di sicurezza UE per ulteriori informazioni.
Spegnere sempre l'apparecchiatura e scollegarla dalla tensione di alimentazione prima di spostarla.
Demandare assistenza e riparazioni ad un tecnico qualificato.
Conservare l'apparecchiatura ad una temperatura compresa tra -25�C e 60�C (con imballo), e una umidit� relativa <80%.
La disattivazione deve essere eseguita solo da rivenditori qualificati utilizzando attrezzature certificate. Dovranno essere rispettate tutte le norme vigenti.
L'esecuzione di procedure di installazione, funzionamento o manutenzione diverse da quelle descritte nel manuale potrebbero determinare situazioni di pericolo e causare l'annullamento della garanzia del produttore.
Non applicare mai la tensione di linea alle connessioni di comunicazione presenti sul chiller.
Il riempimento incompleto delle linee di trasmissione di fluido per il processo e il chiller pu� danneggiare la pompa dell'apparecchio. Evitare comunque di riempire in eccesso, in quanto i fluidi si espandono se riscaldati.
Su ThermoFlex, prima di sostituire l'involucro del serbatoio, assicurarsi che il fermo sferico del tubo di verifica serbatoio sia posizionato in sicurezza.
Su ThermoFlex900-5000, non azionare il chiller se non � installato il diffusore di fluido del serbatoio.
Se il chiller � provvisto di una pompa volumetrica positiva (P1 o P2), assicurarsi che le tubazioni dell'applicazione e i relativi raccordi possano resistere ad una pressione di almeno 185 psi.
Non utilizzare antigelo per autotrazione. L'antigelo commerciale contiene silicati che danneggiano le guarnizioni della pompa.
Per evitare il congelamento dello scambiatore a piastra, i chiller ThermoFlex7500-24000 richiedono l'utilizzo di 50/50 EG/acqua o 50/50 PG/acqua sotto la temperatura di processo di 10�C.
Quando si utilizza una miscela di fluido di EG/acqua o PG/acqua, verificare periodicamente la concentrazione del fluido e il pH. Eventuali variazioni di concentrazione e pH possono compromettere le prestazioni del sistema.

Non utilizzare un cartuccia filtro di deionizzazione (DI) con EG o PG inibiti. Un filtro DI rimuover� gli inibitori dalla soluzione, rendendo il fluido inefficace contro la corrosione. Inoltre, gli inibitori fanno aumentare la conduttivit� del fluido.
I biocidi sono corrosivi e possono causare danni irreversibili agli occhi e ustioni cutanee. Sono pericolosi se inalati, ingeriti o assorbiti attraverso la pelle. Fare riferimento ai documenti SDS pi� aggiornati del produttore.
Per evitare danni allo scambiatore a piastra del chiller, le pompe centrifughe richiedono una portata minima di 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm).
La mancata pulizia/sostituzione del filtro del condensatore provoca una perdita della capacit� di raffreddamento con il rischio di guasti prematuri del sistema di raffreddamento. Per una pulizia approfondita, togliere il gruppo della griglia anteriore.
Nei chiller raffreddati ad aria le alette ed il telaio del condensatore dietro il gruppo della griglia anteriore sono molto affilati.
Non azionare mai il chiller con pannelli rimossi, ad eccezione del gruppo griglia raffreddato ad aria.I chiller raffreddati ad acqua ThermoFlex900-5000 dispongono di una ventola con pale affilate; assicurarsi che il chiller sia spento prima di rimuovere la griglia anteriore.

Installazione, chiller a ricircolazione:

Posizionare il chiller in modo che sia vicino ed abbia un pratico accesso al suo dispositivo di disconnessione.

Il chiller deve essere utilizzato su una presa dedicata.

Assicurarsi che tutte le spine utilizzate per la spedizione nelle linee di tubazione siano state rimosse prima di procedere all'installazione.

Le connessioni per il fluido di processo si trovano sul retro del chiller e sono etichettati

(PROCESS

OUTLET) e

(PROCESS INLET). Collegare

all'ingresso del fluido sull'applicazione. Collegare

all'uscita del fluido sull'applicazione.

Per i chiller raffreddati ad acqua collegare

(FACILITY INLET) all'alimentazione idraulica

dell'impianto. Collegare

(FACILITY OUTLET) al ritorno o scarico dell'acqua dell'impianto.

Prima di avviare il chiller, ricontrollare tutte le linee di comunicazione e le connessioni elettriche e delle tubazioni.

Destinazione d'uso, chiller a ricircolazione:
I chiller a ricircolazione Thermo Scientific sono progettati per fornire un'alimentazione continua di fluido a temperatura e portata costanti. Il chiller � composto da un sistema di refrigerazione raffreddato ad aria o ad acqua, uno scambiatore di calore, una pompa di ricircolazione, un serbatoio del fluido di processo e un controller a microprocessore.
I chiller sono progettati per il funzionamento continuo e per l'utilizzo in ambienti chiusi, in conformit� con tutte le procedure e i requisiti definiti in questo manuale.

, .

, :

DANGER , , ,
.

WARNING , , ,
.

CAUTION , , ,
. , .

" " . , .

, .
, . I, II III , (NEC).
. , , , . .
.
- , , , . . , - (SDS) , MSDS, , .
. . , .
.

. , . , , - (SDS) , , .
.
.
�25� 60� ( ) <80% .
, . .
, , , , .
.
. , .
ThermoFlex, , , - .
ThermoFlex900-5000 , .
(P1 P2), , 185 psi.
. , .
/ , ThermoFlex7500-24000 50/50 EG/ 50/50 PG/ 10�C.
EG/ PG/, pH. .
(DI) EG PG. DI , . .
. , . - SDS .
, 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm) .
/ . .

, , . , . ThermoFlex900-5000 , , .
, : Thermo Scientific . , , , . , .

, :

, .

( )

( ).

( )

. .

( )

, ,

Z�kladn� bezpecnostn� pokyny

Recirkulacn� chladice

Pokud nkter�m z tchto pokyn nebudete rozumt, nahl�dnte ped pokracov�n�m do n�vodu k obsluze nebo n�s kontaktujte. Bezpecnost, vsechny produkty:
DANGER Znac� bezprostedn nebezpecnou situaci, kter� pokud nebude odstranna,
povede ke smrteln�mu nebo z�vazn�mu �razu.

WARNING Znac� potenci�ln nebezpecnou situaci, kter� pokud nebude odstranna, mze
v�st ke smrteln�mu nebo z�vazn�mu �razu.

CAUTION Znac� potenci�ln nebezpecnou situaci, kter� pokud nebude odstranna, mze
v�st k m�n az stedn z�vazn�mu �razu. Slouz� tak� jako v�straha ped nebezpecn�mi postupy.

Slouz� k upozornn� uzivatele na p�tomnost neizolovan�ho ,,nebezpecn�ho napt�" v krytu chladic�ho za�zen�. Napt� je dostatecn vysok� na to, aby pedstavovalo riziko �razu elektrick�m proudem.

Znac� p�tomnost hork�ch povrch.

Znac�, ze si m� obsluha pec�st n�vod k obsluze.
Vybaven� nepouz�vejte jako steriln� za�zen� nebo za�zen� pipojen� k pacientovi. Za�zen� nav�c nen� urceno k pouz�v�n� v rizikov�ch lokalit�ch t�dy I, II nebo III podle n�rodn�ch elektrotechnick�ch pedpis. Za�zen� je navrzeno pouze pro pouz�v�n� ve vnitn�ch prostor�ch. Nikdy ho neumisujte do m�st, kde je nadmrn� teplo, vlhkost, nedostatecn� ventilace nebo kde se nach�z� korozivn� materi�ly. Provozn� parametry jsou uveden� v n�vodu k obsluze. Pipojte za�zen� k �dn uzemnn� z�suvce. Pouzit� chladiva jsou tzs� nez vzduch a pokud dojde k jejich �niku, vytlac� vesker� vzduch a zpsob� ztr�tu vdom�. Kontakt s unikaj�c�m chladivem zpsob� pop�len� pokozky. Typ pouzit�ho chladiva zjist�te na st�tku s technick�mi �daji cirkulacn�ho termostatu a dals� informace jsou uvedeny v aktu�ln�m bezpecnostn�m listu v�robce. Pi sthov�n� za�zen� bute opatrn�. N�hl� n�razy nebo p�dy mohou poskodit jeho souc�sti. Ped sthov�n�m za�zen� vzdy vypnte a odpojte ho od p�vodu nap�jen�. Nikdy nepouz�vejte poskozen� nebo netsn� za�zen�.

Nikdy nepouz�vejte holav� nebo korozivn� kapaliny. Pouz�vejte pouze schv�len� kapaliny uveden� v n�vodu k obsluze. Ped pouzit�m njak� kapaliny nebo ped prov�dn�m �drzby, kde je pravdpodobn�, ze pijdete s touto kapalinou do styku, si zjistte dals� informace v aktu�ln�m bezpecnostn�m listu v�robce.
Ped sthov�n�m za�zen� vzdy vypnte a odpojte ho od p�vodu nap�jen�.
Servis a opravy penechejte kvalifikovan�m servisn�m technikm.
Skladujte za�zen� pi teplot�ch -25�C az 60�C (v obalu), a pi relativn� vlhkosti vzduchu nizs� nez 80 %.
Vyazen� z provozu sm� prov�dt pouze kvalifikovan� prodejce s pomoc� certifikovan�ho vybaven�. Mus� b�t dodrzena vesker� platn� na�zen�.
Prov�dn� jin�ch postup pi instalaci, obsluze nebo �drzb, nez kter� jsou pops�ny v n�vodu k obsluze, mze v�st k nebezpecn�m situac�m a zpsob� zneplatnn� z�ruky v�robce.
Nikdy nepiv�djte elektrick� napt� k z�dn�m komunikacn�m konektorm chladic�ho za�zen�.
Kdyz nen� chladic� za�zen� a potrub� kompletn naplnn� chladic� kapalinou, mze doj�t k poskozen� cerpadla. Za�zen� nepeplujte, kapaliny pi zah�t� nab�vaj� na objemu.
V p�pad za�zen� ThermoFlex se ped v�mnou krytu n�drzky pesvdcte, jestli je bezpecn na sv�m m�st kulickov� zar�zka trubicov�ho przoru.
Za�zen� ThermoFlex900-5000 neuv�djte do provozu, dokud nen� nainstalovan� difuz�r kapaliny v n�drzce.
Pokud je chladic� za�zen� vybaven� objemov�m cerpadlem (P1 nebo P2), pesvdcte se, jestli hadice, potrub� a spojky vas� instalace vydrz� tlak minim�ln 185 psi.
Nepouz�vejte automobilov� odmrazovac. Bzn prod�van� odmrazovace obsahuj� silik�ty, kter� poskod� tsnn� cerpadla.
Aby nedoch�zelo k zamrznut� deskov�ho v�mn�ku nebo jeho pokryt� ledem, chladic� za�zen� ThermoFlex7500-24000 vyzaduj� pouz�v�n� smsi etylenglykolu a vody v pomru 1:1 nebo smsi propylenglykolu a vody v pomru 1:1 s procesn� teplotou nizs� nez 10 �C.
Pi pouz�v�n� smsi etylenglykolu a vody nebo propylenglykolu a vody pravideln kontrolujte koncentraci kapaliny a pH. Zmny v koncentraci a pH mohou m�t vliv na v�kon syst�mu. Nepouz�vejte kazetu deionizacn�ho filtru s inhibovan�m etylenglykolem nebo inhibovan�m propylenglykolem.
Deionizacn� filtr z roztoku odstran� inhibitory, takze kapalina pestane narusovat antikorozn� ochranu. Biocidn� p�pravky jsou korozivn� a mohou zpsobit nevratn� poskozen� oc� a pop�leniny pokozky. Pi vdechnut�, spolknut� nebo vsteb�n� pokozkou jsou skodliv�. Pod�vejte se do aktu�ln�ch bezpecnostn�ch list v�robce.
Aby nemohlo doj�t k poskozen� deskov�ho v�mn�ku chladic�ho za�zen�, vyzaduj� odstediv� cerpadla minim�ln� prtok 15,1 l/m).
Nedostatecn vycistn� nebo nevymnn� filtr kondenz�toru zpsobuje ztr�tu chladic� kapacity a vede k pedcasn�mu selh�n� syst�mu.

V z�jmu dkladn�ho vycistn� demontujte pedn� m�zku. U vzduchem chlazen�ch chladic jsou r�m kondenz�toru a jeho zebra za pedn� m�zkou velmi ostr�. V p�pad m�zky chlazen� jinak nez vzduchem nikdy chladic� za�zen� nepouz�vejte s demontovan�mi panely. Vodou chlazen� chladice ThermoFlex900-5000 maj� ventil�tor s ostr�mi lopatkami, takze se ped demont�z� pedn� m�zky pesvdcte, ze je chladic vypnut�.
Urcen� pouzit�, recirkulacn� chladice: Recirkulacn� chladice spolecnosti Thermo Scientific jsou navrzeny pro zajisov�n� nepetrzit�ho p�vodu kapaliny pi konstantn� teplot a konstantn�m prtoku. Chladic se skl�d� ze vzduchem chlazen�ho nebo vodou chlazen�ho chladic�ho syst�mu, tepeln�ho v�mn�ku, recirkulacn�ho cerpadla, n�drzky na procesn� kapalinu a �dic� jednotky s mikroprocesorem. Chladice jsou navrzeny pro nepetrzit� provoz a pouz�v�n� ve vnitn�ch prostor�ch v souladu se vsemi postupy a pozadavky, uveden�mi v jejich n�vodech k obsluze.

Instalace, recirkulacn� chladice:

Um�stte chladic tak, aby byl v bl�zkosti sv�ho odpojovac�ho za�zen� a aby byl k odpojovac�mu za�zen� snadn� p�stup.

Chladic� za�zen� c je urcen pro pouz�v�n� se samostatn�m v�stupem.

Ped instalac� mus� b�t odstranny vsechny pepravn� z�tky na potrub�ch a hadic�ch.

P�pojky procesn� kapaliny jsou um�stn� na zadn� c�sti chladice a jsou oznacen�

OUTLET � procesn� v�stup) a

(PROCESS INLET � procesn� p�vod). Pipojte

kapaliny na za�zen�. Pipojte

k v�stupu kapaliny na za�zen�.

(PROCESS k p�vodu

V p�pad vodou chlazen�ch chladic pipojte

(FACILITY INLET � p�vod ze z�vodu) k p�vodu vody

ze z�vodu. Pipojte

(FACILITY OUTLET � v�stup kapaliny do z�vodu) k odtoku vody v z�vodu.

Ped spustn�m chladice pekontrolujte p�slusn� komunikacn� a elektrick� p�pojky a pipojovac� armatury.

Essentiel sikkerhedsvejledning

Recirkulerende nedk�lere

Hvis nogle af disse instrukser ikke kan forst�s, s� referer til manualen, eller kontakt os, f�r du forts�tter. Sikkerhed, alle produkter:
DANGER Indikerer en omg�ende farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undg�s, vil resultere i d�d
eller alvorlig skade.

WARNING Indikerer en potentielt farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undg�s, vil resultere i d�d
eller alvorlig skade.

CAUTION indikerer en potentielt farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undg�s, kan resultere i
mindre eller moderat skade. Den bruges ogs� til at advare mod usikre fremgangsm�der.

beregnet til at advare brugeren om tilstedev�relsen af ikke-isoleret "farlig sp�nding" inden for nedfk�lerens indelukke. Sp�ndingens styrke er markant nok til at udg�re risiko for elektrisk st�d.

indikerer tilstedev�relsen af varme overflader.

indikerer l�s manualen.
Brug ikke udstyret som en steril eller patientforbundet enhed. Derudover er udstyret ikke designet til brug i Klasse I, II eller III farlige steder som defineret af National Electrical Code. Udstyret er kun designet til indend�rs brug. Placer det aldrig et sted, hvor der findes overdreven varme, fugtighed, utilstr�kkelig ventilation eller �tsende materialer. Referer til manualen for driftsparametre. Forbind udstyret til en korrekt jordet stikkontakt. K�lemidler, der bruges her, er tungere end luft, og hvis der er en l�k, vil det erstatte oxygenet, hvilket for�rsager tab af bevidsthed. Kontakt med l�kkende k�lemidler vil for�rsage hudforbr�ndinger. Referer til cirkulatorens navneplade for den type k�lemiddel, der bruges, og s� producentens mest aktuelle amk. sikkerhedsdatark (SDS), tidligere kendt som MSDS, og EUs sikkerhedsdataark for yderligere oplysninger. Flyt udstyret forsigtigt. Pludselige st�d eller tab kan beskadige dets komponenter. Sluk altid udstyret, og afbryd det fra dets str�mforsyning, f�r det flyttes. Betjen aldrig beskadiget eller l�kkende udstyr.

Brug aldrig br�ndbare eller �tsende v�sker. Brug kun tilladte v�sker, der er angivet i manualen. F�r du bruger nogen v�ske eller udf�rer vedligeholdelse, hvor kontakt med v�sken er sandsynlig, skal du referere til producentens mest aktuelle amk. sikkerhedsdatablad (SDS) og EUs sikkerhedsdatablad for yderligere oplysninger.
Sluk altid udstyret, og afbryd det fra dets str�mforsyning, f�r det flyttes.
Henvis vedligeholdelse og reparation til en kvalificeret tekniker.
Opbevar udstyret i et temperaturinterval p� -25 �C til 60 �C (med indpakning), og <80 % relativ luftfugtighed.
Dekommissionering skal kun udf�res af en kvalificeret forhandler, der bruger certificeret udstyr. Alle aktuelle regulativer skal f�lges.
Udf�relse af installation, drift eller vedligeholdelsesprocedurer andre end dem, der er beskrevet i denne manual, kan resultere i en farlig situation og vil annullere producentens garanti.
P�f�r aldrig linjesp�nding til nogen kommunikationsforbindelse p� nedk�leren.
Hvis du ikke fylder nedk�ler- og procesv�skelinjer helt, kan det beskadige nedk�lerens pumpe. Undg� at overfylde. V�sker ekspanderer, n�r de varmes op.
P� ThermoFlex, f�r du erstatter reservoir-kabinettet, skal du sikre, at den synlige reservoir-r�rkuglestopper er sikkert p� plads.
P� ThermoFlex900-5000 m� du ikke betjene nedk�leren, f�r reservoir-v�skediffuseren er installeret.
Hvis din nedk�ler er udstyret med en positiv forskydningspumpe (P1 or P2), skal du sikre, at din applikation af r�rlinjer og beslag er vurderet til at modst� et minimum af 185 psi
Benyt ikke automotiv k�lerv�ske. Kommerciel k�lerv�ske indeholder silikater, der skader pumpeforseglingen.
For at forebygge frysning/glasering af pladeudveksleren kr�ver ThermoFlex7500-24000 nedk�lere brug af 50/50 EG/vand eller 50/50 PG/vand under 10 �C procestemperatur.
N�r du bruger en procesv�skemikstur af EG/vand eller PG/vand, skal du kontrollere v�skekoncentrationen og pH j�vnligt. �ndringer i koncentrationen og pH kan have indflydelse p� systemydelsen.
Brug ikke en deioniserings (DI) filterpatron med inhiberet EG eller inhiberet PG. Et DI-filter vil fjerne inhibitorer fra opl�sningen, hvilket g�r v�sken ineffektiv mod beskyttelse mod korrosion. Inhibitorer for�ger ogs� v�skens ledeevne.
Biocider er �tsende og kan for�rsage irreversibel �jeskade og hudforbr�ndinger. De er skadelige, hvis de inhaleres, sluges eller absorberes gennem huden. Referer til producentens mest aktuelle SDS.
For at forebygge skade p� nedk�lerens pladeudveksler kr�ver centrifugalpumper en minimumstr�mrate p� 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm).

Hvis kondensatoren ikke reng�res/udskiftes, kan det for�rsage et tab af k�lekapacitet og f�re til tidlig fejlfunktion af k�lesystemet. For en grundig reng�ring skal du fjerne frontristsamlingen. P� luftk�lede nedk�lere er kondensatorramme og -finner bag frontristsamlingen meget skarpe. Ud over den luftk�lede ristsamling m� du aldrig betjene nedk�leren med nogen aftagne paneler. ThermoFlex900-5000 vandk�lede nedk�lere har en bl�ser med skarpe klinger, s� s�rg for, at nedk�leren er slukket, f�r frontristen fjernes.
Tilsigtet brug, recirkulerende nedk�lere: Thermo Scientific recirkulerende nedk�lere er designet til at yde en l�bende v�skeforsyning ved en konstakt temperatur og str�mningsrate. Nedk�leren best�r af et luftk�let eller vandk�let k�lesystem, varmeveksler, recirkuleringspumpe, procesv�skereservoir og en mikroprocessor-controller. Nedk�lere er designet til l�bende drift og til indend�rs brug i henhold til alle procedurerne og kravene formuleret i denne h�ndbog.

Installation, recirkulerende nedk�lere:

Placer nedk�leren, s� den er n�r, og har nem adgang til, dens afbryderenhed.

Nedk�leren er beregnet til brug i en dedikeret str�mkontakt.

S�rg for, at alle vvs-linjers shipping-stik fjernes f�r installation.

Procesv�skeforbindelserne befinder sig bag p� nedk�leren og er markeret

(PROCESS OUTLET)

(PROCESS INLET). Forbind

til v�skeindtaget p� din applikation. Forbind

til

v�skeudl�bet p� din applikation.

For vandk�lede nedk�lere skal du forbinde

(FACILITY INLET) til din facilitets vandforsyning. Forbind

(FACILITY OUTLET) til din facilitets vandreturnering eller afl�b.

F�r du starter nedk�leren, skal du kontrollere alle relevante kommunikations-, elektriske og vvs-forbindelser en ekstra gang.

, :
DANGER ,

WARNING ,
.

CAUTION ,
. .

- " " . .

.
. , I, II III . . , , . . . , . . .. (SDS) MSDS .. .

. . , .
.
. . , SDS EC .
, .
.
-25�C 60�C ( ) <80%.
. .
, .
.
, . , .
ThermoFlex, , .
ThermoFlex900-5000, .
(P1 P2), 185 psi.
. .
/ , , ThermoFlex7500-24000 50/50 EG/ 50/50 PG/ 10�C. EG/ PG/, pH .
pH . (DI) EG PG.

DI , . , .
. , . SDS .
, 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm).
. .
.
, .
ThermoFlex900-5000 , .

, :

, .

( )

( ).

( ) .

, .

, :
Thermo Scientific . , , , .
.

Olulised ohutusjuhised

Ringlusega jahutid

Kui mistahes juhised ei ole arusaadavad, siis enne j�tkamist vaadake kasutusjuhendit.
Ohutus, k�ik tooted:
DANGER t�histab otsest ohtlikku olukorda, millele t�helepanu p��ramata j�tmine v�ib
p�hjustada surma v�i t�sise vigastuse.

WARNING t�histab potentsiaalselt ohtlikku olukorda, millele t�helepanu p��ramata j�tmine
v�ib p�hjustada surma v�i t�sise vigastuse.

CAUTION t�histab potentsiaalselt ohtlikku olukorda, millele t�helepanu p��ramata
j�tmine v�ib p�hjustada v�iksema v�i keskmise raskusega vigastuse. Seda kasutatakse ka ohtlikust tegevusest hoiatamiseks.

etten�htud kasutaja hoiatamiseks jahuti korpuses olevast isoleerimata "ohtlikust pingest". Pinge tugevus on piisav elektril��gi tekitamiseks.

t�histab kuumade pindade olemasolu.

t�histab kasutusjuhendi vaatamise vajadust.
�rge kasutage seadmeid steriilsete seadmetena v�i patsiendiga �hendatavate seadmetena. Lisaks eelnevale, ei ole seadmed etten�htud kasutamiseks I, II v�i III klassi ohtlikes rakendustes vastavalt NEC n�uetele. Seadmed on etten�htud kasutamiseks ainult siseruumides. �rge kunagi paigutage �lem��rase kuumusega, niiskusega, ebapiisava ventilatsiooniga kohtadesse v�i s��vitavate materjalide l�hedale. Vaadake t��parameetreid kasutusjuhendist. �hendage seade n�uetekohaselt maandatud seinapistikuga. Kasutatavad jahutusained on �hust raskemad ning t�rjuvad lekke korral �hu v�lja ning v�ivad p�hjustada meelem�rkuse kadu. Lekkiva jahutusainega kokkupuutumine p�hjustab nahap�letusi. Lisateabeks kasutatava jahutusaine kohta vaadake ringluspumba andmeplaati ja tootja k�ige hilisemat ohutuskaarti (SDS, MSDS, EL ohutuskaart). Liigutage seadet ettevaatlikult. Ootamatud p�rutused ja kukkumised v�ivad kahjustada seadme komponente. Enne seadme liigutamist l�litage seade alati v�lja ja �hendage lahti toitev�rgust. �rge kasutage kunagi kahjustatud v�i lekkivaid seadmeid.

�rge kasutage kunagi s�ttimisohtlikke v�i s��vitavaid vedelikke. Kasutage ainult kasutusjuhendis heakskiidetud vedelikke. Enne mistahes vedelike kasutamist v�i hooldust��de l�biviimist vaadake lisateabeks tootja k�ige hilisemat ohutuskaarti (SDS, MSDS, EL ohutuskaart).
Enne seadme liigutamist l�litage seade alati v�lja ja �hendage lahti toitev�rgust.
Hooldamisel ja remondi korral p��rduge kogemustega tehniku poole.
Hoidke seadmeid temperatuurivahemikus -25�C kuni 60�C (pakendis) ja <80% suhtelise niiskuse juures.
Kasutusest eemaldamisel p��rduge sertifitseeritud seadmeid kasutava kogemustega ettev�tte poole. J�rgige k�iki kehtivaid eeskirju.
Kasutusjuhendis kirjeldamata paigaldamis-, t��tamis- v�i hooldusprotseduurid v�ivad kaasa tuua ohtliku olukorra ning muudavad garantii kehtetuks.
�ge kunagi rakendage v�rgupinget jahuti mistahes andmeside�hendustele.
T�ielikult t�itmata jahuti ja t��vedeliku torustik v�i p�hjustada jahuti pumba kahjustamist. V�ltige �let�itmist, soojenemisel vedelikud paisuvad.
Enne ThermoFlex seadmel mahuti katte asendamist veenduge, et mahuti vaatetoru kuuli kork on kindlalt oma kohas.
�rge kasutage ThermoFlex900-5000 seadmel jahutit enne, kui on paigaldatud mahuti vedeliku difuuser.
Kui Teie jahuti on varustatud mahtpumbaga (P1 v�i P2), siis veenduge, et Teie seadme torustik ja liitmikud taluvad v�hemalt 185 psi survet.
V�ltige MD pumpadega varustatud Merlin jahutitel torustikus jahutusvedeliku voolu t�ielikku takistamist. T�hjalt t��tav pump kahjustab liitekohta ning v�ib p�hjustada pumba kahjustamist.
�rge kasutage s�idukite jahutusvedelikku. Kaubanduses k�ttesaadavad jahutusvedelikud sisaldavad silikaate, mis kahjustavada pumba tihendeid.
Plaatsoojusvaheti k�lmumise �rahoidmiseks vajavad ThermoFlex7500-24000 jahutid temperatuuridel 10�C alla t��temperatuuri 50/50 EG/vesi v�i 50/50 PG/vesi kasutamist.
Kui kasutate t��vedelikuna EG/vesi v�i PG/vesi segu, siis kontrollige regulaarselt kontsentratsiooni ja pHtaset. Kontsentratsiooni ja pH-taseme muutused v�ivad m�jutada s�steemi t��tamist.
�rge kasutage deioniseerimise (DI) filtrikassetti koos inhibeeritud EG-ga v�i inhibeeritud PG-ga. DI filter eemaldab lahusest inhibiitorid, v�hendades vedeliku korrosioonivastast m�ju. Lisaks sellele suurendavad inhibiitorid vedeliku juhitavust.
Nad on ohtlikud sissehingamisel, allaneelamisel ja imendumisel l�bi naha. Vaadake tootja k�ige hilisemat ohutuskaarti.
Jahuti plaatsoojusvaheti kahjustamise �rahoidmiseks peab tsentrifugaalpumba minimaalne voolukiirus olema 4,0 gpm (15,1 liitrit/minutis).

Kondensaatori filtri puhastamise/asendamise n�uete mittej�rgimine p�hjustab jahutusv�imsuse v�henemise ja jahutuss�steemi enneaegse purunemise. P�hjalikuks puhastamiseks eemaldage esiv�re.
�hkjahutusega jahutite esiv�re taga asuva kondensaatori raamistik ja ribid on v�ga teravad.
�rge kunagi kasutage eemaldatud paneelidega jahutit.
ThermoFlex900-5000 vesijahutusega jahutitel on teravate labadega ventilaator, enne esiv�re eemaldamist veenduge, et jahuti on v�lja l�litatud. Kasutuseesm�rk, ringlusega jahutid: Thermo Scientific ringlusega jahutid on etten�htud pideva temperatuuriga ja voolukiirusega vedeliku voolamise tagamiseks. Jahuti koosneb �hkjahutusega v�i vesijahutusega jahutuss�steemist, soojusvahetist, ringluspumbast, t��vedeliku mahutist ja mikroprotsessoriga juhtimiss�steemist.
Jahutid on etten�htud pidevaks t��tamiseks sisetingimuteses vastavalt kasutusjuhendis s�testatud protseduuridele ja n�uetele.

Paigaldamine, ringlusega jahutid:

Paigutage jahuti nii, et selle v�ljal�litamise seadmele on lihtne juurde p��seda.

Jahutile peab olema etten�htud eraldi seinakontakt.

Veenduge, et torustiku transpordikorgid on enne paigaldamist eemaldatud.

T��vedeliku �hendused asuvad jahuti tagaosas ning on t�histatud

(PROCESS OUTLET)

(sisend) ja

(PROCESS INLET) (v�ljund). �hendage

oma seadme vedeliku sisendiga.

�hendage

oma seadme vedeliku v�ljundiga.

Vesijahutusega jahutite korral �hendage

(FACILITY INLET)(seadme sisend) oma seadme

veevarustususega. �hendage

(FACILITY OUTLET) (seadme v�ljund) oma seadme

veetagastusega v�i �ravooluga.

Enne jahuti k�ivitamist kontrolliga �le k�ik kasutatavad andmeside�hendused, elektri�hendused ja toru�hendused.

Olennaiset turvaohjeet

Kiertoj��hdyttimet

Jos n�m� ohjeet eiv�t ole selvi�, viittaa ohjekirjaan tai ota meihin yhteytt� ennen kuin jatkat eteenp�in.
Turvallisuus, kaikki tuotteet:
DANGER osoittaa v�lit�nt� vaaratilannetta, joka johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan
loukkaantumiseen, ellei sit� v�ltet�.

WARNING osoittaa potentiaalisen vaaratilanteen, joka voi johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan
loukkaantumiseen, ellei sit� v�ltet�.

CAUTION osoittaa potentiaalisen vaaratilanteen, joka saattaa aiheuttaa pienen tai kohtalaisen
vamman, ellei sit� v�ltet�. Sit� k�ytet��n varoittamaan my�s vaarallisista tavoista.

tarkoitettu varoittamaan k�ytt�j�� erist�m�tt�m�st� "vaarallisesta j�nnitteest�" j��hdyttimen kotelon sis�ll�. J�nnitteen voimakkuus on merkitt�v� s�hk�iskuvaaran aiheuttamiseksi.

osoittaa kuumien pintojen paikallaoloa.

osoittaa ohjekirjan lukemiseen liittyv�� velvoitusta.
�l� k�yt� laitetta steriilin� varusteena tai potilaaseen yhdistettyn�. Laitetta ei ole suunniteltu k�ytett�v�ksi National Electrical Code -s��nt�jen mukaisesti I, II tai III luokan tiloissa. Laite on tarkoitettu k�ytett�v�ksi vain sis�tiloissa. �l� koskaan sijoita sit� paikkoihin joissa esiintyy liiallista kuumuutta, kosteutta, riitt�m�t�n tuuletus tai sy�vytt�vi� materiaaleja. Viittaa ohjekirjaan k�ytt�parametrej� varten. Liit� laite maadoitettuun pistorasiaan. K�ytetyt j��hdytysaineet ovat ilmaan verrattuna painavampia, ja jos vuotoa esiintyy, se korvaa hapen aiheuttamalla tajun menett�misen. Kosketus vuotavaan j��hdytysaineeseen aiheuttaa palovammoja. Lis�tietoja varten viittaa kiertoelimen arvokilpeen koskien k�ytetty� j��hdytysainetta ja valmistajan p�ivitettyihin k�ytt�turvallisuustietoihin (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS), jotka tunnettiin aiemmin nimell� MSDS, sek� EU:n k�ytt�turvallisuustietoihin. Siirr� laitetta varovaisesti. �killiset t�ristykset tai putoamiset voivat vahingoittaa siihen kuuluvia osia. Sammuta laite ja kytke se irti j�nnitel�hteest� ennen sen liikuttamista. �l� koskaan k�yt� laitetta jos se on vahingoittunut tai siin� esiintyy vuotoja.

�l� koskaan k�yt� tulenarkoja tai sy�vytt�vi� nesteit�. K�yt� vain ohjekirjassa lueteltuja hyv�ksyttyj� nesteit�. Ennen nesteiden k�ytt�� tai huoltotoimenpiteiden suorittamista, joihin liittyy kosketus nesteeseen, viittaa valmistajan p�ivitt�miin k�ytt�turvallisuustietoihin (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS) ja EU:n k�ytt�turvallisuustietoihin lis�tietoja varten. Sammuta laite ja kytke se irti j�nnitel�hteest� aina ennen sen liikuttamista.
J�t� korjaus- ja huoltoty�t p�tev�n teknikon teht�v�ksi.
S�ilyt� laitetta -25 �C - 60 �C l�mp�tilassa (pakkauksen kanssa), ja suhteellisen kosteuden ollessa <80 %.
K�yt�st� poistaminen on suoritettava yksinomaan p�tev�n j�lleenmyyj�n toimesta sertifioituja varusteita k�ytt�m�ll�. Noudata kaikkia voimassa olevia m��r�yksi�.
Muiden kuin t�ss� ohjekirjassa kuvattujen asennus-, k�ytt�- tai huoltotoimenpiteiden suorittaminen voi aiheuttaa vaarallisen tilanteen ja mit�t�id� valmistajan my�nt�m�n takuun.
�l� koskaan sy�t� linjaj�nnitett� j��hdyttimess� oleviin yhteysliitoksiin.
Nesteen sy�tt�linjojen ja j��hdyttimen vajaa t�ytt� voi vahingoittaa j��hdyttimen pumppua. V�lt� kuitenkin ylit�ytt��, sill� nesteet laajenevat kun niit� kuumennetaan.
Ennen ThermoFlexiss� olevan s�ili�kotelon vaihtoa varmista, ett� s�ili�n tarkastusputken py�re� pidike on kiinnitetty kunnolla paikoilleen.
�l� k�yt� j��hdytint� ThermoFlex900-5000:ssa ennen kuin s�ili�nesteen jakolaite on asennettu.
Jos j��hdytin on varustettu positiivisella tilavuuspumpulla (P1 tai P2), varmista, ett� sovellukseen kuuluvat putket ja kiinnikkeet kest�v�t v�hint��n 185 psi:n paineen.
�l� k�yt� ajoneuvoille tarkoitettuja pakkasnesteit�. Myynniss� olevat pakkasnesteet sis�lt�v�t silikaatteja, jotka vahingoittavat pumpun tiivisteit�.
Est��ksesi levyl�mm�nvaihtimen j��tymist� ThermoFlex7500-24000 -j��hdyttimet vaativat 50/50 EG/vesi tai 50/50 PG/vesi k�ytt�� alle 10 �C prosessil�mp�tilassa.
Kun EG/vesi- tai PG/vesi-nesteseosta k�ytet��n, tarkista s��nn�llisin v�liajoin nesteen pitoisuus ja pHarvo. Pitoisuuden ja pH-arvon muutokset voivat vaarantaa j�rjestelm�n suorituskyky�.
�l� k�yt� deioinisoivaa (DI) suodatuspatruunaa estetyn EG:n tai PG:n kanssa. DI-suodatin poistaa inhibiittorit nesteest�, tekem�ll� nesteest� tehottoman sy�pymist� vastaan.
Biosidit ovat sy�vytt�vi� ja voivat aiheuttaa parantumattomia silm�vaurioita ja palovammoja. Ne ovat vaarallisia jos niit� hengitet��n, niell��n tai ne imeytyv�t ihon kautta. Viittaa valmistajan p�ivitettyihin SDSasiakirjoihin.
Est��ksesi j��hdyttimen levyl�mm�nvaihtimen vahingoittumista, keskipakopumput vaativat v�hint��n 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm) virtausta.
Lauhduttimen suodattimen puhdistamisen/vaihdon suorittamatta j�tt�minen aiheuttaa j��hdytyskapasiteetin v�henemist� ja johtaa j��hdytysj�rjestelm�ss� syntyviin ennenaikaisiin vikoihin. Perusteellista puhdistusta varten, irrota eturitil�yksikk�.

Ilmaj��hdytteisiss� j��hdyttimiss� eturitil�yksik�n takana sijaitsevat lauhduttimen siivekkeet ja kehikko ovat eritt�in ter�vi�. �l� koskaan k�ynnist� j��hdytint� kun paneelit on irrotettu, lukuun ottamatta ilmaj��hdytteist� ritil�yksikk��. Vesij��hdytteisiss� ThermoFlex900-5000 -j��hdyttimiss� on ter�vill� lavoilla varustettu tuuletin. Varmista, ett� j��hdytin on sammutettu ennen eturitil�n irrottamista.
K�ytt�tarkoitus, kiertoj��hdyttimet: Thermo Scientific kiertoj��hdyttimet on suunniteltu jatkuvan nesteen sy�tt��n vakaassa l�mp�tilassa ja virtausarvossa. J��hdytin koostuu ilma- tai vesij��hdytteisest� j��hdytysj�rjestelm�st�, l�mm�nvaihtimesta, kiertopumpusta, prosessinesteen s�ili�st� ja mikroprosessori-ohjaimesta. J��hdyttimet on suunniteltu jatkuvaan k�ytt��n sis�tiloissa t�ss� ohjekirjassa m��riteltyjen menettelyjen ja vaatimusten mukaisesti.

Asennus, kiertoj��hdyttimet:

Aseta j��hdytin siten, ett� siihen kuuluvaan irtikytkent�laitteeseen p��st��n helposti.

J��hdytint� on k�ytett�v� yksinomaan sen k�ytt��n tarkoitetulla pistorasialla.

Varmista, ett� kaikki l�hetyksess� k�ytetyt putkitulpat on irrotettu ennen sen asennusta.

Prosessinesteen liit�nn�t sijaitsevat j��hdyttimen takaosassa ja ne on merkitty

(PROCESS

OUTLET) ja

(PROCESS INLET). Liit�

sovelluksessasi olevaan nesteen sis��nmenoon.

Liit�

sovelluksessasi olevaan nesteen ulostuloon.

Vesij��hdytteisiss� j��hdyttimiss�, liit�

(FACILITY INLET) j�rjestelm�n vedensy�tt��n. Liit�

(FACILITY OUTLET) j�rjestelm�n paluuveteen tai viem�riin.

Ennen j��hdyttimen k�ynnistyst�, tarkista kaikki yhteyslinjat sek� s�hk�- ja vesiliitokset.

GA Treoracha Riachtanacha S�bh�ilteachta Fuarth�ir� Athfhillteacha
M� t� aon treoir ann nach dtuigtear, ceadaigh an l�mhleabhar n� d�an teagmh�il linn sula dt�ann t� n�os faide. S�bh�ilteacht, gach t�irge:
DANGER l�ir�onn s� staid ghuaiseach as a leanfaidh b�s n� tromghort�, mura seachna�tear �.
WARNING l�ir�onn s� staid ghuaiseach, a bhf�adfadh b�s n� tromghort� a bheith ina thoradh
air, mura seachna�tear �.
CAUTION l�ir�onn s� staid ghuaiseach, as a leanfaidh mionghort� n� dochar measartha, mura
seachna�tear �. �s�idtear �, leis, chun rabhadh a thabhairt i gc�s cleachtais neamhsh�bh�ilte.
ceaptha leis an �s�ideoir a chur ar an eolas maidir le "voltas cont�irteach" neamhinslithe laistigh d'imfh�l� an fhuarth�ra. T� m�id an voltais suntasach a dh�thain le bheith ina bhaol turrainge leictr�.
l�ir�onn s� dromchla� te.
l�ir�onn s� gur ch�ir an l�mhleabhar a l�amh.
N� h�s�id an trealamh mar ghl�as steiri�il n� mar ghl�as a nasctar le hothar. Lena chois sin, n�or ceapadh an trealamh lena �s�id i L�ithreacha Guaiseacha Aicme I, II n� III mar a shainmh�n�tear sa Ch�d N�isi�nta Leictreach. Trealamh at� ceaptha le h�s�id istigh amh�in. N� suigh riamh � in �it ina bhfuil teas iomarcach, taise, aer� neamhdh�thanach n� �bhair chreimneacha. Ceadaigh an l�mhleabhar go bhfeice t� na paraim�adair oibri�ch�in. Ceangail an trealamh d'asraon at� talmhaithe i gceart. Is airde n� aer na cuisne�in a �s�idtear, agus m� bh�onn sceitheadh ann, gabhfaidh siad �it na hocsaigine as a leanfaidh cailli�int comhfheasa. D�far craiceann m� bh�onn teagmh�il idir craiceann agus cuisne�n at� ag sceitheadh. F�ach ainmphl�ta an d�ileora go bhfeice t� an cine�l cuisne�in a �s�idtear agus ansin f�ach Leathanach Sonra� S�bh�ilteachta SA is d�ana� an d�ant�ra, an rud a dtugta� an MSDS air cheana, agus Leathanach Sonra� S�bh�ilteachta an AE chun breis eolais a fh�il. B� c�ramach agus t� ag bogadh an trealaimh. Is f�idir le croitheadh n� �sli� tobann na comhph�irteanna a dham�isti�. Cas an trealamh as i gc�na� agus d�cheangail � den voltas sol�thair sula mbogann t� �.

N� hoibrigh riamh trealamh dam�istithe n� trealamh at� ag sceitheadh.
N� h�s�id leacht inadhainte n� creimneach riamh. N� h�s�id ach na leachtanna ceadaithe at� liostaithe sa l�mhleabhar. Sula n-�s�idtear aon leacht n� sula nd�antar cothabh�il ina bhf�adfa� teagmh�il a dh�anamh leis an leacht, ceadaigh Leathanach Sonra� S�bh�ilteachta SA is d�ana� an d�ant�ra agus Leathanach Sonra� S�bh�ilteachta an AE chun breis eolais a fh�il.
Cas an trealamh as i gc�na� agus d�cheangail � den voltas sol�thair sula mbogann t� �.
Iarr ar theicneoir c�ilithe gach seirbh�si� agus deisi� a dh�anamh.
St�r�il an trealamh sa raon teochta -25�C go 60�C (in �ineacht leis an bpac�isti�), agus i dtaiseacht choibhneasta <80%.
N�or ch�ir ach do dh�ile�la� c�ilithe, a �s�ideann trealamh deimhnithe, an gl�as a dh�choimisi�n�. N� m�r clo� le gach rialach�n at� i bhfeidhm.
F�adfaidh staid ghuaiseach agus cur ar neamhn� bhar�nta an d�ant�ra a bheith ina thoradh ar fheidhmi� n�sanna imeachta suite�la, oibri�ch�in n� cothabh�la seachas iad si�d a nd�antar cur s�os orthu sa l�mhleabhar.
N� h�s�id voltas l�ne riamh le haon cheann de na naisc chumars�ide ar an bhfuarth�ir.
D'fh�adfa� caid�al an fhuarth�ra a dham�isti� mura l�ontar an fuarth�ir agus na l�nte leachta pr�isis go hioml�n. Seachain r�l�onadh, fairsing�onn leachtanna tar �is iad a th�amh.
Ar ThermoFlex, sula gcuirtear c�s�il an taiscumair ar ais, cinntigh go bhfuil stopall�ir liathr�ide thi�b radhairc an taiscumair daingnithe ina �it.
N� hoibrigh an fuarth�ir ThermoFlex900-5000 mura bhfuil idirleat�ir leachta an taiscumair suite�ilte.
Ar ThermoChill, n� l�on os cionn na bile n� sceithfidh an leacht amach as barr an umair ar chomhph�irteanna an fhuarth�ra.
M� t� d'fhuarth�ir trealmhaithe le caid�al dearfach d�l�ithri�ch�in (P1 n� P2), cinntigh go bhfuil l�nte agus feistis phluim�ireachta d'fheidhmi�ch�in r�t�ilte chun ar a laghad 185 psi a sheasamh.
N� h�s�id oibre�n frithreo uathghluaisneach. T� sileac�it in oibre�n frithreo uathghluaisneach a dham�ist�onn s�ala� caid�il.
Chun reo/gloini� an mhalart�ra pl�ta� a sheachaint, is g�, i gc�s fhuarth�ir� ThermoFlex7500-24000, 50/50 EG/uisce n� 50/50 PG/uisce faoi bhun 10�C de theocht pr�isis a �s�id.
Agus measc�n leachta pr�isis de EG/uisce n� PG/uisce � �s�id, seice�il ti�chan an leachta agus an pH ar bhonn rialta. Is f�idir le hathruithe ar thi�chan agus ar pH difear a dh�anamh d'fheidhm�ocht c�rais.
N� h�s�id cart�s scagaire d�-ian�ch�in (DI) le EG Coiscthe n� PG Coiscthe. Bainfidh scagaire DI coscair� den tuaslag�n a fh�gfaidh an leacht neamh�ifeachtach mar chosaint ar chreimeadh. Ina theannta sin, m�ada�onn coscair� seoltacht leachta.

Is oibre�in chreimneacha iad bithic�d� agus is f�idir leo dam�iste doleigheasta a dhe�namh don ts�il agus an craiceann a dh�. D�anann siad dam�iste m� dh�antar iad a an�l�, a shlogadh n� a ions� tr�d an gcraiceann. Ceadaigh an SDS is d�ana� �n d�ant�ir.
Chun dam�iste do mhalart�ir pl�ta� an fhuarth�ra a chosc, teasta�onn r�ta �osta sreafa 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) � chaid�il l�rtheifeacha.
Mura nd�antar an scagaire comhdhl�thad�in a ghlanadh/a athchur, cailltear cumas fuarth�ra agus d'fh�adfadh an c�ras fuaraithe teip roimh am. Chun glanadh ioml�n a dh�anamh, bain c�ime�il na greille tosaigh.
Ar fhuarth�ir� aerfhuaraithe b�onn an fhr�m�il agus na heit� at� suite laistigh de ch�ime�il na greille tosaigh an-gh�ar.
Seachas an ch�ime�il ghreille aerfhuaraithe, n� hoibrigh an fuarth�ir riamh agus aon cheann de na pain�il bainte.
T� lanna g�ara sa bhfean i bhfuarth�ir� uiscefhuaraithe ThermoFlex900-5000, f�ach chuige go bhfuil an fuarth�ir casta as sula mbaintear an ghreille thosaigh.

Le Fuarth�ir� Athfhillteacha a Shuite�il:

Suigh an fuarth�ir gar d� ghleas d�cheangail, agus sa tsl� go bhfuil f�il ar an ngl�as sin go h�asca.

T� an fuarth�ir ceaptha le h�s�id ar asraon tiomnaithe.

Cinntigh go mbaintear gach ploc�id seolta l�ne pluim�ireachta sula nd�antar an tsuite�il.

T� na naisc leachta pr�isis suite ar ch�l an fhuarth�ra agus t� siad lip�adaithe

(PROCESS

OUTLET (ASRAON PR�ISIS)) agus

(PROCESS INLET (IONRAON PR�ISIS)). Ceangail

leis an ionraon leachta ar d'fheidhmi�ch�n. Ceangail an

leis an asraon leachta ar

d'fheidhmi�ch�n.

I gc�s fuarth�ir� uiscefhuaraithe, ceangail an

(FACILITY INLET (IONRAON SAOR�IDE)) le sol�thar

uisce do shaor�ide. Ceangail an

(FACILITY OUTLET (ASRAON SAOR�IDE)) le filleadh n� draein

uisce do shaor�ide.

Sula dtosa�tear an fuarth�ir, seice�il faoi dh� gach cumars�id infheidhmithe, agus gach nasc leictreach agus pluim�ireachta.

�s�id Cheaptha, Fuarth�ir� Athfhillteacha: Dearadh fuarth�ir� athfhillteacha Thermo Scientific le sol�thar lean�nach leachta a shol�thar ag teocht agus ar r�ta sreafa seasmhach. Is �ard at� san fhuarth�ir c�ras cuisni�ch�in aerfhuaraithe n� uiscefhuaraithe, teasmhalart�ir, caid�al athfhillteach, taiscumar leachta pr�isis agus rialt�ir micreaphr�ise�la�.
T� fuarth�ir� ceaptha le haghaidh oibri� lean�nach agus le h�s�id laistigh de r�ir na n�sanna imeachta agus na riachtanas at� luaite sa l�mhleabhar a ghabhann leis.

Osnovne sigurnosne uput

Cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji

Ako ne razumijete bilo koje od ovih uputa, pogledajte prirucnik ili nas kontaktirajte prije nego sto nastavite. Sigurnost, svi proizvodi:
DANGER oznacava neposrednu opasnost koja e, ako se ne izbjegne, uzrokovati smrt ili
tesku ozljedu.

WARNING oznacava moguu opasnu situaciju koja, ako se ne izbjegne, moze uzrokovati smrt
ili tesku ozljedu.

CAUTION oznacava moguu opasnu situaciju koja, ako se ne izbjegne, moze uzrokovati
manju ili srednje tesku ozljedu. Takoer se moze koristiti da upozori na nesigurne radnje.

upozorava korisnika na prisutnost neizoliranog ,,opasnog napona" unutar kuista rashladnog ureaja. Napon je dovoljno velik da predstavlja opasnost od strujnog udara.

ukazuje na prisutnost vruih povrsina.

ukazuje da je potrebno procitati prirucnik.
Nemojte koristiti opremu kao sterilni proizvod ili proizvod povezan na pacijenta. Pored toga, oprema nije predviena za upotrebu na opasnim lokacijama klase I, II ili II prema definicijama Nacionalnog elektricnog standarda (engl. National Electrical Code). Oprema je predviena iskljucivo za upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima. Nikad je nemojte postavljati gdje je prisutna prekomjerna toplina, vlaznost, neodgovarajue prozracivanje ili nagrizajui materijali. Radni parametri navedeni su u prirucniku. Povezite opremu na pravilno uzemljenu uticnicu. Koristena sredstva za hlaenja teza su od zraka i, ako doe do curenja, zamijenit e kisik te dovesti do gubitka svijesti. Kontakt sa sredstvom za hlaenje koje curi uzrokuje opekline. Pogledajte natpisnu plocicu cirkulatora za vrstu koristenog sredstva za hlaenje, a zatim potrazite dodatne informacije u najnovijem sigurnosno-tehnickom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet; SDS), ranije poznatom kao MSDS, kao i sigurnosno-tehnickom listu za EU. Oprezno pomjerajte opremu. Naglo drmanje ili ispustanje opreme moze ostetiti njene komponente. Prije pomjeranja oprema uvijek je iskljucite i iskopcajte iz napona izvora napajanja.

Nikad nemojte koristiti osteenu opremu ili opremu koja propusta.
Nikad nemojte koristiti zapaljive ili nagrizajue tekuine. Koristite samo odobrene tekuine navedene u prirucniku. Prije koristenje bilo kakve tekuine ili obavljanja postupaka odrzavanja u kojima e vjerojatno doi do kontakta s tekuinom, potrazite dodatne informacije u najnovijem sigurnosno-tehnickom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet; SDS) i sigurnosno-tehnickom listu za EU.
Prije pomjeranja oprema uvijek je iskljucite i iskopcajte iz napona izvora napajanja.
Servisiranje i popravke treba obavljati kvalificirani serviser.
Opremu drzite na rasponu temperature od -25 �C do 60 �C (s pakiranjem) i relativnoj vlaznosti od <80 %.
Stavljanje izvan pogona mora obaviti iskljucivo kvalificirani trgovac pomou certificirane opreme. Moraju se slijediti svi vazei propisi.
Obavljanje postupaka ugradnje, koristenja ili odrzavanja koji nisu opisani u prirucniku moze dovesti do opasne situacije i ponistit e jamstvo proizvoaca.
Nikad nemojte primjenjivati linijski napon na komunikacijske prikljucke na rashladnom ureaju.
Ako ne napunite rashladni ureaj i crijeva za radnu tekuinu do kraja, moze doi do osteenje pumpe rashladnog ureaja. Nemojte prepunjavati jer se tekuina siri prilikom zagrijavanja.
Na rashladnom ureaju ThermoFlex, prije zamjene kuista rezervoara potrebno je osigurati da cep indikatora razine u rezervoaru bude cvrsto na mjestu.
Rashladni ureaj ThermoFlex900-5000 nemojte koristiti ako difuzor rezervoara nije ugraen.
Ako je rashladni ureaj opremljen volumetrijskom pumpom (P1 ili P2), pazite da vodovodna crijeva i spojnice mogu podnijeti najmanje 185 psi.
Nemojte koristiti antifriz za automobile. Komercijalni antifriz sadrzi silikate koji osteuju brtve pumpe.
Kako bi se sprijecilo smrzavanje plocastog izmjenjivaca, rashladni ureaji ThermoFlex7500-24000 zahtijevaju upotrebu smjese od 50/50 etilen glikola/vode ili 50/50 propilen glikola/vode na radnoj temperaturi ispod 10 �C.
Prilikom upotrebe smjese radne tekuine od etilen glikola/vode ili propilen glikola/vode, redovito provjeravajte koncentraciju tekuine i pH vrijednost. Promjene u koncentraciji i pH vrijednosti mogu utjecati na performanse sustava.
Nemojte koristiti ulozak filtra za deioniziranje s inhibiranim etilen glikolom ili inhibiranim propilen glikolom Filtar za deioniziranje uklanja inhibitore iz otopine, sto tekuinu cini nedjelotvornom u zastiti od korozije. Pored toga, inhibitori poveavaju provodljivost tekuine. Softver polarnog rashladnog ureaja mora se prilagoditi kako bi odgovarao koristenoj radnoj tekuini.
Biocidi su nagrizajui i mogu uzrokovati nepopravljiva osteenja ociju i opekline. Stetni su ako se udahnu, progutaju ili upiju kroz kozu. Pogledajte najnoviji sigurnosno-tehnicki list proizvoaca.

Kako bi se sprijecilo osteenje plocastog izmjenjivaca rashladnog ureaja, centrifugalne pumpe zahtijevaju minimalni protok od 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min). Ako se filtar kondenzatora ne cisti/mijenja, dolazi do gubitka kapaciteta hlaenja i prijevremenog kvara sustava hlaenja. Za temeljito cisenje uklonite sklop prednje resetke. Na zrakom hlaenim rashladnim ureajima okvir i vertikalni stabilizatori kondenzatora nalaze se iza sklopa prednje resetke i veoma su ostri.Izuzev zracno hlaenog sklopa resetke nikad nemojte koristiti rashladni ureaj kad je bilo koja ploca skinuta. Vodom hlaeni rashladni ureaji ThermoFlex900-5000 imaju ventilator s ostrim lopaticama te stoga rashladni ureaj morate iskljuciti prije skidanja prednje resetke.
Predviena namjena, cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji: Cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji tvrtke Thermo Scientific predvieni su za pruzanje kontinuirane isporuke tekuine uz konstantnu temperaturu i protok. Rashladni ureaj se sastoji od zrakom hlaenog ili vodom hlaenog rashladnog sustava, izmjenjivaca topline, cirkulirajue pumpe, rezervoara radne tekuine i kontrolera mikroprocesora. Rashladni ureaji su predvieni za kontinuirani rad i primjenu u zatvorenim prostorima u skladu sa svim postupcima i zahtjevima navedenim u njihovim prirucnicima.

Ugradnja, cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji:

Postavite rashladni ureaj tako da je blizu i ima jednostavan pristup svom ureaju za iskopcavanje.

Rashladni ureaj je predvien za upotrebu na namjenskoj uticnici.

Obavezno skinite sve ambalazne cepove vodovodnih crijeva prije ugradnje.

Prikljucci rashladne tekuine nalaze se sa straznje strane rashladnog ureaja i oznaceni su sa

(PROCESS OUTLET) (radni izlazni otvor) i

(PROCESS INLET) (radni ulazni otvor). Povezite

na ulazni otvor za tekuinu na vasem ureaju. Povezite

na izlazni otvor za tekuinu na

vasem ureaju.

Kod vodom hlaenih rashladnih ureaja povezite

(FACILITY INLET) (ulazni otvor za postrojenje)

na vodovod postrojenja. Povezite

(FACILITY OUTLET) (izlazni otvor za postrojenje) na povratni

vod ili odvod postrojenja.

Prije pokretanja rashladnog ureaja dvaput provjerite sve relevantne komunikacijske, elektricne i vodovodne prikljucke.

Alapvet biztons�gi utas�t�sok

Recirkul�ci�s htk

Ha valamelyik utas�t�st nem �rti, lapozza fel a k�zik�nyvet, vagy forduljon hozz�nk, mieltt folytatn� a munk�t. Biztons�g � �sszes term�k:
DANGER K�zvetlen vesz�lyhelyzetet jelez, amely hal�lt vagy s�lyos s�r�l�st okoz, ha meg
nem elzik.

WARNING Potenci�lisan vesz�lyes helyzetet jelez, amely hal�lt vagy s�lyos s�r�l�st okoz, ha
meg nem elzik.

CAUTION Potenci�lisan vesz�lyes helyzetet jelez, amely enyhe, vagy k�zepes s�r�l�st
okozhat, ha meg nem elzik. A nem biztons�gos elj�r�sokra is ez a jelz�s figyelmeztet.

Vesz�lyes m�rt�k, nem szigetelt fesz�lts�g jelenl�t�re figyelmezteti a felhaszn�l�t a ht h�z�ban. A fesz�lts�g nagys�ga el�g jelents ahhoz, hogy �ram�t�s vesz�ly�t jelentse.

Forr� fel�letek okozta vesz�lyre figyelmeztet.

Azt jelzi, hogy el kell olvasni a haszn�lati utas�t�st.
Ne haszn�lja a berendez�st steril vagy beteghez csatlakoztatott eszk�zk�nt. Tov�bb� a berendez�s nem haszn�lhat� a National Electrical Code szabv�ny �ltal defini�lt I., II. vagy III. oszt�ly� vesz�lyes helyen. A berendez�s csak belt�rben haszn�lhat�. Ne helyezze a htt olyan helyre, amelyet ers h, nedvess�g, el�gtelen szellz�s vagy korroz�v anyagok jelenl�te jellemez. Az �zemi param�terek megtal�lhat�k a k�zik�nyvben. Csatlakoztassa a berendez�st egy megfelelen f�ldelt csatlakoz�aljzathoz. Az alkalmazott htk�zegek nehezebbek a levegn�l, ez�rt sziv�rg�s eset�n kiszor�tj�k az oxig�nt, ami eszm�letveszt�st okoz. A sziv�rg� htk�zeg a brrel �rintkezve fagy�st okoz. A htk�zeg t�pusa fel van t�ntetve a berendez�s adatt�bl�j�n, tov�bbi inform�ci�kat pedig a gy�rt� legfrissebb amerikai biztons�gi adatlapj�n (SDS, kor�bbi nev�n MSDS) vagy eur�pai biztons�gi adatlapj�n tal�lhat. A berendez�s mozgat�sakor legyen �vatos. A z�kken�sek vagy leejt�s k�rt tehet a berendez�s komponenseiben. Mozgat�s eltt mindig kapcsolja ki �s v�lassza le az �ramforr�sr�l a berendez�st. Ne �zemeltesse a berendez�st, ha az s�r�lt vagy sziv�rog.

Ne haszn�ljon gy�l�kony vagy korroz�v folyad�kokat. Csak a k�zik�nyvben szerepl, j�v�hagyott folyad�kot haszn�ljon. Mieltt b�rmilyen folyad�kot haszn�lna, illetve olyan karbantart�st v�gezne, amely v�rhat�an folyad�kkal val� �rintkez�ssel j�r, ismerkedjen meg a gy�rt� legfrissebb amerikai biztons�gi adatlapj�n (SDS) vagy eur�pai biztons�gi adatlapj�n szerepl inform�ci�kkal.
Mozgat�s eltt mindig kapcsolja ki �s v�lassza le az �ramforr�sr�l a berendez�st.
A szervizel�st �s a jav�t�st b�zza k�pzett szakemberre.
A berendez�st -25 �s 60 �C k�z�tti hm�rs�klet (csomagol�ssal) �s 80% alatti relat�v p�ratartalom mellett kell t�rolni.
Az �zemen k�v�l helyez�st csak szakkeresked hajthatja v�gre, mins�tett berendez�s haszn�lat�val. Minden �rv�nyben l�v el�r�st be kell tartani.
A telep�t�si, �zemeltet�si, illetve karbantart�si elj�r�soknak a k�zik�nyvben foglaltt�l elt�r v�grehajt�sa vesz�lyes helyzetet teremthet, �s �rv�nytelenn� teszi a gy�rt� garanci�j�t.
Soha ne vezessen h�l�zati fesz�lts�get a ht kommunik�ci�s csatlakoz�iba.
Ha a ht �s az �zemifolyad�k-vezet�tek nincsenek teljesen felt�ltve, akkor k�r keletkezhet a berendez�s szivatty�j�ban. Tart�zkodjon a t�lt�lt�stl, meleg�t�skor a folyad�kok t�gulnak.
ThermoFlex eset�ben a tart�ly h�z�nak cser�je eltt gondoskodjon arr�l, hogy a tart�ly vizsg�l�cs�v�nek goly�s elz�r�ja stabilan a hely�n legyen.
ThermoFlex900�5000 eset�ben ne �zemeltesse a htt, am�g nincs felszerelve a tart�ly folyad�kporlaszt�ja.
Ha a ht t�rfogat-kiszor�t�sos szivatty�val (P1 vagy P2) rendelkezik, akkor a rendszer csvezet�keinek �s -szerelv�nyeinek el kell viselnie legal�bb 12,8 bar (185 psi) nyom�st.
Ne haszn�ljon aut�ipari fagy�ll�t. A kereskedelemben kaphat� fagy�ll�kban tal�lhat� szilik�tok k�rt tesznek a szivatty� t�m�t�seiben.
A lemezes hcser�l fagy�s�nak/jegesed�s�nek megelz�se �rdek�ben a ThermoFlex7500�24000 htk 50/50 EG/v�z, illetve 10 �C �zemi hm�rs�klet alatt 50/50 PG/v�z haszn�lat�t ig�nylik.
EG/v�z vagy PG/v�z �zemifolyad�k-kever�k haszn�lata eset�n rendszeres idk�z�nk�nt ellenrizni kell a folyad�k koncentr�ci�j�t �s pH-�rt�k�t. A koncentr�ci� �s a pH-�rt�k v�ltoz�sa befoly�solhatja a rendszer teljes�tm�ny�t.Inhibitoros EG vagy inhibitoros PG eset�n ne haszn�ljon deioniz�l� (DI) szrbet�tet.
A DI-szr elt�vol�tja az oldatb�l az inhibitorokat, �gy a folyad�k hat�stalan lesz a korr�zi�v�delem szempontj�b�l. Az inhibitorok emellett n�velik a folyad�k vezetk�pess�g�t.
A biocidok �s a korroz�v anyagok visszaford�thatatlan szemk�rosod�st �s a br �g�si s�r�l�s�t okozhatj�k. Bel�legezve, lenyelve �s a br�n �t felsz�v�dva is �rtalmasak. Tov�bbi inform�ci�kat a gy�rt� legfrissebb biztons�gi adatlapja tartalmaz.
A ht lemezes hcser�lje s�r�l�s�nek megelz�se �rdek�ben a centrifug�lszivatty�knak 15,1 l/perc (4,0 gallon/perc) minim�lis t�rfogat�rammal kell mk�dni�k.

A kondenz�torszr tiszt�t�s�nak/cser�j�nek elmulaszt�sa a ht�si kapacit�s cs�kken�s�hez �s a htrendszer id eltti meghib�sod�s�hoz vezet. A gondos tiszt�t�s �rdek�ben t�vol�tsa el az el�ls r�csszerelv�nyt. L�ght�ses htk eset�ben az el�ls r�csszerelv�ny m�g�tt tal�lhat� kondenz�tor v�za �s bord�zata nagyon �les. A l�ght�ses r�csszerelv�nytl eltekintve soha ne �zemeltesse a htt elt�vol�tott panellel. A v�zht�ses ThermoFlex900�5000 htkben �les lap�tokkal rendelkez ventil�tor tal�lhat�. Az el�ls r�cs elt�vol�t�sa eltt gyzdj�n meg arr�l, hogy a ht ki van kapcsolva.
Rendeltet�sszer haszn�lat, recirkul�ci�s htk: A Thermo Scientific recirkul�ci�s hti folyamatos, �lland� hm�rs�klet �s t�rfogat�ram� folyad�kell�t�s biztos�t�s�ra szolg�lnak. A htt egy l�g- vagy v�zht�ses htrendszer, egy hcser�l, egy �jrakeringet szivatty�, egy �zemifolyad�k-tart�ly �s egy mikroprocesszoros vez�rl alkotja. A htk folyamatos belt�ri �zemeltet�sre szolg�lnak a k�zik�nyv�kben foglalt valamennyi elj�r�s �s k�vetelm�ny szem eltt tart�s�val.

Telep�t�s, recirkul�ci�s htk:

�gy helyezze el a htt, hogy a megszak�t�ja a k�zel�ben, k�nnyen hozz�f�rhet helyen legyen.

A berendez�st kifejezetten erre a c�lra szolg�l� aljzathoz kell csatlakoztatni.

Telep�t�s eltt t�vol�tsa el valamennyi csvezet�k sz�ll�t�dug�it.

Az �zemi folyad�k csatlakoz�sai a ht h�tulj�n tal�lhat�k

(PROCESS OUTLET � �zemi

kimenet) �s

(PROCESS INLET � �zemi bemenet) c�mk�vel. A

csatlakoz�hoz

csatlakoztassa a rendszer folyad�kmenet�t, a

csatlakoz�hoz pedig a folyad�kkimenet�t.

V�zht�ses ht eset�n csatlakoztassa a l�tes�tm�ny v�zell�t�s�t a

(FACILITY INLET

� l�tes�tm�nybemenet) csatlakoz�shoz. A

(FACILITY OUTLET � l�tes�tm�nykimenet)

csatlakoz�st csatlakoztassa a l�tes�tm�ny v�zvisszavezet rendszer�hez vagy a lefoly�hoz.

A ht elind�t�sa eltt �jb�l ellenrizze az �sszes sz�ks�ges kommunik�ci�s, elektromos �s csvezet�k-csatlakoz�st.

Pagrindins saugos instrukcijos

Recirkuliuojantys ausintuvai

Jei kurios nors is si instrukcij yra nesuprantamos, pries tsdami skaitykite vadov arba kreipkits mus. Sauga, visi gaminiai:
DANGER nurodo neisvengiamai pavojing situacij, kurios neisvengus, galima mirties arba
rimto suzalojimo baigtis.

WARNING nurodo galimai pavojing situacij, kurios neisvengus, galima mirties arba rimto
suzalojimo baigtis.

CAUTION nurodo galimai pavojing situacij, kurios neisvengus, kyla nerimto arba vidutinisko
suzalojimo tikimyb. Taip pat galima pranesti, kai yra naudojama nesaugiai.

skirta pranesti naudotojui, kai prie ausintuvo yra neizoliuota ,,pavojinga tampa". tampos dydis yra gana svarbus ir gali sukelti elektros soko pavoj.

nurodo esamus karstus pavirsius.

nurodo skaityti vadov.
Nenaudokite rangos kaip sterilaus ar prie paciento prijungto prietaiso. Be to, ranga nra skirtas naudoti I, II ir III klass pavojingose vietose, kaip nurodyta Nacionaliniame elektros kodekse. ranga yra sukurta tik naudoti viduje. Niekada nedkite jo vietoje, kur yra per didelis karstis, drgm, netinkamas vdinimas arba korozini medziagos. Darbini parametr ieskokite vadove. Prijunkite rang prie tinkamai zeminto isvado. Naudojami ausalai yra sunkesni nei oras ir, esant nutekjimui, jie isstums deguon, dl ko galima prarasti smon. Prisilietus prie istekjusi ausal, galima nudegti od. Naudojamo ausalo tipo ir gamintojo naujausios JAV saugumo duomen isklotins (SDS), anksciau zinomos kaip MSDS bei ES saugumo duomen isklotins papildomos informacijos ieskokite cirkuliatoriaus technini duomen lentels. rang perkelkite atsargiai. Staigs kresteljimai arba kritimai gali pazeisti jos komponentus. Pries perkeldami visuomet isjunkite rang ir atjunkite juo maitinimo tampos. Niekada nenaudokite pazeistos ar tekancios rangos. Niekada nenaudokite degi ar korozini skysci. Naudokite tik vadove isvardintus patvirtintus skyscius.

Pries praddami naudoti bet kokius skyscius ar atlikdami priezir, kurios metu gali pasitaikyti kontakt su skysciu, papildomos informacijos ieskokite gamintojo naujausioje JAV saugumo informacijos isklotinje (SDS) ir ES saugumo informacijos isklotinje.
Pries perkeldami visuomet isjunkite rang ir atjunkite juo maitinimo tampos.
Aptarnavimo ir remonto kreipkits kvalifikuot technik.
Laikykite rang temperatros intervale nuo -25 �C iki 60 �C (su pakavimu) ir <80 % santykinje drgmje.
Eksploatacijos nutraukim turi atlikti tik kvalifikuotas pardavjas, naudojantis sertifikuot rang. Reikia laikytis vis galiojanci nuostat.
Kitoki rengimo, naudojimo ir prieziros procedr nei nurodyta vadove gali sukelti pavojing situacij ir anuliuos gamintojo garantij.
Niekada nejunkite linijos tampos prie bet kuri komunikacini jungci ausintuve.
Ne visiskai uzpildzius ausintuv darbini skysci linijos gali sugadinti ausintuvo siurbl. Venkite perpildymo, sil skysciai pleciasi.
,,ThermoFlex" sistemoje pries pakeisdami rezervuaro korpus, sitikinkite, kad rezervuaro matomumo vamzdelio rutulinis kamstelis yra saugiai statytas.
,,ThermoFlex900-5000" sistemoje nenaudokite ausintuvo jei nra rengtas rezervuaro skyscio skirstytuvo.
Jei js ausintuve yra stmoklinis siurblys (P1 arba P2), uztikrinkite, kad js pritaikytas kanalizacijos vamzdynas ir jungtys yra nominuoti atlaikyti maziausiai 185 psi (,,ThermoChill" � 115 psi, ,,Merlin" � 110 psi).
Nenaudokite automobilinio antifrizo. Komerciniuose antifrizuose yra silikat, kurie pazeidzia siurblio sandarum.
Kad ploksci keitiklis neuzsalt / nepasidengt ledu, ,,ThermoFlex7500-24000" ausintuvams reikia naudoti 50/50 EG / vanduo arba 50/50 PG / vanduo 10�C zemiau darbins temperatros.
Naudodami darbinio skyscio EG / vandens arba PG / vandens misin, reguliariai tikrinkite skyscio koncentracij ir pH. Koncentracijos ir pH pakitimai gali turti takos sistemos veikimui.Nenaudokite Dejonizacijos (DJ) filtro dzuts su EG inhibitoriumi arba PG inhibitoriumi.
DJ filtras pasalins inhibitorius is misinio ir padarys skyscio apsaug nuo korozijos neefektyvi. Inhibitoriai taip pat didina specifin skyscio laidum.
Biocidai sukelia korozij ir gali nepagydomai pazeisti akis ar nudeginti od. Jie yra kenksmingi kvpus, nurijus ar sisavinus per od. Naujausios SDS kreipkits gamintoj.
Kad ausintuvo ploksci keitiklis nebt sugadintas, iscentriniams siurbliams reikia 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm) maziausio tekjimo srauto.
Neisvalius / nepakeitus kondensatoriaus filtro gali sumazti ausinimo apimtys ir tai gali baigtis pirmalaikiu vsinimo sistemos gedimu. Visiskam isvalymui isimkite priekini groteli srank.

Oru vsinamuose ausintuvuose kondensatoriaus rmas ir ments, esantys uz priekini groteli srankos, yra labai astrs. Kitokiose nei oru vsinam ausintuv groteli srankose, niekada nenaudokite ausintuvo su nuimtu skydeliu. ,,ThermoFlex900-5000" vandeniu vsinami ausintuvai turi ventiliatorius su astriomis mentmis, pries nuimdami groteles, sitikinkite, kad ausintuvas yra isjungtas.
Numatytas naudojimas, Recirkuliuojantys ausintuvai: ,,Thermo Scientific" recirkuliuojantys ausintuvai yra sukurti tiekti nuolatin kiek tos pacios temperatros ir tekjimo srauto skyscio. Ausintuv sudaro oru arba vandeniu vsinama saldymo sistema, silumokaitis, recirkuliavimo siurblys, darbinio skyscio rezervuaras ir mikroprocesorinis valdiklis. Ausintuvai yra sukurti nepertraukiamam veikimui ir tik naudojimui viduje pagal visas procedras ir reikalavimus, isdstytus siame vadove.

rengimas, Recirkuliuojantys ausintuvai:

Pastatykite ausintuv, kad jis bt arti ir lengvai pasiekiamo atjungimo prietaiso.

Ausintuvas yra skirtas naudoti su atskiru isvadu.

Pries rengim, uztikrinkite, kad visi kanalizacijos vamzdyno transportavimo kamsciai yra isimti.

Darbinio skyscio jungtys yra ausintuvo uzpakalyje ir yra pazymtos

(PROCESS OUTLET)

(DARBINIS ISVADAS) ir

(PROCESS INLET) (DARBINIS VADAS). Prijunkite

prie skyscio

vado js pritaikyme. Prijunkite

prie skyscio isvado js pritaikyme.

Vandeniu vsinamiems ausintuvams prijunkite

(FACILITY INLET) (KOMPLEKSO VADAS) prie

js komplekso vandens tiekimo. Prijunkite

(FACILITY OUTLET) (KOMPLEKSO ISVADAS) prie

js komplekso vandens grzinimo arba drenazo.

Pries paleisdami ausintuv dar kart patikrinkite visas galimas komunikacines, elektros ir kanalizacijos jungtis.

Btiskas drosbas instrukcijas

Recirkulcijas dzestji

Ja kda no sm instrukcijm nav saprotama, pirms turpint darbu, skatiet rokasgrmatu vai sazinieties ar mums.

Drosbas apzmjumi (attiecas uz visiem izstrdjumiem)
DANGER Norda uz nopietnu apdraudjumu, kas var izraist nvi vai nopietnas traumas, ja

netiek novrsts.

WARNING Norda uz potencili bstamu situciju, kas var izraist nvi vai nopietnas traumas, ja
netiek novrsta.

CAUTION Norda uz potencili bstamu situciju, kas var izraist vieglas vai mrenas traumas,
ja netiek novrsta. Sis apzmjums ar tiek izmantots, lai brdintu par nedrosu rcbu.

Brdina lietotju par neizolta bstama sprieguma kltbtni dzestja korpus. Spriegums ir pietiekami augsts, lai radtu elektrotrieciena gsanas risku.

Norda uz karstu virsmu kltbtni.

Nordjums last rokasgrmatu.
Neizmantojiet aprkojumu k sterilu vai ar pacientu saisttu ierci. Turklt aprkojums nav paredzts lietosanai I, II vai III klases bstams zons atbilstosi ASV Nacionls elektrotehnikas standartu sistmas prasbm. Aprkojums ir paredzts lietosanai tikai slgts telps. To nekd gadjum nedrkst novietot viet, kur pastv prmrga karstuma, mitruma vai korozvu vielu kltbtne, vai ar nav piemrota ventilcija. Ekspluatcijas parametrus skatiet rokasgrmat. Piesldziet aprkojumu atbilstosi sazemtai kontaktligzdai. Izmantotie aukstumaenti ir smagki par gaisu un nopldes gadjum izspieds skbekli, izraisot samaas zudumu. Nonkot saskar ar nopldusu aukstumaentu, rodas das apdegumi. Izmantojam aukstumaenta veidu skatiet uz cirkulatora nominlvrtbu plksntes, savukrt papildinformciju skatiet jaunkaj razotja nodrosintaj ASV drosbas datu lap (SDS) (kdreizj MSDS), k ar ES drosbas datu lap. Prvietojot aprkojumu, ievrojiet piesardzbu. Pksi satricinjumi vai krisana var sabojt t sastvdaas. Pirms aprkojuma prvietosanas vienmr to izsldziet un atvienojiet no elektroapgdes tkla. Nekd gadjum nedarbiniet aprkojumu, ja tas ir bojts vai tam ir sce.

Nekd gadjum nelietojiet viegli uzliesmojosus vai korozvus sidrumus. Izmantojiet tikai apstiprintos sidrumus, kas nordti rokasgrmat. Pirms jebkda sidruma lietosanas vai tdu apkopes darbu veiksanas, kuru laik iespjams nonkt saskar ar sidrumu, skatiet papildinformciju jaunkajs razotja nodrosintajs ASV drosbas datu laps (SDS) un ES drosbas datu laps.
Pirms aprkojuma prvietosanas vienmr to izsldziet un atvienojiet no elektroapgdes tkla.
Apkalposanu un remontu drkst veikt tikai atbilstosi kvalificti tehniskie specilisti.
Aprkojums juzglab temperatras diapazon no -25 �C ldz 60 �C (ar iepakojumu) un pie <80% relatv mitruma.
Izemsanu no ekspluatcijas drkst veikt tikai attiecgi kvalificts izplattjs, izmantojot sertifictu aprkojumu. Ir jievro visu piemrojamo likumdosanas aktu prasbas.
Ja tiek veiktas uzstdsanas, ekspluatcijas vai apkopes procedras, kas atsiras no saj rokasgrmat apraksttajm, var rasties bstamas situcijas, un tiek anulta razotja garantija.
Nekd gadjum nepievienojiet lnijas spriegumu jebkdiem dzestja sakaru savienojumiem.
Ja dzestjs un tehnisk sidruma lnijas nav pilnb uzpildtas, var rasties dzestja ska bojjumi. Ir jizvairs no prmrgas uzpildes, jo sidrumi karstuma ietekm izplesas.
Pirms ThermoFlex rezervura korpusa nomaias nodrosiniet, lai rezervura lmea indikatora lodtes aizturis btu drosi nostiprints viet.
Iercm ThermoFlex900-5000 nedarbiniet dzestju, kamr nav uzstdts rezervura sidruma difuzors.
Ja dzestjs ir aprkots ar virzuskni (P1 vai P2), nodrosiniet, lai ierces caurules un savienojumi vartu izturt vismaz 185 psi.
Nedrkst lietot automobiiem paredztu antifrzu. Komercili pieejamais antifrzs satur siliktus, kas boj ska blvjumus.
Lai novrstu siltummaia plksu sasalsanu/apledosanu, ThermoFlex7500-24000 dzestjiem nepieciesams lietot 50/50 EG/dens vai 50/50 PG/dens darba temperatrai zem 10 �C.
Ja tehniskais sidrums ir EG/dens vai PG/dens maisjums, regulri prbaudiet sidruma koncentrciju un pH lmeni. Koncentrcijas un pH lmea izmaias var ietekmt sistmas veiktspju.
Nelietojiet dejonizcijas (DI) filtra kasetni ar inhibtu EG vai inhibtu PG. DI filtrs atdals inhibitorus no sduma, padarot sidrumu neefektvu aizsardzbai pret koroziju. Inhibitori ar palielina sidruma vadtspju.
Biocdi ir korozvi un var izraist neatgriezeniskus acu bojjumus un das apdegumus. To iedarbba ir kaitga, ja tie tiek ieelpoti, norti vai absorbti caur du. Skatiet jaunks razotja nodrosints SDS.
Lai novrstu dzestja siltummaia plksu bojjumu rasanos, centrifgas skiem nepieciesamais minimlais caurpldums ir 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm).

Ja kondensatora filtrs netiek trts/nomaints, tiek izraists dzessanas kapacittes zudums un priekslaicga dzessanas sistmas atteice. Lai veiktu rpgu trsanu, noemiet prieksjo rezi. Dzestjiem ar gaisa dzessanu kondensatora rmis un ribas, kas atrodas aiz prieksj reza, ir oti asas. Izemot ierces ar gaisa dzessanas rezi, nekd gadjum nedarbiniet dzestju, ja ir noemts kds panelis. ThermoFlex900-5000 dzestjiem ar dens dzessanu ir ventilators ar asm lpstim, td pirms prieksj reza noemsanas nodrosiniet, lai dzestjs btu izslgts.
Recirkulcijas dzestju paredztais lietojums Thermo Scientific recirkulcijas dzestji ir paredzti, lai nodrosintu pastvgu sidruma padevi ar konstantu temperatru un plsmas trumu. Dzestjs sastv no dzessanas sistmas ar gaisa vai dens dzessanu, siltummaia, recirkulcijas ska, tehnsik sidruma rezervura un mikroprocesoru kontrollera. Dzestji ir paredzti pastvgai darbinsanai slgts telps atbilstosi vism procedrm un prasbm, kas nordtas saj rokasgrmat.

Recirkulcijas dzestju uzstdsana

Novietojiet dzestju, lai tas atrastos atvienosanas ierces tuvum un t btu viegli pieejama.

Dzestjs ir paredzts pievienosanai pie atsevisas kontaktligzdas.

Nodrosiniet, lai pirms uzstdsanas btu noemti visi transportsanai paredztie cauruu aizgriezi.

Tehnisk sidruma savienojumi atrodas dzestja aizmugur un ir apzmti k

(PROCESS

OUTLET) (DARBA SIDRUMA IZPLDE) un

(PROCESS INLET) (DARBA SIDRUMA

IEPLDE). Pievienojiet

ierces sidruma iepldes vietai. Pievienojiet

ierces sidruma

izpldes vietai.

Dzestjiem ar dens dzessanu pievienojiet

(FACILITY INLET) (DENS PADEVE)

izmantojam dens padevei. Dzestjiem ar dens dzessanu pievienojiet

(FACILITY

OUTLET) (DENS IZPLDE) izmantojam dens atpldei vai izvadei.

Pirms dzestja iedarbinsanas vlreiz prbaudiet visus sakaru, elektriskos un cauruu savienojumus.

Istruzzjonijiet Essenzjali tas-Sigurt�

Recirculating Chillers

Jekk xi wada minn dawn l-istruzzjonijiet ma tinftihemx, irreferi gall-manwal jew ikkuntattjana qabel ma tipproedi. Sigurt�: il-prodotti kollha:
DANGER jindika sitwazzjoni perikolua b'mod imminenti, li jekk ma tiix evitata, se tirriulta
f'mewt jew f'korriment serju.

WARNING jindika sitwazzjoni potenzjalment perikolua, li jekk ma tiix evitata, tista' tirriulta
f'mewt jew f'korriment serju.

CAUTION jindika sitwazzjoni potenzjalment perikolua, li jekk ma tiix evitata, tista' tirriulta
f'korriment gir jew moderat. Jista' jintua wkoll biex iwissi kontra prattii li mhumiex siguri.

intenzjonat biex iwissi lill-utent dwar il-preenza ta' "vulta perikolu" mhux insulat fl-enclosure tachiller. Il-qawwa tal-vulta hi sinifikanti biejjed biex tikkostitwixxi riskju ta' xokk elettriku.

jindika l-preenza ta' wuh jaarqu.

jindika biex dak li jkun jaqra l-manwal.
Tuax it-tagmir bala tagmir sterili jew tagmir li jii kkonnettjat mal-pazjent. Barra minn hekk, it-tagmir mhuwiex masub gall-uu f'Postijiet Perikolui ta' Klassi I, II jew III kif definit min-National Electrical Code. Dan it-tagmir hu masub biex jintua fuq ewwa biss. Qatt tpoih f'post fejn ikun hemm sana eessiva, umdit�, ventilazzjoni inadegwata, jew materjali korruivi. Irreferi gall-manwal gall-parametri tal-operat. Ikkonnettja t-tagmir ma' outlet li jkun ertjat kif suppost. Ir-refrigerants uati huma itqal mill-arja u, jekk ikun hemm tnixxija, se jissostitwixxu l-ossinu u jikkawaw li wieed jintilef minn sensih. Kuntatt ma' refrigerant li jkun qed inixxi se jikkawa ruq tal-ilda. Irreferi gas-circulator nameplate gat-tip ta' refrigerant uat u mbagad gal US Safety Data Sheet (SDS) l-aktar rienti tal-manifattur, li qabel kienet magrufa bala MSDS, u l-EU Safety Data Sheet gal informazzjoni addizzjonali. aqlaq it-tagmir b'attenzjoni. Skossi gall-garrieda jew li twaqqa' t-tagmir, jistgu jagmlu sara lillkomponenti tiegu. Dejjem itfi t-tagmir u skonnettjah minn mal-provvista tad-dawl tiegu qabel iaqilqu. Qatt m'gandek taddem tagmir bil-sara jew tagmir li jkun qed inixxi.

Qatt m'gandek tua fluwidi li jistgu jiedu n-nar jew li huma korruivi. Ua biss il-fluwidi approvati li huma elenkati fil-manwal. Qabel tua kwalunkwe fluwidu jew twettaq manutenzjoni fejn x'aktarx se jkun hemm kuntatt mal-fluwidu, irreferi gal US Safety Data Sheet (SDS) l-aktar rienti tal-manifattur, u l-EU Safety Data Sheet gal informazzjoni addizzjonali.
Dejjem itfi t-tagmir u skonnettjah minn mal-provvista tad-dawl tiegu qabel iaqilqu.
Irreferi s-service u t-tiswijiet lill-technician ikkwalifikat.
Aen it-tagmir f'medda ta' temperatura ta' -25�C sa 60�C (bl-ippakkjar), u umdit� relattiva ta' <80%.
Id-dekommissjonar irid isir biss minn aent ikkwalifikat bl-uu ta' tagmir iertifikat. Ir-regolamenti prevalenti kollha jridu jiu segwiti.
Il-prestazzjoni tal-proeduri tal-installazzjoni, operat, jew manutenzjoni, lief dawk deskritti fil-manwal, jistgu jirriultaw f'sitwazzjoni perikolua, u dan se jassar il-garanzija tal-manifattur.
Qatt m'gandek tapplika line voltage lil xi wada mill-konnessjonijiet tal-komunikazzjoni fuq i-chiller.
Li ma timliex i-chiller u l-process fluid lines kompletament, dan jista' jagmel sara lill-pompa ta-chiller. Evita li timla ejjed; il-fluwidi jespandu meta jissanu.
Fuq ThermoFlex, qabel tibdel ir-reservoir housing, kun gur li r-reservoir sight tube ball stopper ikun f'postu b'mod sigur.
Fuq ThermoFlex900-5000, taddimx i-chiller lief jekk ir-reservoir fluid diffuser ikun installat.
Jekk i-chiller tiegek ikun mgammar b'positive displacement pump (P1 jew P2), aerta ruek li l-application plumbing lines u l-fittings ikunu rated biex jifilu minimu ta' 185 psi.
Tuax antifreeze tal-karozzi. Antifreeze kummerjali fih silicates li jagmlu sara lis-siilli tal-pompa.
Biex tipprevjeni l-iffriar/glazing tal-plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500-24000 chillers jetieu l-uu ta' 50/50 EG/ilma jew 50/50 PG/ilma tat it-temperatura tal-proess ta' 10�C.
Meta tua talita ta' fluwidu tal-process ta' EG/ilma jew PG/ilma, iekkja l-konentrazzjoni tal-fluwidu u l-pH fuq bai regolari. Bidliet fil-konentrazzjoni u l-pH jista' jkollhom impatt fuq il-prestazzjoni tas-sistema.Tuax Deionization (DI) filter cartridge b'Inhibited EG jew Inhibited PG. DI filter se jnei l-inibituri mis-soluzzjoni u dan jagmel il-fluwidu mhux effettiv kontra l-protezzjoni mill-korrujoni.
Il-bijoidi huma korruivi u jistgu jikkawaw sara irriversibbli fl-gajnejn u ruq tal-ilda. Dawn huma perikolui jekk jinibdu man-nifs, jinbelgu jew jiu assorbiti mill-ilda. Irreferi gall-SDS l-aktar rienti talmanifattur.
Biex tipprevjeni sara li-chiller's plate exchanger, centrifugal pumps jetieu rata minima ta' irkolazzjoni ta' 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm).
Li ma tnaddafx/tibdilx il-condenser filter, se jikkawa telf tal-kapait� ta' tkessi u jwassal gal sara prematura tas-sistema ta' tkessi. Biex tnaddaf bir-reqqa, nei l-front grill assembly.

Fuq air-cooled chillers, il-condenser framing u fins li jinsabu wara l-front grill assembly, jaqtgu afna.
lief gall-air-cooled grill assembly, qatt m'gandek taddem i-chiller bi kwalunkwe panel imnei.
ThermoFlex900-5000 water-cooled chillers gandhom fan bi blades jaqtgu; aerta ruek li -chiller ikun mitfi qabel ma' tnei l-grill ta' quddiem. Uu Intenzjonat, Recirculating Chillers: Thermo Scientific recirculating chillers huma masuba biex jipprovdu provvista kontinwa ta' fluwidu b'rata kostanti ta' temperatura u fluss. I-chiller jikkonsisti minn sistema ta' refrierazzjoni mkessa bl-arja jew mkessa bl-ilma, recirculating pump, process fluid reservoir u microprocessor controller.
I-chillers huma masuba biex jadmu l-in kollu u biex jintuaw fuq ewwa, skont il-proeduri u r-rekwiiti kollha deskritti fil-manwali taghom.

Installazzjoni, Recirculating Chillers:

Poi -chiller b'tali mod li jkun qrib, u jkun hemm aess fali, gat-tagmir ta' skonnettjar tiegu.

I-chiller hu masub gall-uu fuq dedicated outlet.

Kun gur li l-plumbing line shipping plugs jitneew kollha qabel l-installazzjoni.

Il-konnessjonijiet tal-process fluid jinsabu fuq in-naa ta' wara ta-chiller u huma ttikkettati

(PROCESS OUTLET) u

(PROCESS INLET). Ikkonnettja l-

mal-fluid inlet fuq

l-applikazzjoni tiegek. Ikkonnettja l-

mal-fluid outlet fuq l-applikazzjoni tiegek.

Gal water-cooled chillers ikkonnettja l-

(FACILITY INLET) mal-provvista tal-facility water

tiegek. Ikkonnettja l-

(FACILITY OUTLET) mal-facility water return jew drain tiegek.

Qabel ma tistartja -chiller, era' ekkja l-konnessjonijiet tal-komunikazzjoni, tal-elettriku u talplumbing applikabbi kollha.

PL Wane instrukcje dotyczce bezpieczestwa Chlodziarki recyrkulacyjne
W przypadku niezrozumienia kt�rychkolwiek z niniejszych instrukcji, przed przystpieniem do dalszych prac naley zapozna si z instrukcj obslugi lub skontaktowa si z nami. Bezpieczestwo, wszystkie produkty:
DANGER wskazuje na sytuacj bezporedniego zagroenia, kt�ra bez podjcia rodk�w
zaradczych doprowadzi do mierci lub powanych obrae ciala.
WARNING wskazuje na sytuacj potencjalnie niebezpieczn, kt�ra bez podjcia rodk�w
zaradczych moe doprowadzi do mierci lub powanych obrae ciala.
CAUTION wskazuje na sytuacj potencjalnie niebezpieczn, kt�ra bez podjcia rodk�w
zaradczych doprowadzi do drobnych lub umiarkowanych obrae ciala. Ponadto bdzie wykorzystywana do zglaszania niebezpiecznych zachowa.
ostrzega uytkownika o niezaizolowanym "niebezpiecznym napiciu" w obrbie obudowy chlodziarki. Warto bezwzgldna napicia jest na tyle wysoka, by nie za sob ryzyko poraenia prdem elektrycznym.
ostrzega przed gorcymi powierzchniami.
nakazuje przeczyta instrukcj obslugi.
Nie uywa sprztu, jako urzdzenia sterylnego ani majcego kontakt z pacjentem. Ponadto sprzt nie jest przeznaczony do zastosowa w obrbie Lokalizacji Niebezpiecznych, Klasy I, II lub III okrelonych przez Krajowe Normy Elektryczne. Sprzt zostal stworzony wylcznie do uytku wewntrz pomieszcze. Nigdy nie naley go umieszcza w miejscu, gdzie wystawiony bdzie na dzialanie zbyt wysokich temperatur, wilgoci, material�w powodujcych korozj lub w lokalizacjach o nieodpowiedniej wentylacji. Aby zapozna si z parametrami roboczymi, patrz instrukcja obslugi. Sprzt podlczy do odpowiednio uziemionego gniazdka. Wykorzystywane czynniki chlodnicze s cisze od powietrza, dlatego w przypadku nieszczelnoci zastpi tlen, co doprowadzi do utraty przytomnoci. Kontakt z wyciekajcym czynnikiem chlodniczym doprowadzi

do poparze sk�ry. Aby uzyska wicej informacji, patrz tabliczka znamionowa cyrkulatora, na kt�rej oznaczono typ wykorzystywanego czynnika chlodniczego, najnowsza karta charakterystyki substancji niebezpiecznej US (SDS) producenta wczeniej znana jako MSDS, a take karta charakterystyki substancji niebezpiecznej EU.
Podczas transportowania sprztu niezbdne jest zachowanie naleytej ostronoci. Nagle wstrzsy lub upadek mog skutkowa uszkodzeniem podzespol�w. Przed przystpieniem do transportowania sprztu naley pamita o jego wylczeniu oraz odlczeniu od napicia zasilajcego.
Nigdy nie obslugiwa uszkodzonego lub nieszczelnego sprztu.
Nigdy nie stosowa plyn�w palnych lub powodujcych korozj. Korzysta wylcznie z zatwierdzonych plyn�w wymienionych w instrukcji obslugi. Przed uyciem jakiegokolwiek plynu lub przystpieniem do jakichkolwiek prac konserwacyjnych, gdy prawdopodobny jest kontakt z plynem patrz najnowsza karta charakterystyki substancji niebezpiecznej US (SDS), a take karta charakterystyki substancji niebezpiecznej EU.
Przed przystpieniem do transportowania sprztu naley pamita o jego wylczeniu oraz odlczeniu od napicia zasilajcego.
Prace serwisowe oraz naprawcze naley zleci wykwalifikowanemu technikowi.
Sprzt naley przechowywa w temperaturach -25�C do 60�C (w opakowaniu) oraz przy zachowaniu <80% wilgotnoci wzgldnej.
Wycofanie z eksploatacji moe zosta przeprowadzone wylcznie przez wykwalifikowanego sprzedawc wykorzystujcego sprzt posiadajcy niezbdne atesty. Niezbdne jest przestrzeganie wszystkich obowizujcych przepis�w.
Wykonywanie czynnoci montaowych, konserwacyjnych lub obsluga odbiegajca od wytycznych opisanych w instrukcji obslugi moe skutkowa niebezpiecznymi sytuacjami oraz utrat gwarancji producenta.
Nigdy nie stosowa napicia midzyprzewodowego na adnym ze zlczy komunikacyjnych chlodziarki.
Jeli chlodziarka oraz przewody rurowe medium chlodzcego nie zostan calkowicie wypelnione moe to doprowadzi do uszkodzenia pompy chlodziarki. Unika przepelnienia. Plyny pod wplywem ciepla zwikszaj swoj objto.
W przypadku ThermoFlex przed dokonaniem wymiany obudowy zbiornika zadba o odpowiednie zabezpieczenie kulowego ogranicznika wskanika poziomu zbiornika.
W przypadku urzdzenia ThermoFlex900-5000, chlodziarki nie naley uywa, jeli nie zostal zamontowany dyfuzor plyn�w zbiornika.
Jeli chlodziarka wyposaona zostala w pomp wyporow (P1 bd P2) naley sprawdzi czy rury kanalizacyjne oraz lczniki s w stanie wytrzyma cinienie o wartoci minimum 185 psi.

Nie stosowa samochodowych plyn�w zapobiegajcych zamarzaniu. Komercyjne rodki zapobiegajce zamarzaniu zawieraj krzemiany uszkadzajce uszczelnienie pompy.
Aby zapobiec zamarzaniu/oblodzeniu wymiennika plytkowego w przypadku chlodziarek ThermoFlex7500-24000 niezbdne jest stosowanie mieszaniny 50/50 EG/woda lub 50/50 PG/woda przy temperaturze procesu nieprzekraczajcej 10�C.
W przypadku wykorzystywania mieszaniny medi�w chlodzcych tj. EG/woda lub PG/woda naley regularnie sprawdza zar�wno stenie plynu, jak i pH. Zmiany stenia i pH mog wplyn na wydajno ukladu.Nie naley stosowa wkladu filtra dejonizacyjnego (DI) ze stabilizowanym EG lub PG. Filtr DI usunie inhibitory z roztworu przez co plyn nie bdzie zapewnial ochrony przeciwkorozyjnej. Ponadto, inhibitory zwikszaj przewodno plynu.
Biocydy posiadaj wlaciwoci korozyjne i mog doprowadzi do nieodwracalnego uszkodzenia oczu bd poparze sk�ry. Wdychanie, polknicie lub wchlonicie przez sk�r jest szkodliwe dla zdrowia. Patrz najnowsza charakterystyka substancji niebezpiecznej producenta.
Aby zapobiec uszkodzeniu plytki wymiennika chlodziarki niezbdne jest zapewnienie na pompie przeplywu wynoszcego minimum 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm).
Zaniechanie czyszczenia/wymian filtra kondensatora doprowadzi do spadku wydajnoci chlodniczej oraz przedwczesnej awarii ukladu chlodzenia. W celu dokladnego wyczyszczenia naley zdj okratowanie przednie.
W przypadku chlodziarek chlodzonych powietrzem, obramowanie kondensatora oraz eberka znajdujce si za przednim okratowaniem maj bardzo ostre krawdzie. Podczas pracy wszystkie panele powinny znajdowa si na swoich miejscach.
Wyjtkiem jest okratowanie zespol�w chlodzonych powietrzem.
ThermoFlex900-5000 chlodzone wod wyposaone zostaly w wentylator posiadajcy ostre lopaty. Przed zdjciem przedniego okratowania upewni si, e chlodziarka zostala wylczona.

Przeznaczenie, Chlodziarki recyrkulacyjne:
Chlodziarki recyrkulacyjne Thermo Scientific zostaly stworzone z myl o ciglym dostarczaniu plynu o stalej temperaturze i stalym tempie przeplywu. Chlodziarka sklada si z ukladu chlodzenia powietrzem lub wod, wymiennika ciepla, pompy recyrkulacyjnej, zbiornika na plyn chlodniczy oraz sterownika mikroprocesorowego.
Chlodziarki zostaly zaprojektowane do pracy ciglej oraz do uytku w pomieszczeniach zgodnie ze wszystkimi procedurami i wymogami okrelonymi w ich instrukcjach obslugi.

Instalacja, Chlodziarki recyrkulacyjne:

Chlodziark naley umieci w pobliu jej urzdzenia wylczajcego pamitajc o zapewnieniu do niego latwego dostpu.

Chlodziark naley podlczy do przeznaczonego dla niej gniazdka.

Zadba o to, aby przed instalacj zdemontowane zostaly wszystkie zalepki przewod�w wodocigowych zaloone na czas transportu.

Zlcza plynu chlodniczego znajduj si w tylnej czci chlodziarki i zostaly odpowiednio oznaczone

etykietami

(PROCESS OUTLET - wylot) oraz

(PROCESS INLET - wlot). Podlczy

do wlotu plynu po stronie zastosowania. Podlczy

do wylotu plynu po stronie

zastosowania.

W przypadku chlodziarek chlodzonych wod podlczy

(FACILITY INLET - wlot) do zasilania

wod zakladow. Podlczy

(FACILITY OUTLET - wylot) do przewodu powrotnego wody

zakladowej lub spustu.

Przed uruchomieniem chlodziarki naley ponownie sprawdzi wszystkie polczenia oraz zlcza elektryczne i wodocigowe.

Instruciuni Eseniale de Siguran

Aparate frigorifice de recirculate

Consultai manualul sau contactai-ne �nainte de a merge mai departe dac oricare dintre aceste instruciuni sunt pe deplin �nelese. Siguran, toate produsele:
DANGER indic o situaie periculoas iminent care, �n cazul �n care nu se evit, poate cauza
moarte sau vtmare corporal grav.

WARNING indic o situaie potenial periculoas care dac nu se evit poate cauza moartea sau
rnirea grav.

CAUTION indic o situaie potenial periculoas care dac nu se evit poate cauza rni minore
sau moderate. Se folosete i pentru a ateniona �mpotriva practicilor periculoase.

menit s atenioneze utilizatorul cu privire la prezena ,,voltajului periculos" neizolat din incinta aparatului frigorific. Magnitudinea voltajului este destul de mare pentru prezenta risc de oc electric.

indic prezenta suprafeelor �ncinse.

indic citirea manualului.
Nu folosii echipamentul ca dispozitiv steril sau dispozitiv conectat la pacient. �n plus, echipamentul nu este conceput pentru a se folosi �n Locuri Periculoase din Clasele I, II sau III conform definiiilor Codului Electric Naional. Echipamentul este conceput doar pentru uz intern. Nu se plaseaz niciodat �n locuri sau unde se afl niveluri crescute de cldur, umezeal sau substane corozive. Consultai manualul de utilizare pentru parametrii operaionali. Conectai echipamentul la o priz �mpm�ntat corespunztor. Agenii frigorifici folosii sunt mai grei dec�t aerului, iar dac exist o scurgere ei vor �nlocui oxigenul i vor cauza pierderi de contien. Contactul cu scurgerile de agent frigorific poate cauza ardere la nivelul pielii. Consultai plcua de identificare a propagatorului pentru tipul de agent frigorific folosit i apoi cea mai actual Fi cu Date de Siguran SUA(FDS) a productorului cunoscut drept MSDS i Fia cu Date de Siguran UE pentru informaii suplimentare. Echipamentul se transport cu grij. Zguduielile sau cderile pot avaria componentele. �nainte de a-l transporta oprii mereu echipamentul i deconectai-l de la tensiunea de alimentare.

Nu operai niciodat echipament avariat sau care prezint scurgeri.
Nu folosii niciodat lichide inflamabile sau corozive. Folosii numai lichidele aprobate care sunt enumerate �n manual. Consultai cea mai actual Fi cu Date de Siguran SUA (FDS) i Fia cu Date de Siguran UE pentru informaii suplimentare �nainte de folosi orice lichid sau de a efectua lucrri de �ntreinere c�nd exist ansa de a intra �n contact cu lichide.
�nainte de a-l transporta oprii mereu echipamentul i deconectai-l de la tensiunea de alimentare.
Reparaiile i �ntreinerea se efectueaz de ctre tehnicienii calificai.
Echipamentul se depoziteaz la temperaturi aflte �ntre -25�C to 60�C (cu ambalaj) i <80% umiditate relativ.
Retragerea din funcionare se efectueaz numai de ctre un furnizor calificat folosind echipament certificat. Trebuie s se respecte toate prevederile curente.
Performana instalaiei, operarea sau procedurile de �ntreinere pe l�ng cele descrise �n manual pot s cauzeze situaii periculoase sau se anuleze garania productorului.
Niciodat s nu aplicai tensiune de linie la conexiunile de comunicare ale aparatului frigorific.
Pompa aparatului frigorific ar putea fi avariat dac apartul frigorific nu se umple complet i dac evile pentru lichidul de procesare sunt avariate. Evitai umplerea �n exces, lichidele se dilat la cldur.
Asigurai-v c bila de oprire de la indicatorul de nivel al rezervorului este bine fixat �nainte de a pune carcasa rezervorului pentru ThermoFlex.
�n cazul ThermoFLex900-5000, nu operai aparatul frigorific dec�t dac difuzorul de lichid al rezervorului este instalat.
Dac aparatul frigorific este echipat cu o pomp de refulare (P1 sau P2), asigurai-v c liniile de instalaie i garniturile sunt capabile se reziste la cel puin 185 psi.
�n cazul aparatelor de rcire Merlin cu pompe MD nu se restricioneaz niciodat complet curgerea pentru aplicaie. Blocarea pompei avariaz cuplajul i va fi necesar �nlocuirea pompei.
Nu folosii antigel pentru automobile. Antigelul comercial conine silicai care pot avaria izolaia pompei.
Pentru a preveni �nghearea schimbtorului de plac, aparatele frigorifice ThermoFlex7500-24000 necesit folosirea apei50/50 EG/ sau a apei 50/50 PG/ sub 10�C-temperatur de procesare.
C�nd se folosete un ameste de lichid de procesare cu ap/EG sau ap/PG se verific regulat concentraia lichidului i a pH-ului. Schimbrile concentraiei i a Ph-ului afecteaz randamentul instalaiei. Nu folosii cartu de filtrare deionizant cu EG Inhibat sau PG Inhibat.
Filtrul deionizant va �ndeprta inhibitorii din soluie, iar lichidul nu va avea niciun efect de protecie �mpotriva coroziunii. De asemenea, inhibitorii vor mri conductivitatea lichidului.
Biocidele au efect coroziv i pot cauza rni ireversibile la nivelul ochilor i arsuri de piele. Sunt toxice dac se inhaleaz, dac se �nghit sau dac se absorb prin piele. Consultai cea mai recent Fi cu Date de Siguran de la productor.

Pompele centriguale au nevoie de o rat minim de curgere de 4.0 gpm (15.1 Ipm) pentru a preveni avarierea schimbtorului de plac al aparatului frigorific. Dac nu se cur/�nlocuiete filtrul de condensare se poate ajunge la scderea capacitii de rcire i la erori premature ale sistemului de rcire. Pentru a efectua curarea �n profunzime se �ndeprteaz ansamblul frontal de grilaj. La aparatele frigorifice rcite cu aer, cadrul i muchiile de condens din spatele grilajului frontal sunt foarte ascuite. Nu operai aparatul frigorific dac panourile sunt �ndeprtate �n afar de ansamblul de grijale pentru rcire cu aer. Aparatele frigorifice ThermoFlex900-5000 rcite cu ap au un ventilator cu lame ascuite. Asigurai-v c aparatul frigorific este scos din funciune �nainte s �ndeprtai grilajul.
Scop de utilizare, Aparate frigorifice cu Recirculare: Aparatele frigorifice Thermo Scientific sunt concepute pentru a asigura alimentarea continu cu lichid la temperatur i rat de curgere constant. Aparatul frigorific este alctuit din sistem frigorific rcit cu aer sau cu ap, un schimbtor de cldur, pomp de recirculare, rezervor pentru lichid de procesare i un controler cu microprocesor. Aparatele frigorifice sunt concepute pentru operare continu i pentru uz intern conform tuturor procedurilor i condiiilor prevzute �n manualul lor.

Instalare, Aparat frigorific cu recirculare:

Plasai aparatul frigorific �n aa fel �nc�t s fie aproape i s aib acces uor la aparatul de deconectare.

Aparatul frigorific este conceput pentru a se folosi la o priz dedicat.

Asigurai-v c toate toate mufele de transport de la linia de instalaie s-au �ndeprtat �nainte de instalare.

Conexiunile pentru lichid de procesare se gsesc pe latura din spate a aparatului de rcire i sunt

etichetate

(PROCESS OUTLET) (EVACUARE PROCES) i

(PROCESS INLET)

(ADMISIE PROCES). Conectai

la admisia de lichid de la aplicaia dumneavoastr. Conectai

la evacuarea de lichid de la aplicaia dumneavoastr.

Pentru aparatele frigorifice rcite cu ap se conecteaz

(ADMISIE INSTALAIE) la instalaia

de alimentare cu ap. Conectai

(FACILITY INLET) (EVACUARE INSTALAIE) la instalaia de

�ntoarcere sau scurgere pentru ap.

�nainte s pornii aparatul frigorific verificai de dou ori comunicarea aplicabil, conexiunile electrice i conexiunile de la instalaie.

Osnovna varnostna navodila

Recirkulacijski ohlajevalniki

Ce ne razumete kateregakoli navodila, si poglejte navodila za uporabo ali stopite v stik z nami, se preden nadaljujete. Varnost - vsi izdelki:
DANGER Opozarja na akutne nevarne okoliscine, ki lahko � ce se jim ne izognete � povzrocijo
resne ali celo smrtno nevarne poskodbe.

WARNING Opozarja na morebitno nevarne okoliscine, ki lahko � ce se jim ne izognete �
povzrocijo resne ali celo smrtno nevarne poskodbe.

CAUTION Opozarja na akutne nevarne okoliscine, ki lahko � ce se jim ne izognete � povzrocijo
lazje ali srednje nevarne poskodbe. Uporablja se tudi kot opozorilo proti nevarni praksi.

opozarja na blizino neizolirane nevarne napetosti v ohisju ohlajevalnika. Napetost je dovolj visoka, da lahko povzroci elektricni sok.

opozarja na vroce povrsine.

opozarja, da je potrebno prebrati navodila.
Ne uporabljajte aparata kot sterilno napravo, ali napravo, povezane z bolnikom. Poleg tega naprava ni nacrtovana za uporabo v napravah, ki delujejo v nevarnih okoljih I., II. in II. razreda po dolocilih Nacionalnega pravilnika za elektricne naprave. Naprava je nacrtovana za uporabo v zaprtih prostorih. Nikoli ne postavite naprave na mesto z visoko temperaturo, vlago, nezadostnim prezracevanjem in jedkimi snovmi. Delovni parametri so navedeni v navodilih. Prikljucite napravo v pravilno ozemljeno vticnico. Uporabljena hladilna sredstva so tezja od zraka. Ce obstajajo netesna mesta, bodo izpodrinila kisik in povzrocila izgubo zavesti. Stik z uhajajocim hladilnim sredstvom bo povzrocil ozebline. Dodatne informacije boste nasli na cirkulatorjevi ploscici s podatki, na kateri je naveden tip hladilnega sredstva, najnovejsem varnostnem listu za ZDA (SDS), ki je bil prej poznan pod nazivom MSDS in varnostnem listu za EU. Previdno premikajte opremo. Nenadni sunki ali padci lahko poskodujejo njene dele. Preden premikate opremo, jo vedno izklopite in odklopite z omreznega napajanja. Nikoli ne delajte z opremo, ki je poskodovana ali pusca.

Nikoli ne uporabljajte vnetljivih ali jedkih tekocin. Uporabite le odobrene tekocine, navedene v predmetnih navodilih za uporabo. Preden uporabite katerokoli tekocino ali opravite vzdrzevanje, pri katerem je verjeten stik s tekocino preglejte najnovejsi varnostni list ZDA (SDS) in varnostni listu EU, kjer bosta nasli podrobnejse informacije.
Preden premikate opremo, jo vedno izklopite in odklopite z omreznega napajanja. Servis in popravila lahko izvaja le ustrezno usposobljen tehnik Shranite opremo pri temperaturi med -25 �C in 60�C (z embalazo) in relativno zracno vlago <80 %. Razgradnjo naprave lahko opravi le ustrezno usposobljen zastopnik, ki uporablja odobreno opremo. Uporabljajte vse veljavne zadevne predpise. Izvajanje kakrsnihkoli postopkov, povezanih z montazo, delovanjem ali vzdrzevanjem, ki niso navedeni v teh navodilih, lahko povzroci nevarne okoliscine in iznici veljavnost garancije proizvajalca. Nikoli ne prikljucite omrezne napetosti na katerikoli komunikacijski prikljucek ohlajevalnika. Ce ohlajevalnik in cevi za procesni medij niso polni, lahko slednje poskoduje crpalko ohlajevalnika. Preprecite prenapolnjenost, tekocine se pri ogrevanju raztezajo. Pri modelu ThermoFlex pred zamenjavo ohisja rezervoarja preverite, ali je krogelni ventil s pregledno cevjo pravilno namescen. Pri modelu ThermoFlex900-5000 ne vklopite ohlajevalnika, ce ni namescen difuzor za tekocino v rezervoarju. Ce je ohlajevalnik opremljen s crpalko, ki ima pozitivni izpodriv (P1 ali P2), poskrbite, da vodovodne cevi in fitingi prenesejo tlak vsaj 12,8 bar (185 PSI). Ne uporabljajte avtomobilskega antifriza. Antifrizi iz redne prodaje vsebujejo silikate, ki lahko poskodujejo tesnila crpalke. Zaradi preprecevanja zmrzovanja/zaledenitve ploskega izmenjevalnika, zahtevajo ohlajevalniki ThermoFlex7500-24000 uporabo 50/50 EG/voda ali 50/50 PG/voda pri procesni temperaturi, nizji od 10 �C. Ce uporabljate procesno tekocino EG/voda ali PG/voda, redno preverjajte koncentracijo in pH tekocine. Spremembe koncentracije in pH lahko vplivajo na zmogljivost sistema. Ne uporabite kartuse deionizacijskega (DI) filtra z inhibiranim EG ali PG. Filter DI bo odstranil inhibitorje iz raztopine, kar pomeni, da tekocina ne bo vec scitila pred korozijo. Inhibitorji poleg tega povecajo prevodnost tekocine. Biocidi so korozivni in lahko nepopravljivo poskodujejo oci in povzrocijo kozne opekline. Skodijo pri vdihavanju, zauzitju ali absorpciji skozi kozo. Preverite proizvajalcev najnovejsi SDS. Zaradi preprecevanja poskodb ohlajevalnikovega ploscatega izmenjevalnika, zahteva centrifugalna crpalka pretok najmanj 4,0 g/m (15,1 l/m). Ce ne ocistite/zamenjate filtra kondenzatorja, lahko slednje povzroci zmanjsanje hladilne zmogljivosti in predcasno odpoved hladilnega sistema. Pri temeljitem ciscenju odstranite prednjo masko.

Pri zracno hlajenih ohlajevalnikih so okvir in lamele, ki se nahajajo za prednjo resetko zelo ostri. Razen pri zracno hlajenem sklopu mreze nikoli ne uporabljajte ohlajevalnika, ce je odstranjen katerikoli panel. Vodno hlajeni ohlajevalniki ThermoFlex900-5000 imajo ventilatorje z ostrimi lopaticami. Preverite ali je ohlajevalnik izklopljen preden odstranite prednjo mrezo.
Namenska uporaba, recirkulacijski ohlajevalniki: Recirkulacijski ohlajevalniki Thermo Scientific so nacrtovani za nenehen dovod tekocine z enekomerno temperaturo in pretokom. Ohlajevalnik je sestavljen iz zracno ali vodno hlajenega hladilnega sistema, toplotnega izmenjevalnika, obtocne crpalke, rezervoarjem procesirane tekocine Ohlajevalniki so nacrtovani za neprekinjeno obratovanje v zaprtih prostorih v skladu z vsemi postopki in zahtevami, navedenimi v tem prirocniku.

Namestitev, ohlajevalnik z recirkulacijo:

Namestite ohlajevalnik v blizino, da imate enostaven dostop do odklopne naprave.

Ohlajevalnik je namenjen za uporabo na posebni vticnici.

Pred montazo preverite, ali so z vseh cevi odstranjeni transportni cepi.

Procesne povezave za tekocino se nahajajo na zadnji strani ohlajevalnika in so ustrezno oznacene

PROCESS OUTLET (PROCESNA VTICNICA) in

PROCESS INLET (PROCESNI

DOVOD). Prikljucite

na vhod za tekocine vase aplikacije. Prikljucite

na dovod za tekocine

vase aplikacije.

Pri vodno hlajenih ohlajevalnikih prikljucite

FACILITY INLET (DOVOD NAPRAVE) na dovod

vase naprave. Prikljucite

FACILITY OUTLET (ODVOD NPRAVE) na povratni vod ali iztok vase

naprave.

Pred vklopom ohlajevalnika dvakrat preverite vse razpolozljive komunikacije ter elektricne in vodovodne povezave.

Osnovna bezbednosna uputstva

Cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji

Ako ne razumete bilo koja od ovih uputstava, pogledajte prirucnik ili nas kontaktirajte pre nego sto nastavite. Bezbednost, svi proizvodi:
DANGER oznacava neposrednu opasnost koja, ako se ne izbegne, e da dovede do smrti ili
teske povrede.

WARNING oznacava potencijalno opasnu situaciju koja, ako se ne izbegne, moze da dovede do
smrti ili teske povrede.

CAUTION oznacava potencijalno opasnu situaciju koja, ako se ne izbegne, moze da dovede do
lakse ili srednje teske povrede. Takoe moze da se koristi da upozori na nesigurne radnje.

upozorava korisnika na prisustvo neizolovanog ,,opasnog napona" unutar kuista rashladnog ureaja. Napon je dovoljno velik da predstavlja opasnost od strujnog udara.

ukazuje na prisustvo vrelih povrsina.

ukazuje da je potrebno procitati prirucnik.
Nemojte da koristite opremu kao sterilni ureaj ili ureaj povezan na pacijenta. Pored toga, oprema nije predviena za upotrebu na opasnim lokacijama klase I, II ili II prema definicijama Nacionalnog elektricnog standarda (engl. National Electrical Code). Oprema je predviena samo za upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima. Nikad nemojte da je postavljate gde je prisutna prekomerna toplota, vlaznost, neodgovarajue provetravanje ili nagrizajui materijali. Radni parametri navedeni su u prirucniku. Povezite opremu na pravilno uzemljenu uticnicu. Korisena sredstva za hlaenje su teza od vazduha a i, ako doe do curenja, zamenie kiseonik te dovesti do gubitka svesti. Kontakt sa sredstvom za hlaenje koje curi uzrokuje opekotine. Pogledajte plocicu s podacima cirkulatora za vrstu korisenog sredstva za hlaenje, a zatim potrazite dodatne informacije u najnovijem bezbednosnom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet; SDS), ranije poznatom kao MSDS, kao i bezbednosnom listu za EU.

Oprezno pomerajte opremu. Naglo drmanje ili ispustanje opreme moze da osteti njene komponente. Pre pomeranja opreme uvek je iskljucite i iskopcajte iz napona izvora napajanja.
Nikad nemojte da koristite osteenu opremu ili opremu koja propusta.
Nikad nemojte da koristite zapaljive ili nagrizajue tecnosti. Koristite samo odobrene tecnosti koje su navedene u prirucniku. Pre korisenja bilo kakve tecnosti ili obavljanja postupaka odrzavanja u kojima e verovatno doi do kontakta s tecnosu, potrazite dodatne informacije u najnovijem bezbednosnom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet; SDS) i bezbednosnom listu za EU.
Pre pomeranja opreme uvek je iskljucite i iskopcajte iz napona izvora napajanja.
Servisiranje i popravke treba da obavlja kvalifikovani serviser.
Opremu drzite na rasponu temperature od -25 �C do 60 �C (s pakovanjem) i relativnoj vlaznosti od <80 %.
Stavljanje izvan pogona mora da obavi iskljucivo kvalifikovani trgovac pomou certifikovane opreme. Mora da se pridrzava svih vazeih propisa.
Obavljanje postupaka ugradnje, korisenja ili odrzavanja koji nisu opisani u prirucniku moze da dovede do opasne situacije i ponistie garanciju proizvoaca.
Nikad nemojte da primenjujte linijski napon na komunikacijske prikljucke na rashladnom ureaju.
Ako ne napunite rashladni ureaj i creva za radnu tecnost do kraja, moze da doe do osteenje pumpe rashladnog ureaja. Nemojte da prepunjavate jer se tecnost siri prilikom zagrevanja.
Na rashladnom ureaju ThermoFlex, pre zamene kuista rezervoara potrebno je proveriti da cep indikatora nivoa u rezervoaru bude cvrsto na mestu.
Rashladni ureaj ThermoFlex900-5000 nemojte da koristite ako difuzor rezervoara nije ugraen.
Ako je rashladni ureaj opremljen volumetrijskom pumpom (P1 ili P2), pazite da vodovodna creva i spojnice mogu da podnesu najmanje 185 psi.
Nemojte da koristite antifriz za automobile. Komercijalni antifriz sadrzi silikate koji osteuju zaptivke pumpe.
Da bi se sprecilo smrzavanje plocastog izmenjivaca, rashladni ureaji ThermoFlex7500-24000 zahtevaju upotrebu mesavine od 50/50 etilen glikola/vode ili 50/50 propilen glikola/vode na radnoj temperaturi ispod 10 �C.
Prilikom upotrebe mesavine radne tecnosti od etilen glikola/vode ili propilen glikola/vode, redovno proveravajte koncentraciju tecnosti i pH vrednost. Promene u koncentraciji i pH vrednosti mogu da uticu na performanse sistema .
Nemojte da koristite ulozak filtera za dejonizaciju s inhibiranim etilen glikolom ili inhibiranim propilen glikolom. Filter za dejonizaciju uklanja inhibitore iz rastvora, sto tecnost cini neefikasnom za zastitu od korozije. Pored toga, inhibitori poveavaju provodljivost tecnosti.
Biocidi su nagrizajui i mogu da dovedu do nepopravljivih osteenja ociju i opekotina. Stetni su ako se udahnu, progutaju ili upiju kroz kozu. Pogledajte najnoviji bezbednosni list proizvoaca.

Da bi se sprecilo osteenje plocastog izmenjivaca rashladnog ureaja, centrifugalne pumpe zahtevaju minimalni protok od 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min). Ako se filter kondenzatora ne cisti/menja, dolazi do gubitka kapaciteta hlaenja i prevremenog kvara sistema hlaenja. Za temeljito cisenje uklonite sklop prednje resetke. Na vazduhom hlaenim rashladnim ureajima okvir i vertikalni stabilizatori kondenzatora nalaze se iza sklopa prednje resetke i vrlo su ostri. S izuzetkom vazduhom hlaenog sklopa resetke nikad nemojte da koristite rashladni ureaj kad je bilo koja ploca skinuta. Vodom hlaeni rashladni ureaji ThermoFlex900-5000 imaju ventilator s ostrim lopaticama i zato rashladni ureaj morate da iskljucite pre skidanja prednje resetke.
Namena, cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji: Cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji kompanije Thermo Scientific su predvieni za pruzanje neprekidne isporuke tecnosti uz konstantnu temperaturu i protok. Rashladni ureaj se sastoji od vazduhom hlaenog ili vodom hlaenog rashladnog sistema, izmenjivaca toplote, cirkulirajue pumpe, rezervoara radne tekuine i kontrolera mikroprocesora. Rashladni ureaji su predvieni za neprekidan rad i upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima u skladu sa svim postupcima i zahtevima navedenim u njihovim prirucnicima.

Ugradnja, cirkulirajui rashladni ureaji:

Postavite rashladni ureaj tako da bude blizu i ima lak pristup svom ureaju za iskopcavanje.

Rashladni ureaj je predvien za upotrebu na namenskoj uticnici.

Obavezno skinite sve ambalazne cepove vodovodnih creva pre ugradnje.

Prikljucci rashladne tekuine nalaze se sa zadnje strane rashladnog ureaja i oznaceni su sa

(PROCESS OUTLET) (radni izlazni otvor) i

(PROCESS INLET) (radni ulazni otvor). Povezite

na ulazni otvor za tecnost na ureaju. Povezite

na izlazni otvor za tecnost na ureaju.

Kod vodom hlaenih rashladnih ureaja povezite

(FACILITY INLET) (ulazni otvor za postrojenje)

na vodosnabdevanje postrojenja. Povezite

(FACILITY OUTLET) (izlazni otvor postrojenja na

povratni vod ili odvod postrojenja.

Pre pokretanja rashladnog ureaja dvaput proverite sve relevantne komunikacijske, elektricne i vodovodne prikljucke.

Z�kladn� bezpecnostn� pokyny

Recirkulacn� chladiace jednotky

Ak nerozumiete niektor�mu z t�chto pokynov, pred pokracovan�m si prec�tajte pr�rucku alebo n�s kontaktujte. Bezpecnos, vsetky produkty:
DANGER oznacuje bezprostredne nebezpecn� situ�ciu, ktor�, ak sa jej nevyhnete, sp�sob�
usmrtenie alebo v�zne poranenie.

WARNING oznacuje potenci�lne nebezpecn� situ�ciu, ktor�, ak sa jej nevyhnete, m�ze sp�sobi
usmrtenie alebo v�zne poranenie.

CAUTION oznacuje potenci�lne nebezpecn� situ�ciu, ktor�, ak sa jej nevyhnete, m�ze sp�sobi
ahk� alebo stredne azk� poranenie. Pouz�va sa aj ako varovanie pred nebezpecn�mi postupmi.

sl�zi na upozornenie pouz�vatea na pr�tomnos neizolovan�ho ,,nebezpecn�ho nap�tia" pod krytom chladiacej jednotky. Nap�tie je dostatocne vysok� na to, aby predstavovalo riziko �razu elektrick�m pr�dom.

oznacuje pr�tomnos hor�cich povrchov.

oznacuje nutnos prec�tania pr�rucky.
Zariadenie nepouz�vajte ako steriln� alebo ako zariadenie pripojen� k pacientovi. Zariadenie okrem toho nie je urcen� na pouzitie v nebezpecn�ch prostrediach triedy I, II alebo III definovan�ch k�dom NEC (National Electrical Code). Zariadenie je urcen� len na pouzitie v interi�ri. Nikdy ho neumiestujte na mieste, kde je pr�tomn� nadmern� teplo, vlhkos, nedostatocn� vetranie alebo koroz�vne materi�ly. Prec�tajte si prev�dzkov� parametre uveden� v pr�rucke. Zariadenie pripojte k spr�vne uzemnenej z�suvke. Pouzit� chladiv� s� azsie ako vzduch a ak d�jde k �niku, nahradia kysl�k a sp�sobia stratu vedomia. Kontakt s unikaj�cim chladivom m�ze sp�sobi pop�lenie pokozky. Typ pouzit�ho chladiva n�jdete na typovom st�tku obehov�ho cerpadla a alsie inform�cie n�jdete v poslednej karte bezpecnostn�ch �dajov (KB�) pre USA, predt�m zn�mej ako MSDS a karte bezpecnostn�ch �dajov pre E�. Zariadenie pres�vajte opatrne. N�hle otrasy alebo p�dy m�zu poskodi jeho komponenty. Pred kazd�m pres�van�m vypnite zariadenie a odpojte ho od nap�jacieho nap�tia.

Nikdy nepouz�vajte poskoden� alebo netesn� zariadenie.
Nikdy nepouz�vajte horav� alebo kor�zne kvapaliny. Pouz�vajte iba schv�len� kvapaliny uveden� v n�vode na pouzitie. Pred pouzit�m akejkovek kvapaliny alebo vykonan�m �drzby, kde je pravdepodobn� kontakt s kvapalinou, si prec�tajte posledn� kartu bezpecnostn�ch �dajov (KBU) pre USA a kartu bezpecnostn�ch �dajov pre E�, v ktor�ch n�jdete alsie inform�cie.
Pred kazd�m pres�van�m vypnite zariadenie a odpojte ho od nap�jacieho nap�tia.
Servis a opravy prenechajte kvalifikovan�mu technikovi.
Zariadenie skladujte pri teplot�ch -25 �C az 60 �C (s obalom) a pri relat�vnej vlhkosti <80 %.
Vyradenie z prev�dzky m�ze vykona len opr�vnen� predajca pomocou certifikovan�ho vybavenia. Je nutn� dodrziava vsetky platn� z�konn� ustanovenia.
Vykonanie instal�cie, prev�dzky alebo postupov �drzby, ktor� nie s� pop�san� v tomto n�vode, m�ze vies k nebezpecn�m situ�ci�m a bude vies k zruseniu platnosti z�ruky v�robcu.
Nikdy neprip�jajte sieov� nap�tie k niektor�mu z komunikacn�ch pripojen� na chladiacej jednotke.
Ne�pln� naplnenie chladiacej jednotky a potrub� s procesn�mi kvapalinami m�ze poskodi cerpadlo chladiacej jednotky. Zabr�te preplneniu, kvapaliny sa po zohriat� rozahuj�.
Pred op�tovn�m nasaden�m krytu n�drzky na jednotk�ch ThermoFlex zaistite, aby bola guov� zar�zka potrubia n�drze bezpecne na svojom mieste.
Pri jednotk�ch ThermoFlex900-5000 neprev�dzkujte chladiacu jednotku, k�m nie je nainstalovan� dif�zor kvapaliny v n�drzke.
Ak je chladiaca jednotka vybaven� objemov�m cerpadlom (P1 alebo P2), zaistite, aby instalovan� potrubia a tvarovky boli dimenzovan� tak, aby odolali tlaku minim�lne 185 psi.
Nepouz�vajte automobilov� nemrzn�cu kvapalinu. Komercn� nemrzn�ce zmesi obsahuj� silik�ty, ktor� poskodzuj� tesnenia cerpadla.
Aby sa zabr�nilo zamrznutiu/zaneseniu doskov�ho v�menn�ka, chladiace jednotky ThermoFlex7500-24000 vyzaduj� pouzitie kvapaliny 50/50 EG/voda alebo 50/50 PG/voda pri procesnej teplote do 10 �C.
Pri pouzit� zmesi procesnej kvapaliny EG/voda alebo PG/voda v pravideln�ch intervaloch kontrolujte koncentr�ciu kvapaliny a pH. Zmeny v koncentr�cii a pH m�zu ma vplyv na v�kon syst�mu. Nepouz�vajte deionizacn� (DI) filtracn� vlozky s inhibovanou EG alebo inhibovanou PG.
Filter DI odstr�ni inhib�tory z roztoku a sp�sob�, ze bude ma kvapalina ne�cinn� protikor�znu ochranu. Inhib�tory tiez zvysuj� vodivos kvapaliny.
Bioc�dy s� kor�zne a m�zu sp�sobi nevratn� poskodenie oc� a pop�lenie pokozky. S� skodliv� pri vd�chnut�, pozit� alebo pri absorpcii cez pokozku. Prec�tajte si posledn� KB� v�robcu.
Aby nedoslo k poskodeniu doskov�ho v�menn�ka chladiacej jednotky, odstrediv� cerpadl� musia ma minim�lny prietok 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min).

Ak nevycist�te/nevymen�te filter kondenz�tora, d�jde k strate chladiaceho v�konu a k predcasn�mu zlyhaniu chladiaceho syst�mu. Pre d�kladn� vycistenie vyberte zostavu prednej mriezky.Na vzduchom chladen�ch chladiacich jednotk�ch s� r�m a lopatky umiestnen� za zostavou prednej mriezky vemi ostr�. V pr�pade in�ch ako vzduchom chladen�ch zost�v mriezky nikdy neprev�dzkujte chladiace jednotky, ak je odstr�nen� ak�kovek panel. Vodou chladen� chladiace jednotky ThermoFlex900-5000 maj� ventil�tor s ostr�mi cepeami. Pred vybrat�m prednej mriezky sa uistite, ze je chladic vypnut�.
Urcen� pouzitie, recirkulacn� chladiace jednotky: Recirkulacn� chladiace jednotky Thermo Scientific s� navrhnut� na nepretrzit� dod�vku kvapaliny pri konstantnej teplote a prietoku. Chladiaca jednotka pozost�va z chladiaceho syst�mu alebo vzduchom chladen�ho alebo vodou chladen�ho v�menn�ka tepla, recirkulacn�ho cerpadla, n�drze na procesn� kvapalinu a mikroprocesorov�ho regul�tora. Chladiace jednotky s� urcen� na nepretrzit� prev�dzku a na vn�torn� pouzitie v s�lade so vsetk�mi postupmi a poziadavkami uveden�mi v pr�slusnom n�vode na pouzitie.

Instal�cia, recirkulacn� chladiace jednotky:

Chladiacu jednotku umiestnite tak, aby bola bl�zko odp�jacieho zariadenia, aby bol k nemu ahk� pr�stup.

Chladiaca jednotka je urcen� na pripojenie k vyhradenej z�suvke.

Uistite sa, ze s� pred instal�ciou odstr�nen� vsetky prepravn� z�tky instalat�rskych potrub�.

Pr�pojky pre procesn� kvapalinu s� umiestnen� na zadnej strane chladiacej jednotky a s�

oznacen� ako

(PROCESS OUTLET) (PROCESN� V�STUP) a

(PROCESS INLET)

(PROCESN� VSTUP). Pripojte

k vstupu kvapaliny na vasej aplik�cii. Pripojte

v�stupu kvapaliny na vasej aplik�cii.

V pr�pade vodou chladen�ch chladiacich jednotiek pripojte

FACILITY INLET (VSTUP

ZARIADENIA) k pr�vodu vody zariadenia. Pripojte

(FACILITY OUTLET) (V�STUP

ZARIADENIA) k n�vratu alebo odvodu vody zariadenia.

Pred spusten�m chladiacej jednotky dvakr�t skontrolujte vsetky pr�slusn� komunikacn�, elektrick� a vodovodn� pr�pojky.

Viktiga s�kerhetsinstruktioner

�tercirkulerande kylare

Om n�gon av dessa anvisningar �r sv�ra att f�rst� se handboken eller kontakta oss innan du g�r vidare.
S�kerhet, alla produkter:
DANGER anger en imminent riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, resulterar i allvarliga
skador eller d�dsfall.

WARNING anger en riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, kan resultera i d�dsfall eller
allvarlig skada.

CAUTION anger en riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, kan resultera i l�ttare eller
medelsv�ra skador. Den ska �ven anv�ndas f�r att varna om riskfyllda metoder.

avsedd f�r att varna anv�ndaren om ej isolerad "farlig sp�nning" inuti kylarens h�lje. Sp�nningen �r tillr�ckligt h�g f�r att utg�ra en risk f�r elchock.

anger att det finns heta ytor.

anger att man b�r l�sa i handboken.
Anv�nd inte utrustningen som steril eller ansluten till patient. Utrustningen �r heller inte designad f�r anv�ndning i riskfyllda milj�er Klass I, II eller III, enligt definition i Nationella elbest�mmelser. Utrustningen �r endast designad f�r inomhusbruk. Placera den aldrig p� en plats med h�g v�rme, fuktighet, otillr�cklig ventilation eller d�r det f�rekommer fr�tande �mnen. Se handboken f�r driftsparametrar. Anslut utrustningen till ett korrekt jordat uttag. Kylmedium som anv�nds �r tyngre �n luft och kommer, om en l�cka uppst�r, att tr�nga ut syre vilket orsakar medvetsl�shet. Kontakt med l�ckande kylmedium orsakar br�nnskador p� hud. Se cirkulationspumpens namnskylt f�r typ av kylmedium som anv�nds och sedan tillverkarens aktuella US S�kerhetsdatablad (SDS), tidigare kallat MSDS, och EU S�kerhetsdatablad f�r ytterligare information. Flytta utrustningen varsamt. Pl�tsliga ryck eller fall kan skada dess komponenter. St�ng alltid av utrustningen och koppla bort str�mf�rs�rjningen innan den flyttas. Anv�nd aldrig skadad eller l�ckande utrustning.

Anv�nd aldrig brandfarliga eller fr�tande v�tskor. Anv�nd endast godk�nda v�tskor som listas i handboken. Innan man anv�nder v�tskor eller utf�r underh�ll d�r man troligen kommer i kontakt med v�tskor ska man se tillverkarens aktuella US S�kerhetsdatablad (SDS) och EU S�kerhetsdatablad f�r ytterligare information. St�ng alltid av utrustningen och koppla bort str�mf�rs�rjningen innan den flyttas. �verl�t service och reparationer till en beh�rig tekniker. F�rvara utrustningen inom temperaturomr�det -25�C till 60�C (i f�rpackning) och <80 % relativ luftfuktighet. Urtagning ur drift f�r endast utf�ras av beh�rig �terf�rs�ljare med certifierad utrustning. Alla g�llande best�mmelser m�ste f�ljas. Installations-, drift- eller underh�llsprocedurer, f�rutom de som beskrivs i handboken, kan resultera i riskfyllda situationer och kommer att upph�va tillverkarens garanti. Applicera aldrig n�tsp�nning till n�gon av kylarens kommunikationsanslutningar. Om man inte fyller kylaren och processv�tskeledningar helt s� kan kylarens pump skadas. Undvik �verfyllning. V�tskor expanderar n�r de v�rms upp. Innan man byter ut beh�llaren p� ThermoFlex, s� m�ste man f�rs�kra att kulan i siktr�ret sitter s�kert p� plats. P� ThermoFlex900-5000 f�r man inte anv�nda kylaren om v�tskediffusern inte �r installerad p� beh�llaren. P� ThermoChill f�r man inte fylla �ver l�ppen, d� v�tska kommer att l�cka ut vid tankens topp �ver komponenterna inuti kylaren. Om din kylare har en positiv deplacementpump (P1 eller P2), ska du f�rs�kra att ledningarna �r klassade f�r ett tryck p� minst 185 psi. Anv�nd inte kylmedel f�r bilar. Kommersiella frysskydd inneh�ller silikat som skadar pumpens t�tningar. F�r att undvika frysning/frost av plattv�rmev�xlaren, s� kr�ver kylarna ThermoFlex7500-24000 att man anv�nder 50/50 EG/vatten eller 50/50 PG/vatten under 10�C processtemperatur. N�r man anv�nder en v�tskeblandning med EG/vatten eller PG/vatten, s� ska man kontrollera v�tskekoncentrationen och pH-v�rdet regelbundet. �ndringar i koncentration och pH-v�rde kan p�verka systemets prestanda. Anv�nd inte avjoningsfilter (DI) med inhiberat EG eller inhiberat PG. Ett avjoningsfilter avl�gsnar inhibitorer fr�n l�sningen vilket g�r v�tskan ineffektiv mot rost. Inhibitorer h�jer �ven v�tskans konduktivitet. Biocider �r fr�tande och kan orsaka permanenta skador p� �gon och br�nnskador p� huden. De �r skadliga vid inandning, f�rt�ring eller om de absorberas genom huden. Se tillverkarens aktuella SDS. F�r att f�rebygga skador p� kylarens plattv�rmev�xlare, s� kr�ver centrifugalpumparna ett fl�de p� minst 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). Om man inte reng�r/ers�tter kondesatorfiltret f�rlorar man kylningsprestanda, vilket snabbare leder till fel i kylningssystemet. F�r en grundlig reng�ring s� avl�gsnar man frontgallret.

P� luftkylda kylare s� �r kondesatorns ram och fenor bakom gallret mycket skarpa. F�rutom med det luftkylda gallret s� ska man aldrig starta kylaren med n�gon panel borttagen. ThermoFlex900-5000 vattenkylda kylare har en fl�kt med skarpa blad, s� f�rs�kra att kylaren �r avst�ngd innan frontgallret avl�gsnas.
Avsedd anv�ndning, �tercirkuleringskylare: �tercirkuleringskylare fr�n Thermo Scientific �r designade f�r att tillhandah�lla kontinuerligt v�tskefl�de vid en konstant temperatur och och hastighet. Kylaren best�r av ett lyft- eller vattenkylt kylningssystem, v�rmev�xlare, �tercirkuleringspump, beh�llare f�r processv�tska och en styrmodul med mikroprocessor. Kylare �r designade f�r kontinuerlig drift och f�r inomhusbruk i enlighet med alla procedurer och krav som anges i denna handbok.

Installation, �tercirkulerande kylare:

Placera kylaren s� att den befinner sig n�ra, med enkel �tkomst till, dess avst�ngningsanordning.

Kylaren �r avsedd f�r att anv�ndas med ett f�r detta avsett uttag.

F�rs�kra att alla transportskydd avl�gsnas fr�n r�r innan installation.

F�r att f�rebygga skador vid installation/borttagning av r�ren p� Polar-kylare, s� ska man anv�nda en 19 mm nyckel p� de externa anslutningarna-

Processv�tskornas anslutningar sitter p� kylarens baksida och �r m�rkta med

(PROCESS

OUTLET) och

(PROCESS INLET). Anslut

till v�tskeinloppet p� er applikation. Anslut

till v�tskeutloppet p� er applikation.

F�r vattenkylda kylare s� ansluter man

(FACILITY INLET) till er anl�ggnings vattenf�rs�rjning.

Anslut

(FACILITY OUTLET) till er anl�ggnings vattenretur eller avlopp.

Innan kylaren startas s� ska man dubbelkolla alla kommunikationer, samt elektriska och avloppsanslutningar.

Fluorinated Greenhouse
Gases

The following information is included to comply with REGULATION (EU) No 517/2014 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on fluorinated greenhouse gases:
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases in a hermetically sealed system.
If a leak in the sealed system is detected, the operator shall repair without undue delay.
For ThemoFlex24000 air-cooled chillers, after repair the operator shall ensure that the equipment is checked by a certified natural person within one month after the repair to verify that the repair has been effective.
Refer to the F-Gas Declaration of Conformity for additional information.

Fluorierte Treibhausgase

Die folgende Information ist in diesen Unterlagen gem�� der VERORDNUNG (EU) Nr. 517/2014 DES EUROP�ISCHEN PARLAMENTS UND DES RATES vom 16. April 2014 �ber fluorierte Treibhausgase enthalten.
Dieses Produkt enth�lt fluorierte Treibhausgase in einem hermetisch geschlossenen System.
Wird ein Leck im geschlossenen System entdeckt, muss der Anwender dieses unverz�glich reparieren.
Im Fall der luftgek�hlten Umw�lzk�hler ThermoFlex24000 muss der Anwender nach der Reparatur sicherstellen, dass das Ger�t innerhalb eines Monats nach der Reparatur von einer zertifizierten nat�rlichen Person daraufhin �berpr�ft wird, ob die Reparatur wirksam war.

Gaz � effet de serre fluor�s

Les informations suivantes sont fournies de fa�on � respecter la R�GLEMENTATION (UE) N� 517/2014 DU PARLEMENT EUROP�EN ET DU CONSEIL dat�e du 16 avril 2014 et portant sur les gaz � effet de serre fluor�s :
Ce produit contient des gaz � effet de serre fluor�s int�gr�s � un syst�me herm�tiquement scell�.
Toute fuite d�tect�e dans le syst�me scell� doit �tre r�par�e imm�diatement par l'op�rateur.
Pour les refroidisseurs refroidis par air ThemoFlex24000, l'op�rateur doit faire en sorte que l'�quipement soit contr�l� par une personne physique agr��e dans un d�lai d'un mois suivant la r�paration, afin de s'assurer de l'efficacit� de la r�paration.

Gases de efecto invernadero fluorados

La siguiente informaci�n se incluye de acuerdo con la REGULACI�N (UE) N�. 517/2014 DEL PARLAMENTO Y EL CONSEJO EUROPEO el 16 de abril de 2014 sobre gases de efecto invernadero fluorados:
Este producto contiene gases de efecto invernadero en un sistema sellado herm�ticamente.
Si se detecta una fuga en el sistema sellado, el operador la reparar� sin ninguna demora indebida.
En los enfriadores refrigerados por aire ThemoFlex24000, despu�s de la reparaci�n, el operador se asegurar� de que una persona f�sica certificada compruebe el equipo en un plazo de un mes despu�s de la reparaci�n para verificar que esta ha sido efectiva.

Fluorerade v�xthusgaser

F�ljande information finns med f�r att efterleva EUROPAPARLAMENTETS OCH R�DETS F�RORDNING (EU) nr. 517/2014 av den 16 april 2014 om fluorerade v�xthusgaser:
Den h�r produkten inneh�ller fluorerade v�xthusgaser i ett hermetiskt f�rseglat system.
Om en l�cka i det f�rseglade systemet identifieras, ska operat�ren reparera det utan dr�jsm�l.
F�r ThemoFlex24000 luftkylda kylare, ska operat�ren efter reparation tillse att utrustningen kontrolleras av en certifierad fysisk person inom en m�nad fr�n reparationen, f�r att verifiera att reparationen har varit lyckad.

Fluorovani gasovi sa efektom staklene
baste

Sledee informacije su ukljucene u skladu sa UREDBOM (EU) br. 517/2014 EVROPSKOG PARLAMENTA I SAVETA od 16. aprila 2014. o fluorovanim gasovima sa efektom staklene baste:
Ovaj proizvod sadrzi fluorovane gasove sa efektom staklene baste u hermeticki zatvorenom sistemu.
Ako se otkrije curenje iz zatvorenog sistema, korisnik mora popraviti kvar bez nepotrebnog odlaganja.
Za ThemoFlex24000 rashlaivace hlaene vazduhom, korisnik posle popravke mora osigurati da se oprema pregleda od strane ovlasenog fizickog lica u roku od mesec dana nakon popravke da bi se potvrdilo da je popravka bila efikasna.

Fluorirani toplogredni plini

Informacije v nadaljevanju so vkljucene za izpolnitev zahtev iz UREDBE (EU) ST. 517/2014 EVROPSKEGA PARLAMENTA IN SVETA z dne 16. aprila 2014 o fluoriranih toplogrednih plinih:
Ta izdelek vsebuje fluorirane toplogredne pline v hermeticno zaprtem sistemu.
Ce se ugotovi uhajanje plinov iz zaprtega sistema, ga upravljavec brez nepotrebnega odlasanja popravi.
Po popravilu zracno hlajenih hladilnih agregatov ThemoFlex24000 upravljavec zagotovi, da opremo v enem mesecu po popravilu pregleda fizicna oseba s spricevalom in preveri, ali je bilo popravilo uspesno.

Fluorovan� sklen�kov� plyny

Nasleduj�ce inform�cie s� tu uveden� z d�vodu s�ladu s NARIADEN�M (E�) C. 517/2014 EUR�PSKEHO PARLAMENTU A RADY zo 16. apr�la 2014 o fluorovan�ch sklen�kov�ch plynoch:
Tento produkt obsahuje fluorovan� sklen�kov� plyny v hermeticky uzavretom syst�me.
Ak d�jde v uzavretom syst�me k �nikom, oper�tor ho mus� bez zbytocn�ho oneskorenia opravi.
Po oprave vzduchov�ch chladicov ThermoFlex 24000 mus� oper�tor zabezpeci, aby zariadenie do jedn�ho mesiaca od vykonania opravy skontrolovala osvedcen� fyzick� osoba, ktor� zhodnot�, ci bola oprava efekt�vna.

Gazele fluorurate cu efect de ser

Urmtoarele informaii sunt redactate �n conformitate cu REGULAMENTUL (UE) NR. 517/2014 AL PARLAMENTULUI EUROPEAN I AL CONSILIULUI din 16 aprilie 2014 privind gazele fluorurate cu efect de ser:
Acest produs conine gaze fluorurate cu efect de ser �nchise �ntr-un sistem ermetic.
�n cazul �n care se detecteaz o scurgere la sistemul etanat, operatorul trebuie s efectueze reparaiile necesare fr �nt�rzieri nejustificate.
Pentru refrigeratoarele cu aer rcit ThemoFlex24000, dup reparaie, operatorii trebuie s se asigure c echipamentul va fi inspectat de ctre o persoan fizic certificat, la o lun de la reparaie, pentru a verifica dac aceasta s-a realizat �n mod eficient.

Gases fluorados com efeito de estufa

As seguintes informa�es foram inclu�das para efeitos de conformidade com o REGULAMENTO (UE) N.� 517/2014 DO PARLAMENTO E CONSELHO EUROPEUS de 16 de abril de 2014 relativo aos gases fluorados com efeito de estufa:
Este produto cont�m gases fluorados com efeito de estufa num sistema hermeticamente fechado.
Em caso de dete��o de fuga no sistema fechado, o operador dever� repar�-la sem atraso injustificado.
No caso dos refrigeradores a ar ThermoFlex24000, ap�s uma repara��o, o operador dever� assegurar a inspe��o do equipamento por parte de uma pessoa qualificada no prazo de um m�s ap�s a repara��o, de forma a garantir a efic�cia da mesma.

Fluorowane gazy cieplarniane

Ponisza informacja zostala zamieszczona w celu spelnienia wymaga okrelonych w ROZPORZDZENIU PARLAMENTU EUROPEJSKIEGO I RADY (UE) NR 517/2014 z 16 kwietnia 2014 roku w sprawie fluorowanych gaz�w cieplarnianych:
Ten produkt zawiera flurowowane gazy cieplarniane w hermetycznie zamknitym ukladzie.
W przypadku stwierdzenia wycieku z hermetycznie zamknitego ukladu operator ma obowizek dokonania naprawy urzdzenia bez zbdnej zwloki.
Po ewentualnej naprawie agregat�w chlodniczych chlodzonych powietrzem ThemoFlex24000 operator ma obowizek zapewnienia, aby urzdzenie zostalo skontrolowane przez certyfikowan osob fizyczn w cigu miesica od naprawy w celu sprawdzenia, czy naprawa byla skuteczna.

Gefluoreerde broeikasgassen

De volgende informatie is toegevoegd om te voldoen aan VERORDENING (EU) Nr. 517/2014 VAN HET EUROPEES PARLEMENT EN DE RAAD van 16 april 2014 betreffende gefluoreerde broeikasgassen:
Dit product bevat gefluoreerde broeikasgassen in een hermetisch afgesloten systeem.
Indien er een lek wordt gedetecteerd in het afgesloten systeem, dient de gebruiker deze te repareren zonder onnodige vertraging.
Bij de luchtgekoelde koelinstallaties ThemoFlex24000 dient de gebruiker er na de reparatie voor te zorgen dat de apparatuur wordt gecontroleerd door een gecertificeerde natuurlijke persoon, binnen een maand nadat de reparatie plaatsvindt, om te controleren of de reparatie is geslaagd.

Gassijiet Fluworurati b'Effett ta' Serra

L-informazzjoni li ejja hi inlua biex tikkonforma mar-REGOLAMENT (UE) Nru 517/2014 TAL-PARLAMENT EWROPEW U TALKUNSILL tas-16 ta' April 2014 dwar gassijiet fluworurati b'effett ta' serra:
Dan il-prodott fih gassijiet fluworurati b'effett ta' serra f 'sistema ssiillata ermetikament.
Jekk tinstab tnixxija fis-sistema ssiillata, l-operatur gandu jsewwi mingajr dewmien bla bonn.
Gal chillers ThemoFlex 24000 imkessa bl-arja, wara t-tiswija, l-operatur gandu jigura li t-tagmir jii vverifikat minn persuna fiika ertifikata fi mien xahar wara t-tiswija biex tivverifika li t-tiswija kienet effettiva.

Fluor tas siltumn cefekta g zes

Turpmk nordt informcija ir iekauta, lai nodrosintu atbilstbu EIROPAS PARLAMENTA UN PADOMES REGULAI (ES) Nr. 517/2014 (2014. gada 16. aprlis) par fluortm siltumncefekta gzm.
Sis izstrdjums satur fluortas siltumncefekta gzes hermtiski noslgt sistm.
Ja hermtiski noslgtaj sistm tiek konstatta noplde, operators to salabo bez nepamatotas kavsans.
Pc gaisa dzestju ThemoFlex24000 labosanas operators nodrosina, ka mnesa laik no labosanas darbu veiksanas brza sertificta fizisk persona prbauda aprkojumu, lai apstiprintu, ka labosanas darbi bijusi sekmgi.

Fluorintos siltnamio efekt sukelianios dujos

Toliau pateikta informacija yra traukta, kad bt laikomasi 2014 m. balandzio 16 d. EUROPOS PARLAMENTO IR TARYBOS REGLAMENTO (ES) Nr. 517/2014 dl fluorint siltnamio efekt sukelianci duj.
Hermetiskai sandarioje sio produkto sistemoje yra fluorint siltnamio efekt sukelianci duj.
Jei aptinkamas sandarios sistemos nuotkis, operatorius nedelsdamas turi j suremontuoti.
Jei naudojami ,,ThemoFlex24000" oru ausinami ausintuvai, po remonto darb operatorius uztikrina, kad rang patikrins sertifikuotas fizinis asmuo per vien mnes nuo remonto darb, kad bt patikrinta, jog remonto darbai buvo veiksmingi.

Gas fluorurati a effetto serra

Si includono le seguenti informazioni in conformit� con il REGOLAMENTO (UE) N. 517/2014 DEL PARLAMENTO EUROPEO E DEL CONSIGLIO del 16 aprile 2014 sui gas fluorurati a effetto serra:
Il presente prodotto contiene gas fluorurati a effetto serra all'interno di un sistema a chiusura ermetica.
In caso di perdita del sistema a chiusura ermetica, l'operatore dovr� prontamente provvedere alla riparazione.
Per i refrigeratori ad aria ThemoFlex24000, dopo la riparazione l'operatore dovr� assicurarsi di far controllare l'apparecchiatura da una persona fisica certificata entro un mese dalla riparazione al fine di verificare l'efficacia della stessa.

Fluortartalm� �vegh�zhat�s� g�zok

A k�vetkez t�j�koztat�s az EUR�PAI PARLAMENT �S A TAN�CS (EU) 517/2014. SZ�M�, 2014. �prilis 16-i, a fluortartalm� �vegh�zhat�s� g�zokkal kapcsolatos RENDELET�BEN el�rtak teljes�t�se �rdek�ben ker�lt a dokumentumba:
A term�k fluortartalm� �vegh�zhat�s� g�zokat tartalmaz, hermetikusan z�rt rendszerben.
Ha a z�rt rendszerben sziv�rg�s jelentkezik, az �zemeltet k�teles a lehet leghamarabb megsz�ntetni azt.
A ThemoFlex24000 l�ghtk�n v�gzett jav�t�s ut�n az �zemeltet k�teles a jav�t�st�l sz�m�tott egy h�napon bel�l megfelel tan�s�tv�nnyal rendelkez term�szetes szem�llyel ellenriztetni, hogy a jav�t�s hat�sos volt-e.

Fluorirani stakleni ki plinovi

Informacije navedene u nastavku u skladu su s UREDBOM (EU) br. 517/2014 EUROPSKOG PARLAMENTA I VIJEA od 16. travnja 2014. o fluoriranim staklenickim plinovima:
Ovaj proizvod sadrzi fluorirane staklenicke plinove u hermeticki zatvorenom sustavu.
Ako se u hermeticki zatvorenom sustavu otkrije propustanje, operater ga mora popraviti bez nepotrebne odgode.
Za zrakom hlaene rashladnike vode ThemoFlex24000, operater nakon popravka osigurava da opremu provjeri certificirana fizicka osoba u roku od mjesec dana od popravka kako bi potvrdila uspjesnost popravka.

G�is Cheaptha Teasa Fhluair�nithe

�ir�tear an fhaisn�is a leanas chun RIALACH�N (AE) Uimh. 517/2014 � PHARLAIMINT NA hEORPA AGUS �N gCOMHAIRLE an 16 Aibre�n 2014 maidir le g�is cheaptha teasa fhluair�nithe a chomhl�onadh:
Cuims�onn an t�irgeadh seo g�is cheaptha teasa fhluair�nithe i gc�ras at� s�alaithe go heirm�iteach.
M� bhraitear sceitheadh sa ch�ras s�alaithe, d�anfaidh an t-oibreoir deisi�ch�n gan mhoill.
I gc�s fuaraitheoir� aerfhuaraithe ThemoFlex24000, tar �is an deisi�ch�in �iritheoidh an t-oibreoir go nd�anfaidh duine n�d�rtha deimhnithe an trealamh a sheice�il laistigh d'aon mh� tar �is an deisi�ch�in le deimhni� go raibh an deisi�ch�n �ifeachtach.

Fluoratut kasvihuonekaasut

Seuraavat tiedot on lis�tty, jotta noudatetaan 16. p�iv�n� huhtikuuta 2014 fluoratuista kasvihuonekaasuista annettua EUROOPAN PARLAMENTIN JA NEUVOSTON ASETUSTA (EU) N:o 517/2014:
T�m� tuote sis�lt�� fluorattuja kasvihuonekaasuja hermeettisesti tiivistetyss� j�rjestelm�ss�.
Jos tiivistetyss� j�rjestelm�ss� havaitaan vuoto, k�ytt�j�n on korjattava se viipym�tt�.
Ilmaj��hdytteisten ThemoFlex24000-j��hdyttimien korjaamisen j�lkeen k�ytt�j�n on varmistettava, ett� valtuutettu luonnollinen henkil� varmistaa korjauksen tarkistamalla laitteen kuukauden kuluessa korjauksesta.

Fluoritud kasvuhoonegaasid

Allj�rgnev teave on lisatud, et j�rgida EUROOPA PARLAMENDI JA N�UKOGU M��RUST NR 517/2014 16. aprill 2014 fluoritud kasvuhoonegaaside kohta.
See toode sisaldab hermeetiliselt suletud s�steemis fluoritud kasvuhoonegaase.
Lekke tuvastamise korral hermeetiliselt suletud s�steemis peab operaator viivitamatult lekke remontima.
�hkjahutusega jahutite ThemoFlex24000 korral peab operaator p�rast remonti tagama, et seadmeid kontrolliks sertifitseeritud f��siline isik �he kuu jooksul p�rast remondit��d, et kinnitada remondit�� tulemuslikkus.

() . 517/2014

2014 :

, .

ThemoFlex24000, , .

Fluorholdige drivhusgasser

Nedenst�ende oplysninger er medtaget som dokumentation for overholdelse af EUROPA-PARLAMENTET OG R�DETS FORORDNING (EU) nr. 517/2014 af 16. april 2014 om fluorholdige drivhusgasser:
Dette produkt indeholder fluorholdige drivhusgasser i et hermetisk forseglet system.
Hvis der konstateres en l�kage i det forseglede system, skal operat�ren hurtigst muligt reparere l�kagen.
Hvad ang�r luftk�lede luftk�lere af typen ThemoFlex 24000, skal operat�ren s�rge for, at udstyret inden for �n m�ned efter reparationen kontrolleres af en fagmand, der kan bekr�fte, at der er tale om en effektiv reparation.

Fluorovan� sklen�kov� plyny

N�sleduj�c� informace jsou zahrnuty pro dodrzen� PEDPISU (EU) c. 517/2014 EVROPSK�HO PARLAMENTU A RADY ze dne 16. dubna 2014 o fluorovan�ch sklen�kov�ch plyn:
Tento v�robek obsahuje fluorovan� sklen�kov� plyny v hermeticky utsnn�m syst�mu.
Pokud je v syst�mu zjistn �nik, provozovatel ho mus� okamzit opravit.
U vzduchem chlazen�ch chladic ThemoFlex24000 mus� provozovatel po oprav zajistit, aby bylo za�zen� do jednoho ms�ce po oprav zkontrolov�no fyzickou osobou s osvdcen�m, aby se ovilo, ze oprava byla �cinn�.

() 517/2014 16 2014 . :
.
, .
ThemoFlex24000 , .

F-GAS DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
We, Thermo Fisher Scientific (Asheville) LLC, F-Gas Portal Registration Number 23643, declare under our sole responsibility that when placing on the market pre-charged equipment, which we import to or manufacture in the Union, the hydrofluorocarbons contained in that equipment are accounted for within the quota system referred to in Chapter IV of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 as:
We hold authorisation(s) issued in accordance with Article 18(2) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and registered in the registry referred to in Article 17 of that Regulation, at the time of release for free circulation to use the quota of a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 that cover(s) the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment.
The hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment have been placed on the market in the Union, subsequently exported and charged into the equipment outside the Union, and the undertaking that placed the hydrofluorocarbons on the market made a declaration stating that the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons has been or will be reported as placed on the market in the Union and that it has not been and will not be reported as direct supply for export in the meaning of Article 15(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 pursuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and Section 5C of the Annex to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1191/2014.

January 1, 2017 _______ Date

Mark Pearson, Director Global Regulatory Affairs ____________________________________ [name and position of legal representative]

Manufacturer:
Thermo Fisher Scientific (Asheville) LLC 275 Aiken Road Asheville, NC 28804 U.S.A.

____________________________________ [signature of legal representative]
EU Only Representative:
Thermo Electron LED GmbH Robert-Bosch-Strasse 1 D-63505 Langenselbold Germ any VAT ID Number: DE 812 403 137

Section 2 General Information

Description Specifications

The Thermo Scientific ThermoFlexTM recirculating chillers are designed to provide a continuous supply of fluid at a constant temperature and flow rate. The chiller consists of an air-cooled or water-cooled refrigeration system, heat exchanger, recirculating pump, polyethylene reservoir and a microprocessor controller.

ThermoFlex900

ThermoFlex1400

ThermoFlex2500

Process Fluid Temperature and Setpoint Range

+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F

Ambient Temperature Range

+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F

Temperature Stability

�0.1�C

Cooling Capacity at 20�C 60Hz 50Hz
Refrigerant

900W (3074BTU) 750W (2561BTU)

1400W (4781BTU) 1170W (3996BTU)

2500W (8538BTU)* 2200W (7513BTU) *

*To meet this specification, the ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled chillers require the fan to be operating in the high-speed mode, see Section 3.

R134A

Reservoir Volume Gallons

1.9

Liters

7.2

1.9

7.2

Footprint or Dimensions (HxWxD) Inches
Centimeters

27.3 x 14.2 x 24.6 69.2 x 36.0 x 62.4

29.0 x 17.2 x 26.7 73.6 x 43.6 x 68.0

Weight P2 Pump (empty) lb kg

130.5 59.2

175.5 79.6

Pumping Capacity P1/MD1 - Positive Displacement 60Hz*
50Hz*

2.1 gpm @ 60 psig (7.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 1.7 gpm @ 60 psig (6.4 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

P2/MD2 - Positive Displacement 60Hz* 50Hz*

4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

T0 - Turbine 60Hz* 50Hz*
T1 - Turbine 60Hz* 50Hz*

2.0 gpm @ 60 psid (7.6 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 1.3 gpm @ 60 psid (4.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.5 gpm @ 60 psid (13.3 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 2.5 gpm @ 60 psid (9.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

* Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

� Cooling capacity based on P2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Additional dimensions are at the end of this section, add 1/8" (3 mm) to height for SEMI. � Add 5 pounds (2 kilograms) for global voltage chillers. � Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-1

Section 2

Specifications

ThermoFlex3500

ThermoFlex5000

Process FluidTemperature and Setpoint Range

+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F

Ambient Temperature Range

+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F

Temperature Stability

� 0.1�C

Cooling Capacity at 20�C 60Hz 50Hz

3500W (11953BTU) 3050W (10416BTU)

5000W (17076BTU) 4400W (15027BTU)

Refrigerant
Reservoir Volume Gallons Liters

R407C
1.9 7.2

Footprint or Dimensions (HxWxD) Inches
Centimeters

38.9 x 19.3 x 30.9 98.7 x 48.8 x 78.4

Weight P1/ P2/P3/P4 (empty) lb kg

264/264/270/303 120/120/123/138

NA/264/270/303 NA/120/123/138

Pumping Capacity P1/MD1 - Positive Displacement 60Hz*
50Hz*
P2/MD2 - Positive Displacement 60Hz* 50Hz*
T1 - Turbine 60Hz* 50Hz*
P3 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz* 50Hz*
P4 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz* 50Hz*

2.1 gpm @ 60 psig (7.9 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 1.7 gpm @ 60 psig (6.4 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

Not Available Not Available

4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

3.5 gpm @ 60 psid (13.3 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 2.5 gpm @ 60 psid (9.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)

15 gpm @ 57 psid (56.8 lpm @ 3.9 bar) 15 gpm @ 34 psid (56.8 lpm @ 2.3 bar)

* Pressure values for turbine and centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

� Cooling capacity based on P2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Additional dimensions are at the end of this section, add 1/8" (3 cm) to height for SEMI. � Add 30 pounds (14 kilograms) for global voltage chillers. � Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

2-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 2

Specifications
Process Fluid Temperature and Setpoint Range
Ambient Temperature Range
Temperature Stability
Cooling Capacity at 20�C 60Hz 50Hz
Refrigerant
Reservoir Volume Gallons Liters
Footprint or Dimensions (HxWxD) Air-Cooled Inches Centimeters
Water-Cooled Inches Centimeters
Weight P2/P3/P5 (empty) Air-Cooled lb kg
Water-Cooled lb kg
Pumping Capacity P2/MD2 - Positive Displacement 60Hz*
50Hz* P3 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz*
50Hz* P5 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz*
50Hz* T 5 - Turbine Pump 60 Hz*
50 Hz*

ThermoFlex7500
+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F
+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F
�0.1�C
7500W (25575BTU) 6425W (21910BTU)
R407C
4.75 17.9

ThermoFlex10000
+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F
+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F
�0.1�C
10000W (34100BTU) 8500W (28985BTU)
R407C
4.75 17.9

52.3 x 25.2 x 33.8 132.7 x 63.9 x 85.6
45.9 x 25.2 x 33.8 116.6 x 63.9 x 85.6

52.7 x 25.2 x 33.8 134.0 x 63.9 x 85.5
46.4 x 25.2 x 33.8 117.8 x 63.9 x 85.5

356/372.5/405.5 161.5/169/184
315/331.5/364.5 143/150/165

4.0 gpm @ 60 psig (15.1 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 3.3 gpm @ 60 psig (12.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)
10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)
20 gpm @ 60 psid (75.7 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 20 gpm @ 35 psid (75.7 lpm @ 2.4 bar)
7.3 gpm @ 60 psid (27.6 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 6.2 gpm @ 60 psid (23.5 lpm @ 4.1 bar)

* Pressure values for centrifugal and turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.

� Cooling capacity based on P2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. � For global voltage chillers with a P2 pump add 30 pounds (14 kilograms). Add 10 pounds
(4.5 kilograms) for chillers with a P3 or P5 pump. � Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-3

Section 2

Specifications
Process Fluid Temperature and Setpoint Range
Ambient Temperature Range
Temperature Stability
Cooling Capacity at 20�C 60Hz 50Hz
Refrigerant
Reservoir Volume Gallons Liters
Footprint or Dimensions (HxWxD) Air-Cooled Inches Centimeters
Water-Cooled Inches Centimeters
Weight P3 Pump (empty) Air-Cooled lb kg
Water-Cooled lb kg
Pumping Capacity P3 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz*
50Hz* P5 - Centrifugal Pump 60Hz*
50Hz*

ThermoFlex15000
+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F
+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F
�0.1�C
15000W (51228BTU) 12525W (42775BTU)
R407C
4.75 17.9

ThermoFlex20000
+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F
+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F
�0.1�C
20000W (68304BTU) 16700W (57043BTU)
R407C
4.75 17.9

ThermoFlex24000
+5�C to +40�C +41�F to +104�F
+10�C to +40�C +50�F to +104�F
�0.1�C
24000W (81964BTU) 21000W (71719BTU)
R407C
4.75 17.9

49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6 49.0 x 46.5 x 30.9 124.4 x 118.1 x 78.6
550 249.5 510 231.3

58.6 x 46.5 x 31.5 148.9 x 118.1 x 80.0 49.4 x 46.5 x 31.5 125.5 x 118.1 x 80.0
650 294.8 510 231.3

10 gpm @ 32 psid (37.9 lpm @ 2.2 bar) 10 gpm @ 20 psid (37.9 lpm @ 1.4 bar)
20 gpm @ 60 psid (75.7 lpm @ 4.1 bar) 20 gpm @ 35 psid (75.7 lpm @ 2.4 bar)
* Pressure values are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.
� Cooling capacity based on P3 pumps set at 10 gpm. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as pump backpressure and flow.
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. � Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

2-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Cooling Capacity

BTU/Hr 12000

Watts 3500

10000

3000

Cooling Capacity

8000

2500

2000 6000
1500
4000 1000

2000

500

Section 2

A
B
C D E F

A: 2500, 60Hz B: 2500, 50Hz C: 1400, 60Hz D: 1400, 50Hz E: 900, 60Hz F: 900, 50Hz

Cooling Capacity

BTU/Hr 24000

Watts 7000

20000

6000

16000

5000

4000 12000
3000
8000 2000

4000

1000

40 �C

50 60 70 80 90 100 �F Temperature Setpoint

A B
C
D

A: 5000, 60Hz B: 5000, 50Hz C: 3500, 60Hz D: 3500, 50Hz

40 �C

50 60 70 80 90 100 �F Temperature Setpoint
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage, on chillers with P2 pumps with no back pressure. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude, operating voltages or pumps will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-5

Section 2

Cooling Capacity

BTU/Hr
40000 35000 30000 25000 20000 15000 10000 5000

Watts

12000 10000 8000

Operation below 10�C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water

6000

4000

2000

A B
C
D

A: 10000, 60Hz B: 10000, 50Hz C: 7500, 60Hz D: 7500, 50Hz

BTU/Hr 10000 80000 60000 40000 20000

10 50

Watts

30000 25000

Operation below 10�C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water

20000

15000

10000

60 70 80 90 Temperature Setpoint

40 �C 100 �F

A
B C
D E
F

A: 24000, 60Hz B: 24000, 50Hz C: 20000, 60Hz D: 20000, 50Hz E: 15000, 60Hz F: 15000, 50Hz

5000

Cooling Capacity

2-6 ThermoFlex

40 �C

50 60 70 80 90 100 �F Temperature Setpoint
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage, on chillers with P2 pumps with no back pressure (P3 pumps set to 10 gpm for ThermoFlex15000 to 24000). Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude, operating voltages or pumps will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10�C process temperature to prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger.
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

Section 2

Pumping Capacity Bar PSIG

Positive Displacement Pump P1/P2 Magnetic Drive Pumps MD1/MD2

7 100

6
80 5

4 60

Pressure

3 40
2
20 1

Pressure

Pumping Capacity Bar PSID Centrifugal Pump P3/P4 7 100
6 80
5
4 60
3 40
2 20
1

C D

A B

A: P2/MD2, 60Hz B: P2/MD2, 50Hz C: P1/MD1, 60Hz D: P1/MD1, 50Hz

Flow Rate

20 LPM

GPM

A B
C D

A: P4, 60Hz B: P4, 50Hz C: P3, 60Hz D: P3, 50Hz

100 LPM

25 GPM

Flow Rate

� Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.
� Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction .
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-7

Section 2

Pumping Capacity Bar PSID Centrifugal Pump P5 7 100
6 80
5
4 60
3 40
2 20
1

Pressure

60Hz 50Hz

Pumping Capacity Bar PSID

Turbine Pump T1/ T5 7

100

6
80 5

4 60

Pressure

3 40
2
20 1

100

125

Flow Rate

150 LPM 40 GPM

A: T5, 60Hz B: T5, 50Hz C: T1, 60Hz D: T1, 50Hz A
B

2-8 ThermoFlex

LPM

12 GPM

Flow Rate

� Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for centrifugal and turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.
� Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction.
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

Thermo Scientific

Section 2

Pumping Capacity Turbine Pump T0

Pressure

Bar PSID 160
10 140
8 120
100 6
80
4 60
40 2
20

50 Hz

60 Hz

2.5

5.0

7.5

10.0

12.5 LPM

0.5 1.0

1.5

2.0 2.5

3.0

Thermo Scientific

Pumping Capacity Bar PSID

Turbine Pump T9

Available Pressure

50 3
40

20 1
10

60 Hz 50 Hz

100

120

140 LPM

35 GPM

Flow Rate

� Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller.
� Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with any options installed. For example, utilizing the DI option will result in a 0.5 gpm flow reduction .
� Specifications obtained at sea level using water as the recirculating fluid, at a 20�C process setpoint, 25�C ambient condition, at nominal operating voltage. Other fluids, fluid temperatures, ambient temperatures, altitude or operating voltages will affect performance. See Section 3.
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

ThermoFlex 2-9

Section 2 ThermoFlex900/1400 Dimensions (inches/centimeters)
Front View

27 1/4"* 69.2
* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

15/16"

12 3/16"

2.4

31.0

Side View

3 3/8" 8.6

18 1/2" 47.0

24 11/16" 62.8

� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

2-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex900/1400 Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer or Internal pressure regulator adjustment (Optional) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel
Rear View
Process discharge fluid connection 1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze

1 5/16" 3.3

3 1/4" 8.2

4 5/8"

Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

11.7

1 3/16" 3.1

1 5/16" 3.3

Section 2

25 11/16"* Process fluid return connection 65.2 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

141/2"* 36.8 111/2"*
29.2

39.91/16"*2 1/2"* 6.4
Process fluid drain (1/4" FNPT) Riton
DRAIN

1 5/8"(2) 4.2 5 9/16" 14.1

20"
50.8 17 3/16" 43.7

Top View

Water-cooled only

1 1/8"(2) 2.9

12 11/16"* 32.2 3 7/8"* 9.8

Facility water connections 1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

14 3/16" 36.0

Shipping crate dimensions (approximate): 21" (53 cm) wide 35" (89 cm) tall 40" (102 cm) deep

� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-11

Section 2 ThermoFlex2500 Dimensions
(inches/centimeters)
Front View

28 15/16"* 73.6
* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

15 1/4"

38.4

2.5

Side View

3 5/8" 9.2

20 1/16" 51.0 26 3/4" 68.0

� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

2-12 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex2500
Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer or Internal pressure regulator adjustment (Optional) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

3 3/8"

1 1/4"

8.5

3.2

2" 5.0

Section 2
Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

Process discharge fluid connection 1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze

Process fluid return connection 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel

Rear View

27 5/16"*(3) 69.4

See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

161/8"* 40.9 13 1/8"*
33.3

Process fluid drain (1/4" FNPT) Riton
DRAIN

41/16"* 10.2 21/2"*
6.4
1 5/8"(2) 4.2

5 1/8" 13.1

22" 55.9
19 3/16" 48.8

Water-cooled only
Facility water connections 1/2" FNPT 12 13/16"* Cast Bronze 32.5
5"* 12.7 1 3/16"(2) 3.0 * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

Top View

17 1/8" Shipping crate dimensions (approximate): 43.6 23" (58 cm) wide
36" (91 cm) tall 40" (102 cm) deep

� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 2-13

Section 2
ThermoFlex3500/5000 Dimensions
(inches/centimeters)

Front View

38 7/8"* 98.7
* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.

17 3/16"

2.5

43.7

Side View

� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.
2-14 ThermoFlex

3 7/16" 8.7

24 1/2" 62.2 30 3/4" 78.0

Thermo Scientific

Section 2

ThermoFlex3500/5000

Process discharge for chillers with optional flow transducer and P1, P2 & T1 pumps or Internal pressure regulator adjustment (Optional P1/MD1, P2/MD2 & T1 only) 1/2" FNPT Stainless Steel
Process discharge connection Cast Bronze A P3, P4 pumps 3/4" FNPT B P1/MD1, P2/MD2, T1 pumps

1 1/4" 3.2
P3 and P4 Flow control (Optional)
1 15/16" 5.0

1/2" FNPT

Process return connection Stainless Steel P3, P4 pumps 3/4" FNPT P1/MD1, P2/MD2, T1 pumps 1/2" FNPT
See Section 3 for additional plumbing information.

36 1/2"* 92.7
15/16" 3.4
22"* 55.9
181/2"* 46.9 15 3/8"*
39.1

3 9/16" 9.1
A B

Rear View

21/2"* 6.4

10 3/16" 25.9

1 7/8"(2) 4.7
Optional 1/2" Auxiliary and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

Water-cooled only

1 1/4"(2) 3.2

12"* 6"* 30.5 15.2

Facility water connections Cast Bronze 1/2"
FNPT

DRAIN

4 3/8" 11.2

3 11/16" 9.4

1/4" FPT Process Drain Stainless Steel with Brass plug (P3, P4 pumps only)

2 3/16" 5.6 6 1/8" 15.5

1/4" MPT Process Drain with 9/16" Riton connector (P1/MD1, P2/MD2 and TU1 pumps only)

* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.
26 3/8" 67.0
23 1/2" 59.7

Top View
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Thermo Scientific

19 1/4" 48.8
~ Shipping crate dimensions 26" (66 cm) wide 48" (122 cm) tall 47" (119 cm) deep
ThermoFlex 2-15

Section 2
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Dimensions
(inches/centimeters)

33 11/16" 85.5

3 1/16" 7.7

Side View

3 11/16" 9.3
Top View

3 3/16" 8.0
30 3/16" 76.7 27 5/16"
69.4

24 9/16" 62.4 31 5/8" 80.4
1 1/16" 2.6 7 11/16" 19.6
25 1/8" 63.9

To end of P3 - P5 Outlet Fitting
Air-cooled shipping crate dimensions (approximate): 35 3/4" (91 cm) wide 61 1/2" (156 cm) tall 46 3/8" (118 cm) deep

8 1/16" 20.5
� Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change specifications without notice.

The applicable options fit within this envelope, see Section 5.

2-16 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 2

ThermoFlex7500/10000
Rear View (Air-Cooled)
Process Discharge P2/MD2 = 1/2" FNPT Cast Bronze P3 - P5 , T5= 1" FNPT Wrought Copper
Process Return Stainless Steel P2/MD2 = 1/2" FNPT P3 - P5, T5 = 1" FNPT

3 3/8"

4 5/8" Optional 1/2" Auxiliary 11.7 and 1/4" Auto-Refill Ports

T5 flow control valve is used to adjust the flow rate. The valve's handle is

8.6

designed to identify the valve's position,

from full flow to full bypass. When

the handle is in the horizontal position

2 "(2)

(in line with the discharge line) the

5.0

application is receiving full flow. When

vertical the valve is in full bypass.

2" 5.0

52 3/4" 134.0

Full Flow

Full Bypass

33 15/16" 86.2

36 5/16" 92.3

See Section 3 for

additional plumbing

17 5/8" 44.8

information.

Process fluid drain (1/4" FNPT) Stainless Steel with Brass plug or a Riton connector

6 11/16" 16.9

2 9/19"(3) 6.6

4" 10.2

Rear View (Water-Cooled)

T 5 Flow Control - see above.

Thermo Scientific

46 3/8" 117.8
27 1/2" 69.9
1 5/8" 4.2

21 3/4" 55.3

Facility water connections Cast Bronze
3/4" FNPT
2 3/8"(2) 6.0

29 15/16" 76.1

9 1/16" 23.0

17 1/4" 43.9

ThermoFlex 2-17

Section 2
ThermoFlex15000/20000/24000 Dimensions
(inches/centimeters)
Front View

For ThermoFlex24000 Air-Cooled Chillers 58 5/8" 148.9

49 7/16" 125.5

Side View

34 5/8" 88.0

6" 15.2

46 1/2" 118.1

31 1/2" 80.0

� Thermo Fisher Scientific

reserves the right to change

6 1/16"

specifications without notice.

15.4

2-18 ThermoFlex

16 13/16" 42.7

2 5/8" 6.6
Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex15000/20000/24000
1 3/4" 4.4

20 1/8" 51.1 14 11/16" 37.3

Rear View

19 13/16" 50.3

15 1/4" 38.8

Power Inlet

Process Return 1" FNPT Stainless Steel

Section 2

15 1/16" 38.3
Process Discharge 1" FNPT Wrought Copper

5 1/16" 12.9
2 1/4" 5.7
7" 17.8
Optional 1/4" FNPT Auto-Refill Port Process drain valve

24 5/8" 62.8
6 5/16" 16.0
Process drain 1/4" FNPT
DRAIN
The applicable options fit within this envelope, see Section 5.

Facility water connections 24 5/8" Supply 62.8 Cast Bronze 3/4" FNPT Return Stainless 3/4" FNPT
6 5/16" 16.0

Facility drain 1/4" FNPT

Water-cooled only

25" 63.5
8 1/16" 20.5

Top View

25 7/8" 65.7

� Thermo Fisher Scientific

reserves the right to change

specifications without notice.

5 9/16" 14.2

Thermo Scientific

Shipping crate dimensions (approximate): 62" (157 cm) wide 78" (198 cm) tall 48" (122 cm) deep
ThermoFlex 2-19

Section 2

2-20 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3 Installation

Site Requirements

Ambient Temperature Range*

10�C to 40�C (50�F to 104�F)

Relative Humidity Range

10% to 80% (non-condensing)

Operating Altitude*

Sea Level to 6562 feet (2000 meters)

Overvoltage Category

Pollution Degree

Degree of Protection

IP 20

*Because of the decrease in air density, maximum temperature for the air entering an air-cooled ThermoFlex is reduced by 1�C per 1,000 feet above sea level. In addition, cooling capacity is reduced 1.2% per 1,000 feet above sea level.

Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, inadequate ventilation, or corrosive materials are present.

Note Refer to the nameplate information on the rear of the chiller.

Air-cooled chillers retain their full rated capacity at 20�C setpoint in ambient temperatures up to 25�C (77�F). For ambient temperatures above 25�C please de-rate the cooling capacity 3% for every 1�C above 25�C (77�F), up to a maximum ambient temperature of 40�C (104�F). Note that when operating at a process temperature lower than 20�C the de-rate percentage may increase due to additional gains from losses to ambient.

Note Depending on the setpoint and ambient temperatures, there may be a heat gain or loss through the plumbing resulting in a variation from setpoint temperature at the application inlet. Applications with large temperature variations between ambient and setpoint temperatures, and/or long plumbing lengths, may require additional insulation.

ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled chillers have a two-speed fan. Should the chiller's internal ambient temperature reach 50�C for 30 seconds, or reach 53�C, the fan speed will switch from slow speed to high speed to maintain internal temperatures within acceptable limits. When the temperature reaches 44�C or below for at least 15 minutes the speed will return to low. When in high speed the chiller's decibel level increases significantly.

Note High speed is required for the chiller to achieve its 2500 watt cooling capacity. At high-end operating conditions the fan can be set to run at high speed all the time using the controller's Setup Loop, see Section 4.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-1

Section 3

Chillers installed below the end-user application may enable system fluid to drain back into the chiller and cause spillage. Thermo Fisher offers an antidrainback kit to prevent any spillage, see Section 5.
Air-cooled chillers can be installed with both sides blocked, or one side and the rear. See Figure 3-1. The front of the chiller needs a minimum clearance of 24". Air will enter the front and exit through the sides and rear.
Having two sides blocked can impact the chiller's performance due to changes in air flow. If your installation requires two blocked sides please ensure that the following requirements are met:
Process Setpoint Temperature: Below 30�C (86�F)
Ambient: Below 40�C (104�F)
Before operating the chiller in conditions outside any of those listed on this page please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support to review your installation.

Figure 3-1 Minimum Clearance

Electrical Requirements

The chiller must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and the with reference to the information on the chiller's nameplate located on the rear.
Locate the chiller so it is near, and has easy access to, its disconnecting device.
The user is responsible to ensure that the line cord provided meets local electrical codes. If not, contact qualified installation personnel.

3-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3

The chiller is intended for use on a dedicated outlet. The ThermoFlex has an internal circuit protection that is equivalent (approximately) to the branch circuit rating. This is to protect the ThermoFlex, and is not intended as a substitute for branch circuit protection.

Electrical Service Requirements (Standard chillers):

ThermoFlex900

Voltage �10%
100VAC 115VAC 200VAC 208-230VAC 230VAC

Frequency Phase

50Hz

1�

60Hz

1�

50Hz

1�

60Hz

1�

50Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A 15A 15A 15A *16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug 5-15P 5-15P 6-15P 6-15P -

ThermoFlex1400

Voltage �10%
100VAC 115VAC 200VAC 208-230VAC 230VAC

Frequency Phase

50Hz

1�

60Hz

1�

50Hz

1�

60Hz

1�

50Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
20A 20A 15A 15A *16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug 5-20P 5-20P 6-15P 6-15P -

ThermoFlex2500

Voltage �10%

Frequency Phase

200VAC P1, P2 Pump

50Hz

1�

208-230VAC P1, P2 Pump

60Hz

1�

200VAC T1 Pump

50Hz

1�

208-230VAC T1 Pump

60Hz

1�

230 VAC

50 Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A 15A 20A 20A *16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug 6-15P 6-15P 6-20P 6-20P -

ThermoFlex3500/5000

Voltage �10%

Frequency Phase

200VAC P1, P2 Pump

50Hz

1�

200VAC T1, P3 Pump

50Hz

1�

200VAC P4 Pump

50Hz

1�

208-230VAC P1, P2 Pump

60Hz

1�

208-230VAC T1, P3 Pump

60Hz

1�

208-230VAC P4 Pump

60Hz

1�

230VAC P1 - P4 Pump

50Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A 20A 30A 15A 20A 30A *16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug 6-15P 6-20P L6-30P 6-15P 6-20P L6-30P -

* Refer to Appendix A for country specific ratings. Thermo Scientific

Continued on next page. ThermoFlex 3-3

Section 3

ThermoFlex7500/10000 (Air-cooled)

Voltage �10%
200VAC P2 Pump 200VAC P3 Pump 200VAC P5 Pump 200VAC T5 Pump 208-230VAC P2 Pump 208-230VAC P3 Pump 208-230VAC P5 Pump 208-230VAC T5 Pump 400VAC P2 Pump 400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T5 Pump

ThermoFlex7500/10000 (Water-cooled)

ThermoFlex15000/20000 (Air-cooled)

Voltage �10%
208-230VAC P3 Pump 208-230VAC P5 Pump
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 208-230VAC T9 Pump

Frequency Phase

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

MCA
16.5 18.7 22.3 17.3 16.5 18.7 22.3 17.3 10.9 9.6 11.8 8.7

MOPD
30 30 35 30 30 30 35 30 20 15 15 15

Line Cord Plug
L15-20P L15-30P L15-30P L15-20P L15-20P L15-30P L15-30P L15-20P IEC309 IEC309 IEC309 IEC309

Frequency Phase

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

MCA
16.2 18.4 22.0 17.0 16.2 18.4 22.0 17.0 10.6 9.3 11.5 8.4

MOPD
30 30 35 30 30 30 35 30 20 15 20 15

Line Cord Plug
L15-20P L15-30P L15-30P L15-20P L15-20P L15-30P L15-30P L15-20P IEC309 IEC309 IEC309 IEC309

Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

60Hz

3�

32.2

Hard wire

60Hz

3�

35.8

Hard wire

50Hz

3�

15.9

Hard wire

50Hz

3�

18.1

Hard wire

60Hz

3�

40.7

Hard wire

MCA = Minimum Circuit Ampacity MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device Values reflect those on the nameplate located on the rear of the chiller.
3-4 ThermoFlex

Continued on next page. Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex15000/20000 (Water-cooled)
ThermoFlex24000 (Air-cooled)
ThermoFlex24000 (Water-cooled)

Voltage �10%
208-230VAC P3 Pump 208-230VAC P5 Pump
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 208-230VAC T9 Pump
Voltage �10%
208-230VAC P3 Pump 208-230VAC P5 Pump
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 208-230VAC T9 Pump
Voltage �10%
208-230VAC P3 Pump 208-230VAC P5 Pump
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 208-230VAC T9 Pump

Section 3

Frequency Phase

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

MCA
28.7 32.3 14.5 16.7 37.3

MOPD
50 60 25 30 60

Line Cord Plug
Hard wire Hard wire Hard wire Hard wire Hard wire

Frequency Phase

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

43.9

70 Hard wire

52.9

90 Hard wire

20.1

35 Hard wire

22.3

40 Hard wire

57.8

90 Hard wire

Frequency
60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 50Hz 60Hz

Phase
3� 3� 3� 3� 3�

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

37.1

70 Hard wire

40.7

70 Hard wire

18.8

35 Hard wire

21.0

35 Hard wire

51.0

90 Hard wire

Electrical Service Requirements (Variable voltage chillers):

ThermoFlex900

Voltage �10%

Frequency

Phase

115VAC 100VAC

60Hz

1�

50/60Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A 15A

Line Cord Plug 5-15P* 5-15P*

ThermoFlex1400

Voltage �10%

Frequency Phase

115VAC 100VAC

60Hz

1�

50/60Hz

1�

* United States and Japan only. All other plugs are country specific.

Branch Circuit Requirements
20A 20A

Line Cord Plug -

For installation information on variable voltage chillers refer to Appendix B. Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-5

Section 3

Electrical Service Requirements (Global Voltage chillers):

ThermoFlex900

Voltage �10%
200/208/230V AC 200/230VAC

Frequency Phase

60 Hz

1�

50 Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A **16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug
-
-

ThermoFlex1400

Voltage �10%
200/208/230V AC 200/230VAC

Frequency Phase

60 Hz

1�

50 Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A **16A1, 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug
-
-

ThermoFlex2500

Voltage �10%
200 VAC T1 Pump 208-230VAC T1 Pump
230 VAC

Frequency Phase

60 Hz

1�

60 Hz

1�

50 Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A
20A *16A1 , 15A2, 13A3

Line Cord Plug
-
-
-

ThermoFlex3500/5000

Voltage �10%

Frequency Phase

200/208-230VAC P1 P3 Pump 50/60 Hz

1�

200/208-230VAC T1 P3 Pump 50/60 Hz

1�

200/208-230VAC P4 Pump

50/60 Hz

1�

Branch Circuit Requirements
15A 20A 30A

Line Cord Plug
-
-
Hard wired

ThermoFlex7500/10000 (Air-cooled)

Voltage �10%
400VAC P2 Pump 400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T5 Pump 460VAC P2 Pump 460VAC P3 Pump 460VAC P5 Pump 460VAC T5 Pump

Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

50 Hz

3�

8.8

15 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

10.1

20 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

12.3

20 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

9.1

15 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

8.8

15 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

10.1

20 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

12.3

20 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

9.1

15 Hard wire

ThermoFlex7500/10000 (Water-cooled)

Voltage �10%
400VAC P2 Pump 400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T5 Pump 460VAC P2 Pump 460VAC P3 Pump 460VAC P5 Pump 460VAC T5 Pump

Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

50 Hz

3�

8.4

15 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

9.7

20 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

11.9

20 Hard wire

50 Hz

3�

8.8

15 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

8.4

15 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

9.7

20 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

11.9

20 Hard wire

60 Hz

3�

8.8

15 Hard wire

3-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3

ThermoFlex15000/20000 (Air-cooled)

Voltage �10%
400 VAC P 3 Pump 400 VAC P 5 Pump 460 VAC P 3 Pump 460 VAC P 5 Pump 400 VAC T 9 Pump 460 VAC T 9 Pump

Frequency Phase

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

16.2

30 Hard wire

18.4

30 Hard wire

16.2

30 Hard wire

18.4

30 Hard wire

19.9

30 Hard wire

19.9

30 Hard wire

ThermoFlex15000/20000 (Water-cooled)
ThermoFlex24000 (Air-cooled)

Voltage �10%
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 460VAC P3 Pump 460VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T9 Pump 460VAC T9 Pump Voltage �10%
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 460VAC P3 Pump 460VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T9 Pump 460VAC T9 Pump

Frequency Phase

50Hz 50Hz 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
Frequency

3� 3� 3� 3� 3� 3�
Phase

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

14.5

25 Hard wire

16.7

30 Hard wire

14.5

25 Hard wire

16.7

30 Hard wire

18.1

30 Hard wire

18.1

30 Hard wire

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

20.1

35 Hard wire

22.3

40 Hard wire

20.1

35 Hard wire

22.3

40 Hard wire

23.6

40 Hard wire

23.6

40 Hard wire

ThermoFlex24000 (Water-cooled)

Voltage �10%
400VAC P3 Pump 400VAC P5 Pump 460VAC P3 Pump 460VAC P5 Pump 400VAC T9 Pump 460VAC T9 Pump

Frequency Phase

50Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

50Hz

3�

60Hz

3�

MCA MOPD Line Cord Plug

18.8

35 Hard wire

21.0

35 Hard wire

18.8

35 Hard wire

21.0

35 Hard wire

22.4

40 Hard wire

22.4

40 Hard wire

** Chillers selected for 230VAC operation have a range of -10% to +7%. Refer to Appendix A for country specific ratings.
For installation information on global voltage chillers refer to Appendix B. Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.
MCA = Minimum Circuit Ampacity
MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device Values reflect those on the nameplate located on the rear of the chiller .

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-7

Section 3

Hard Wire Installation
WARNING

For personal safety and equipment reliability, only a qualified technician should perform the following procedure.

Note The technician is responsible for installing circuit protection for incoming power. Before wiring consult the nameplate on the rear of the chiller. Ensure installation is in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any other applicable country and local codes.

(2)

(2)
Figure 3-2 Electrical Box

Terminal Block Ground Stud

Knock Out

For ThermoFlex900 through 10000 chillers � Remove the six screws securing the electrical box cover to the chiller. � Remove the double knock out ( 7/8" and 1 3/32"). � Insert the cable through the hole. � Refer to the label in the electrical box to configure your chiller, see Figure 3-3. � Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud. � Reinstall the cover.

3-8 ThermoFlex

Figure 3-3 Sample Label For ThermoFlex15000, 20000 and 24000 chillers � Remove the five screws securing the electrical panel to the chiller. � Refer to the label in the electrical box to configure your chiller, see Figure 3-3. � Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud. � Reinstall the panel..
Thermo Scientific

Section 3

Plumbing Requirements
CAUTION

Ensure that all shipping plugs are removed before installation.
Never connect the process fluid lines to your facility water supply or any pressurized liquid source.

CAUTION To prevent damage to the chiller's plate exchanger, centrifugal pumps require a 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) minimum flow rate.

CAUTION

P1 and P2 pumps are capable of producing 185 psig. Ensure your plumbing is rated to withstand this pressure at your operating temperature. An external pressure relief valve is available, see Section 5.

Note Ensure your plumbing installation develops a back pressure to the ThermoFlex greater than 3 PSIG. Lower pressure will shut down the chiller.

The process fluid connections are located on the rear of the chiller and are labeled (process outlet) and (process inlet).

Process Fluid Connections (FNPT) Outlet ThermoFlex900 - 10000 P1 P2 T0 T1 ThermoFlex3500 - 5000 P3 P4

1/2" cast bronze 3/4" cast bronze 1" wrought copper all connections stainless steel

Supplied Adapters

P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 1/2" x 3/8'' barb polyethylene and 1/2" x 1/2" barb

nylon P 3 P 4

3/4" MPT x 1/2" barb PVC

P 3 P 5 T 5 T 9 1" MPT x 1" barb PVC and 1" MPT x 3/4" barb PVC

Stainless steel outlet connection for chillers with P1/P2 pumps and a flow transducer

See Section 2 for the specific locations on your chiller.

Thermo Scientific

1/4" Female NPT Riton Reservoir DRAIN Drain Plug
Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (1 of 2)

ThermoFlex 3-9

Section 3

Application

Process Fluid Flow

Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (2 of 2)

Connect the process outlet to the fluid inlet on your application. Connect the process Inlet to the fluid outlet on your application. Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used. (If Teflon� tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the first thread as it could shred and get into the fluid.) Keep the distance between the chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible. Ensure tubing is straight and without bends. If diameter reductions are required, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the ThermoFlex.

Water-cooled Chillers only The facility water plumbing connections are also located on the rear and
are labeled FACILITY INLET and FACILITY OUTLET. The connections are �" Female NPT for ThermoFlex900 - 5000, �" Female NPT for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000. Both connections for ThermoFlex900 to 10000 are cast bronze. The supply connections for ThermoFlex15000 to 24000 are cast bronze, the return connections are stainless steel.

Connect the Facility inlet to your facility water supply. Connect the FACILITY outlet to your facility water return or drain. Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used. (If Teflon� tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the first thread as it could shred and get into the fluid.)

See Section 2 for the specific locations on your chiller.

3-10 ThermoFlex

Figure 3-5 Typical Plumbing Connections, Water-cooled Chillers
Thermo Scientific

Section 3

Process Fluid Requirements
WARNING

Do not use automotive antifreeze. Commercial antifreeze contains silicates that can damage the pump seals. Use of any fluid not listed below will void the manufacturer's warranty.

Approved fluids are: Filtered/Single Distilled water 0 - 75% Laboratory Grade Ethylene Glycol/Water 0 - 75% Laboratory Grade Propylene Glycol/Water Deionized water (3 M-cm max, compensated)

WARNING CAUTION

For applications requiring resistivity greater than 1 M-cm please call and speak to an applications engineer for additional information.
Ethylene glycol (EG) is poisonous and flammable. Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer's most current SDS for handling precautions.
EG is also hygroscopic, it will absorb water from its environment. This can affect the freezing point and boiling point of the fluid over time and may result in system failure.

CAUTION CAUTION

To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through 24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10�C process temperature.
When using a process fluid mixture of ethylene glycol and water or propylene glycol and water, check the fluid concentration and pH on a regular basis. Changes in concentration and pH can impact system performance.

CAUTION

When using EG/water or PG/water, top-off with plain water. After top-off check the fluid concentration.

CAUTION

Do not use a Deionization (DI) filter cartridge with Inhibited EG or Inhibited PG. A DI filter will remove inhibitors from the solution rendering the fluid ineffective against corrosion protection. Also, inhibitors increase fluid conductivity.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-11

Section 3

Compatibility with Approved Fluids

Filtered/Single Distilled Water Filtered drinking water and single distilled water are good choices for recirculating chillers because the filtering/distilling process used removes microorganisms that could create biological fouling as well as harmful particulates and excessive minerals that could cause deposits and scaling.

Chlorine Short term usage of tap water may not cause any adverse affects on the chiller or your application, but in the long term problems may arise. To help alleviate these problems Thermo Fisher Scientific recommends the use of chlorine.
The duration of time that chlorine remains in solution depends on factors such as water temperature, pH and availability of direct sunlight. We recommend maintaining chlorine levels at proper levels using chlorine test strips, generally 1 to 5 ppm is adequate.
For best results, maintain the pH of the fluid between 6.5 and 7.5. Do not add additional chlorine without first determining the concentration ratio that already exists in the fluid supply. Corrosion and degradation of the circulation components can result from concentration ratios that are too high. Contact our customer support for additional information.

Deionized Water Deionized water is water that has had its mineral ions removed using ion exchange resins. The purpose of this process is to remove the ions that allow electrical current to flow more easily through water. This helps to prevent electrical leaks to ground through the recirculating fluid. Deionized water is classified by the electrical resistance of the water, usually measured in M-cm, with pure water having a resistance of 18 M-cm.
Deionized water is in an unbalanced state and will leach the missing ions from the materials it comes in contact with. The aggressive nature of this leaching can cause pitting on metal surfaces. Note that the deionizing process does not remove microorganisms. Because of this, we recommend deionized water only with applications that have it as a specified requirement.
In any case, only deionized water with 3 M-cm resistivity maximum is approved for use in Thermo Fisher Scientific recirculating chillers.

Recommended Biocides and Inhibitors Thermo Fisher Scientific offers a biocide and inhibitor package Thermo 200 (Nalco) premixed with 5 gallons of water or as a kit to be added to water. No other biocide or inhibitor is recommended for use in our recirculating chillers.

WARNING

Biocides are corrosive and can cause irreversible eye damage and skin burns. They are harmful if inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the skin. Refer to the manufacturer's most current SDS.

3-12 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

CAUTION

Section 3
To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through 24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10�C process temperature.
Uninhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water Ethylene glycol is used to depress the freezing point of water and should only be used at temperatures where freeze point suppression is required. Ethylene glycol does not improve heat transfer and is not recommended for use as a biocide. Because glycols lower the surface tension of water and do not evaporate as readily as water, they may cause visible weepage past the pump seals. If weepage cannot be tolerated, seal-less, use magnetically driven pumps where available.
Uninhibited simply means that the glycol does not contain any additives to prevent corrosion. While uninhibited ethylene glycol is acceptable for use, the pH level must be closely monitored and the fluid may need to be replaced more often. Since all glycols produce acids in the presence of air and the fluid, change the glycol if the pH falls below 8. Note that litmus paper will not work to test the pH of ethylene glycol/water.
Inhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water and Inhibited Propylene Glycol/ Water Inhibited glycol can help protect the wetted metals within the cooling circuit from corrosion caused by poor water quality, ethylene glycol oxidation (low pH) and mixed metals (electrolysis). The inhibitor works by either leaving a barrier coating on metal surfaces to buffer them from the corrosive fluid or by creating an oxidized layer that protects the underlying metal (passivating).
Inhibited automotive glycols are never acceptable. They use either silicates or Organic Acid Technology (OAT) as the inhibitor and these components are not compatible with the polymers used in recirculating chillers including the pump seals and internal hoses.
Inhibitors may also accelerate pump seal wear and seal-less, Use magnetically driven pumps where available.
Uninhibited Propylene Glycol/Water Propylene glycol does not transfer heat as well as ethylene glycol, but can be used when freeze point suppression is required as well as lower toxicity.
Propylene glycol does not function as a biocide and the pH needs to be maintained the same as with ethylene glycol as it also produces acid when oxidized.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-13

Section 3

Additional Fluid Information

When using the ThermoFlex chiller to circulate through aluminum, use a compatible corrosion inhibitor to prevent galvanic corrosion.
Ensure fluid viscosity is 50 cSt or less at the lowest temperature used.

Visible pump weepage may occur when compatible glycols, oils or other additives are used. Pump weepage is considered as a normal operating condition of mechanical seal pumps.

Process Water Quality and Standards

Process Fluid
Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi)
Inorganic Chemicals Calcium Chloride Copper
Iron Lead Magnesium Manganese Nitrates\Nitrites Potassium Silicate Sodium Sulfate Hardness Total Dissolved Solids

Permissible (PPM) 0

Desirable (PPM) 0

<25

<0.6

<25

<10

<1.3

<1.0

0.020 ppm if fluid in contact with aluminum

<0.3

<0.1

<0.015

<12

<0.1

<0.05

<0.03

<10 as N

<20

<0.3

<25

<1.0

<20

<0.3

<25

<17

<0.05

<50

<10

Other Parameters pH Resistivity
* M-cm (compensated to 25�C)

6.5-8.5 0.01*

7-8 0.05-0.1*

Unfavorably high total ionized solids (TIS) can accelerate the rate of galvanic corrosion. These contaminants can function as electrolytes which increase the potential for galvanic cell corrosion and lead to localized corrosion such as pitting. Eventually, the pitting will become so extensive that refrigerant will leak into the water reservoir.

As an example, raw water in the United States averages 171 ppm (of NaCl). The recommended level for use in a water system is between 0.5 to 5.0 ppm (of NaCl).

Recommendation: Initially fill the reservoir with distilled or 3 M-cm deionized water. (It is acceptable to have the fluid drop to the other levels

3-14 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3
over-time.) Do not use untreated tap water as the total ionized solids level may be too high. This will reduce the electrolytic potential of the water and prevent or reduce the galvanic corrosion observed.

Facility Water Quality and Standards
(water-cooled chillers)

Facility Water Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi)
Inorganic Chemicals Calcium Chloride Copper

Iron Lead Magnesium Manganese Nitrates\Nitrites Potassium Silicate Sodium Sulfate Hardness Total Dissolved Solids

Permissible (PPM) 0

Desirable (PPM) 0

<40

<0.6

<250

<25

<1.3

<1.0

0.020 ppm if fluid in contact with aluminum

<0.3

<0.1

<0.015

<12

<0.1

<0.05

<0.03

<10 as N

<20

<0.3

<25

<1.0

<20

<0.3

<250

<50

<17

<0.05

<50

<10

Other Parameters pH Resistivity

6.5-8.5 0.01*

7-8 0.05-0.1*

* M-cm (compensated to 25�C)

Note A corrosion inhibitor is recommended if mixed metals are in the facility water loop.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-15

Section 3

Facility Water Requirements (water-cooled
chillers)
CAUTION

Facility Water Maximum Inlet Pressure must not exceed 150 PSIG.
Facility Water Maximum Pressure Differential must not exceed 50 PSID. (Pressure Differential = Inlet Pressure - Outlet Pressure)
Note Contact us before using facility water that is above 35�C.

The facility water must meet the following conditions for the chiller to maintain its full rated capacity.

ThermoFlex1400

Facility Temperature �C

45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10
5
0

4.5

4.0

3.5

�C A

3.0

PSID

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

1.0

2.0

3.0

Facility Flow - GPM

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

Example:

Follow the

lines.

Start with a known, e.g., facility

water

temperature.

A - go across to temperature

curve

B - drop down to determine the

minimum required facility flow.

C - Where B crosses the PSID

curve, go across to determine the

minimum required PSID.

ThermoFlex2500 ThermoFlex3500/5000

Facility Temperature �C

35 30 25 20 15 10
5
0
45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10
5

�C A

PSID

1.0

2.0

Facility Flow - GPM

6 5 4 3 2 1
3.0

A B
2

�C

PSID

Facility Flow - GPM

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

Example: See above.

45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5
10

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

Example: See above.

3-16 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

ThermoFlex7500/10000

Facility Temperature �C

�C

30 A

PSID

ThermoFlex15000/20000
40 35 30 25 20 15 10
5

Facility Temperature �C

Facility Flow - GPM

�C A

PSID

15 Example: See below.
60 50 40 30 20 10

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

ThermoFlex24000

Facility Temperature �C

5 A

Facility Flow - GPM

Example: See below.

Facility Pressure Drop PSID

�C

PSID 15

Facility Flow - GPM

Example:

Follow the

lines.

Start with a known, e.g., facility water temperature.

A - go across to temperature curve

B - drop down to determine the minimum required facility flow.

C - Where B crosses the PSID curve, go across to determine the minimum required PSID.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-17

Section 3

Fluid Filter Bag
CAUTION

The reservoir has a fluid bag filter designed to prevent the introduction of particulates into the system.
Install the filter bag before starting the chiller.

Place your fingers below the front of the housing and push up on the housing to remove it.

Fluid Bag Filter

Funnel Housing

Install the bag.
Replace the housing. Slide its back edge under the lip of the chiller's top panel and then press down until the housing snaps into place.

Figure 3-6 Fluid Filter Bag

Priming If able, pre-fill the process fluid lines. The chiller is designed to shut down if
not properly primed.

Ensure that there is enough fluid prepared to fill both the chiller and your application. If able, pre-fill the process fluid lines to reduce the setup time.

Fill the reservoir to the max fill line on the reservoir sight tube. To prevent the introduction of particulates into the system, fill the chiller with the reservoir bag filter in place.

Start the chiller by pressing

on the control panel.

As the pump fills your application add fluid to the reservoir to maintain the fluid level.

Repeat this process until the fluid level no longer drops in the reservoir.

If you need to pause priming press

to turn the chiller off.

WARNING Not completely filling the chiller and process fluid lines could damage the chiller's pump.

3-18 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 3

Initial Filling Ensure the reservoir drain plug on the back of the chiller is in place, or the
Riton fitting is closed, and that all plumbing connections are secure.

WARNING

Before using any fluid refer to the manufacturer's SDS for handling precautions.
Locate and remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.

To prevent the introduction of particulates into the system, fill the chiller with the reservoir bag filter in place.

Figure 3-7 Reservoir Cap
The reservoir has a sight tube and ball for easy fluid level monitoring. Slowly fill the reservoir with clean process fluid through the funnel only, failure to comply may result in internal spillage.
Note Filling the reservoir above MAX LEVEL fill line will result in an over flow error (O FLO) causing the chiller to shut down.
Since the reservoir capacity may be small compared to your application and air may need to be purged from the lines, have extra cooling fluid on hand to keep the system topped off when external circulation is started.

MAX LEVEL
Reservoir Sight Tube & Ball

MIN LEVEL

CAUTION

Figure 3-8 Reservoir Sight Tube & Ball
Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place, see next page.
Replace the reservoir cap by screwing it clockwise. Cap should be hand tight.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 3-19

Section 3

Fluid Top Off

Remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.
To prevent the introduction of particulates into the system, fill the chiller with the reservoir bag filter in place.

The reservoir has a sight tube and ball for easy fluid level monitoring. Slowly fill the reservoir with clean process fluid through the funnel only, failure to comply may result in internal spillage.

Note Filling the reservoir above MAX LEVEL fill line will result in an over flow error (O FLO) causing the chiller to shut down. Also, fluids expand
when heated.

Note Adding fluid that has a temperature differential with the fluid already in the reservoir will temporarily affect the chiller's stability performance.

CAUTION Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place.

Reservoir Ball Stopper

Figure 3-9 Reservoir Ball Stopper

3-20 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4 Operation
Basic Controller The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative
(PID) algorithm. It is designed with an easy to use operator interface.

+
enter
-

mode

Figure 4-1 Basic Controller

enter
mode
+ -

Press this key to start and stop the chiller.
Press this key to navigate through the controller displays, to make changes and to save changes once they are made. It is also used to clear error codes.
Press this key to navigate through controller displays.
Press the up arrow key to navigate through the controller displays and to increase adjustable values.
Press the down arrow key to navigate through the controller displays and to decrease adjustable values.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-1

Section 4

Setup

Note For first time use, please refer to the quick start instructions included with your chiller or the copy in this manual. The manual's version follows the Table of Contents.

Before starting the chiller, double check all electrical and plumbing connections. Have extra recirculating fluid on hand. If the chiller will not start refer to Section 7 Troubleshooting.

If the chiller is equipped with a deionization filter cartridge refer to Section 5 for installation.

Start Up � Place the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear to the up position.

� For ThermoFlex900 through 10000s, place the circuit protector located

on the rear to the on ( I ) position. The display will indicate a series of

upward scrolling bars (

� For ThermoFlex15000 and 24000s, the display will indicate a series of

upward scrolling bars (

) as soon as power is supplied.

� The bars will scroll upward indicating the controller is initializing. The initialization takes approximately 15 seconds.

� When the bars disappear the controller display will go blank.

� Press the key on the controller. The controller will show the process fluid temperature. The pump and refrigeration system will also start. Note You can press the key anytime after placing the circuit protector to the on position.

CAUTION

If the auto restart is enabled and the chiller shuts down as a result of a power failure, when power is restored the chiller will automatically restart. Auto restart is enabled using the Setup Loop, see Setup Loop in this Section. Consider any possible risks before enabling this mode of operation.

Note After start up, check your plumbing for leaks.

4-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4 Operation
Basic Controller The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative
(PID) algorithm. It is designed with an easy to use operator interface.

+
enter
-

mode

Figure 4-1 Basic Controller

enter
mode
+ -

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-1

Section 4

Setup

Note For first time use, please refer to the quick start instructions included with your chiller or the copy in this manual. The manual's version follows the Table of Contents.

Before starting the chiller, double check all electrical and plumbing connections. Have extra recirculating fluid on hand. If the chiller will not start refer to Section 7 Troubleshooting.

If the chiller is equipped with a deionization filter cartridge refer to Section 5 for installation.

Start Up � Place the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear to the up position.

� For ThermoFlex900 through 10000s, place the circuit protector located

on the rear to the on ( I ) position. The display will indicate a series of

upward scrolling bars (

� For ThermoFlex15000 and 24000s, the display will indicate a series of

upward scrolling bars (

) as soon as power is supplied.

� The bars will scroll upward indicating the controller is initializing. The initialization takes approximately 15 seconds.

� When the bars disappear the controller display will go blank.

CAUTION

Note After start up, check your plumbing for leaks.

4-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4

If desired, press

to display the pump's discharge pressure - P1.

The display will alternate between P1 and the pump's discharge pressure

value.

If the chiller is equipped with an optional flow transducer, pressing
again will display the flow rate - FLo. The display will alternate between FLo and the flow rate value.

After displaying P1 or FLo for 60 seconds, if

is not pressed the

display will automatically revert to the process fluid temperature.

Press

again to display the process fluid temperature.

xx.x C P1

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

P1 - Pump discharge pressure
in PSI, bar or kPa*.

FLo

Figure 4-2 Main Loop

FLo - Flow rate in liters or gallons per minute* (optional feature)
* See Setup Loop in this Section to change displayed scales.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-3

Section 4

Controller Loops

The controller has the capability to display various loops which indicate operating conditions and parameters. The loops are selected and changed by pressing the appropriate keys.

When the controller is first powered up it goes through a short initialization (~15 seconds) and then displays the process fluid temperature. Press the key combination shown below to scroll through the loops.
xx.x C

mode

SEtuP

diA

Figure 4-3 Controller Loops (Chiller running)

SP is the Setpoint Loop and is used to display and change the setpoint.

The setpoint is the desired process fluid temperature needed for your

application. The Setpoint Loop is accessed by pressing the

key, see

next page.

SEtuP is the Setup Loop. The Setup Loop allows you to display and/or

alter different parameters of the controller. The Setup Loop is accessed

from the SP display by pressing the

key.

diA is the Diagnostic Loop. The Diagnostic Loop allows you to display

the operating times for various components. The Diagnostic Loop is

accessed from the Setup display by pressing the

key, see Section 6

for more details.

Note The loops can be accessed and changed without the chiller running as long as the circuit protector (ThermoFlex900-10000s) is in the on ( I ) position.

mode

SEtuP

diA

Figure 4-4 Controller Loops (Chiller not running)

4-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-5

Thermo Scientific

Menu Tree

Process fluid temperature

xx.x C

mode

Setpoint value

mode

Setup Loop SEtuP

Pump Discharge

Pressure

FLo Flow rate to application

xx.x C
enter

Press arrows to change value

xx.x C

Process fluid temperature

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.
Displayed only on chillers equipped with that option.

enter
Scales: �C or �F UnitS GPM or LPM
PSI, Bar or kPa Hi t High temp
fault value
Lo t Low temp fault value
Hi P1 Pump high pressure fault value
Lo P1 Pump low pressure fault value Chiller reaction to
ALr a fault, shut down or continue to run Fan speed (TF 2500
FAnSP air-cooled only)
Sound Audible alarm status, on or off
StArt Auto restart status, on or off
CArE Cleaning frequency

Diagnostic Loop

mode

diA9

mode

enter

Identifies incoming HZ frequency value

FLtrS Filter operating hours

OPT Configures Analog IO

di DI filter operating hours

FiLL Configures auto refill

unit Chiller operating hours

di t DI filter cleaning frequency

Process fluid xx.x C temperature

HiFLO Pump high flow fault value

LoFLO Pump low flow fault value

SEr Configures serial communications

drAin Open or close anti-drainback valve

StorE

Save or do not save all changes

xx.x C Process fluid temperature

Section 4

Setpoint Loop ( )

� Ensure the controller is either a blank screen or displaying the process fluid temperature.

� Press the

key and the controller display will alternate between SP

and the setpoint value.

� If no change is required press previous display.

to return the controller to the

� If a setpoint change is required, press

The setpoint range is +5�C to +40�C (41�F to 104�F).

Note If

are not pressed within one minute the controller will time

out and return to the previous display, any changes will not be saved.

� Once the desired value is displayed press the change.

key to confirm the

� The controller will return to the process fluid temperature display or a blank screen.

xx.x C or
mode

enter

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

xx.x C

enter

Figure 4-5 Setpoint Loop

4-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4

Setup Loop ( )

Use the Setup Loop to adjust/verify the following controller settings.
� Scales: temperature in �C or �F, flow in liters per minute or gallons per minute (only chillers with an optional flow transducer), and pressure in PSI, bar or kPa
� High and low temperature alarm limits � High and low pump discharge pressure alarm limits and time delays � Chiller reaction to a temperature, pressure or flow (optional) alarm limit
(continue to run or shut down) � Audible alarm enabled/disabled � View/change the fan speed (ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled only) � Auto restart feature enabled/disabled � Preventive care cleaning frequency reminder for air and fluid filters

Optional Features: � Global voltage � Analog I/O � Auto refill alarm � DI filter cartridge preventive maintenance interval � High/low flow alarm limits � Serial communications � Anti drainback valve position
� Save or not save all changes

To enter the Setup Loop ensure the controller display is either a blank screen (chiller off) or displaying the process fluid temperature. Press the
key and the display will indicate SP, press it again to display SEtuP.

Press the

key to continue, or press

process fluid temperature or blank display.

twice to return to the

Press

to sequence down through the loop. Press

sequence back through the loop up to the Hi t display, see next page.

To change any parameter:

Press the

key.

Press

to change a displayed value.

Press

key to confirm the change and bring up the next display.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-7

Section 4

xx.x C

mode

UnitS

enter

UnitS

degx

Hi t

enter

Hi t

xxxx

Lo t

enter

Lo t

xxxx

SEtuP

mode

diA9

xx.x C

mode

enter � UnitS are the temperature, fluid flow (only chillers with an

optional flow transducer) and pressure display scales.

enter Scales: �C or �F

Defaults: �C

GPM or LPM

GPM

PSI, Bar or kPa

PSI

� Hi t is the fluid's High Temperature alarm limit.

enter Range: +3�C to +42�C

Default: +42�C

Exceeding this limit flashes Hi t and, if enabled, sounds the

alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm configuration

(see ALr on next page).

� Lo t is the fluid's Low Temperature alarm limit.

Range: +3�C to +42�C

Default: +3�C

Falling below this limit flashes Lo t and, if enabled, sounds
enter
the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm

configuration (see ALr on next page).

Hi P1

enter

Hi P1

dELAY

LLoo P1

Continued on next page.

Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

� Hi P1 is the pump's High Pressure discharge alarm limit. T1 T0 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 100 PSI T5 Pump Range: 2 to 105 PSI Default: 105 PSI enter P1 P2 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 100 PSI P 3 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 46 PSI Default: 46 PSI P 3 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 32 PSI Default: 32 PSI P 4 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 85 PSI Default: 85 PSI P 4 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 60 PSI Default: 60 PSI P 5 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 87 PSI Default: 87 PSI P 5 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 56 PSI Default: 56 PSI T 9 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 105 PSI Default: 105 PSI

Exceeding this limit flashes Hi P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm (see Sound on next page).

� dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed the

enter

Hi P1 alarm limit. Note This feature is only active if the

chiller is configured to shut down with a pressure alarm.

P1, P2, T0 and T1 Range: 0 to 30 seconds

Default: 0 seconds

P3 - P5, T5 Range: 0 to 60 seconds Default: 0 seconds Exceeding this limit flashes Hi P1 and, if enabled, sounds

the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the alarm configuration (see ALr on next page).

4-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Continued from previous page

Lo P1

enter

Lo P1

enter

ALr

enter

ALr

FLt indC

FAnSP

enter

FAnSP

Auto Hi

Sound

enter

Sound

oFF

StArt Continued on next page.
Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

Section 4

� Lo P1 is the pump's Low Pressure discharge alarm enter limit.
T0 T1 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 4 PSI T5 Pump Range: 4 to 105 PSI Default: 4 PSI P1 P2 Pump Range: 3 to 100 PSI Default: 4 PSI P3 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 46 PSI Default: 4 PSI P3 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 32 PSI Default: 4 PSI P4 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 85 PSI Default: 4 PSI P4 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 60 PSI Default: 4 PSI P5 Pump 60Hz Range: 3 to 87 PSI Default: 4 PSI P 5 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 56 PSI Default: 4 PSI T 9 Pump 50Hz Range: 3 to 105 PSI Default: 105 PSI

Going below this limit flashes Lo P1 and, if enabled, sounds the alarm.

� dELAY is the length of time the pump can exceed

the Lo P1 alarm limit. Note This feature is only active

if the chiller is configured to shut down with a pressure

alarm.

Range: 0 to 30 seconds

Default: 10 seconds

enter Exceeding this limit flashes Lo P1 and, if enabled,

sounds the alarm. The chiller reaction depends on the

ALr alarm configuration set below.

� ALr is used to configure the chiller's reaction for

exceeding an alarm limit (temperature, pressure and

optional flow). The chiller will either shut down (FLt)

or continue to run (indC). In each configuration, the

controller will display the error code and sound the

audible alarm, if enabled. enter Range: FLt or indC

Default: FLt

� FAnSP is used to control the fan speed (air-cooled

2500 only). Auto allows the fan to run under the

conditions listed in Section 3. Selecting Hi allows

enter the fan to run at high speed all the time. Note Hi is

required for chillers to achieve a ThermoFlex2500 watt

cooling capacity.

Range: Auto or Hi

Default: Auto

� Sound is used to enable/disable the audible alarm.

Range: on or oFF

Default: on

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-9

Section 4

Continued from previous page

StArt

enter

AUto

oFF

CArE

enter

CArE

Lxx

StorE

Save all changes Do not save all changes

Figure 4-6 Setup Loop (All Chillers)

� StArt is used to enable/disable the auto restart

enter function. When enabled the chiller will automatically

restart after a power failure or power interruption

condition.

Range: on or oFF

Default: oFF

NOTE Consider any possible risks before enabling this mode of operation.

enter

� CArE is used to set the preventive care cleaning

frequency reminder for the chiller's air and fluid

filters, in hours. The time selected is based on your

operating environment, see Section 6.

Range: off

Default: L1

L1 (1000 hours)

L2 (2000 hours)

L3 (3000 hours)

Off disables the reminder. Exceeding this limit flashes FLtrS, see Section 6.

Note If your chiller is equipped with any of the Optional Features refer to the next page.

When the display indicates StorE press

to save all changes or press

to not save

all changes. The display will return either the process

fluid temperature or, if the chiller was off when you

entered the loop, a blank screen.

4-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4

CArE HZ OPT FiLL
di t

Shaded displays

only appear

on chillers equipped with that option.

enter

� HZ is used to identify the incoming frequency for

chiller's with P3 - P5 pumps and the capability to run

on either 50 Hz or 60 Hz. The selected frequency

automatically adjusts the firmware's fixed high pressure

default setting.

Range: 50 Hz or 60 Hz

Default: 60 Hz

� OPt is used to configure the analog in/out mode of operation. See Appendix C.

enter

SEc

ALr

� FiLL is used to set the time limit the auto refill has for

enter
filling the reservoir to the normal operating level.

Range: 0 to 900 seconds

FLt

Default: 45 seconds ThermoFlex900 - 5000

enter

indC

80 seconds ThermoFlex7500 - 24000

Exceeding the time limit flashes rEFiL and the auto refill

will shut off. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm

ALr setting, Flt is shut down, indC is continue to run.

Note Setting the time limit to 0 disables the auto refill

option. See Section 5 for additional information.

enter

di t

� di t is used to set the preventive care cleaning frequency

xxx

enter
reminder for the chiller's DI filter cartridge.

Range: 0 to 9999 hours

Default: 448 hours

Exceeding the limit flashes di, see Section 6.

HiFLO

enter

HiFLO

LoFLO Continued on next page.
Figure 4-7 Setup Loop (Optional Features)

enter � HiFLO is used to set the high flow alarm limit. T 0 T 1 Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 15.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 2 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 3 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 4 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P 5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T 9 Pump Range: 0.0 to 33.5 GPM Default: 33.5 GPM

Exceeding a high limit flashes HiFLO and, if enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm (ALr) setting.
Note This feature is not enabled until the value is changed to something other than 0.0.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-11

Section 4

Continued from previous page

LoFLO

enter

LoFLO

SEr

yES

drAin

enter

drAin

StorE

Save all changes Do not save all changes

Figure 4-7 Setup Loop (Optional Features)

� LoFLO is used to set the low flow alarm limit.
enter
T0 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM T5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 15.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P1 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P2 Pump Range: 0.0 to 10.5 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P3 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P4 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM P5 Pump Range: 0.0 to 30.0 GPM Default: 0.0 GPM

Going below the low limit flashes LoFLO and, if
enabled, sounds the alarm. The chiller's reaction depends on the alarm (ALr) setting.

This feature is not enabled until the value is changed to enter something other than 0.0. If the feature is not enabled
and the flow rate drops below the flow rate listed below the chiller will continue to run and the controller will flash
between FLo and LoFLo.

P1, T0, T1 and T5 Pump P2 Pump P3, P4 and P5 Pump

0.3 GPM 1.0 GPM 4.0 GPM

� SEr is used to configure the serial communications mode of operation. See Appendix D.
Note Keypad operation is still available with serial communications enabled.

� drAin is used to open and close the chiller's anti

drainback valve for draining, see Section 5.

Range: yes or no

Default: no

Note The chiller must be off to drain the valve. The valve automatically closes when you exit the drAin display.

When the display indicates StorE press

to save all changes or press

to not save all

changes. The display will return either the process fluid

temperature or, if the chiller was off when you entered

the loop, a blank screen.

4-12 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 4

Shut Down Press on the controller.

Note To protect the chiller's compressor, the chiller will enter a 5 to 20

second shut down cycle (colder process fluids take longer) before the

refrigeration system and pump shut down. During this time the display

OFF will indicate

. The bars will scroll downward indicating the

controller is in the shut down cycle.

Using any other means to shut the chiller down can reduce the life of the compressor.
For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers, when the display goes blank it is safe to place the circuit protector located on the rear to the off ( 0 ) position.

CAUTION

Always turn the chiller off and disconnect it from its supply voltage before moving.

CAUTION

For ThermoFlex900 - 10000s, the circuit protector located on the rear is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 4-13

Section 4

4-14 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 5 Options/Accessories

Auto Refill

The Auto Refill provides makeup fluid to replace any fluid lost to evaporation, etc. It requires a pressurized fluid source connection to the �" Female Pipe Thread fitting on the rear of the chiller. (If Teflon� tape is used, ensure the tape does not cover the connection's starting-end thread.)
Note ThermoFlex7500 through 24000s with a P3 or P5 or ThermoFlex7500s and 10000s with a T5 pump have a �" Male brass plug installed in the connection, remove the plug before connecting the makeup fluid.

Thermo Scientific

Figure 5-1 Auto Refill Fitting
The auto refill fluid must also meet water quality standards or the valve may fail to operate as designed, see Section 3.
The auto refill valve input pressure must be < 80 PSI to ensure the valve functions properly.
The auto refill operates when all of the following conditions are met: � Fluid is available � The chiller is turned on � The fluid reaches a low level condition.
The auto refill shuts off when: � The fluid reaches the correct operating level. � The delay timer exceeds user fill time entered in the Setup Loop, see Section 4. If FLt is selected in the Setup Loop the chiller also shuts down. (If indC is selected the chiller continues to run.) In either case the controller will display rEFIL. � The chiller shuts down for any reason.
Setting the fill time to 0 disables auto refill. If a low level condition occurs the chiller will:
� If Indc is selected, continue to run and the controller displays Add. � If FLt is selected, shut down and the controller displays LLF.
ThermoFlex 5-1

Section 5

Internal DI Cartridge

A partial flow DI filter cartridge is designed to maintain water resistivity between 1 and 3 M-cm.
Note The DI option results in a 0.5 gpm reduction of available flow.

CAUTION

The Puralite sensor on the back of the chiller turns red when the cartridge needs changing (< 1 M-cm), see Section 6. Note The Puralite sensor that comes with the DI cartridge requires a separate power source.

Remove the two thumbscrews securing the DI access panel. Remove the new cartridge from the shipping bag. The cartridge has a blue and a white connector. Lower the cartridge into the chiller with the blue connector facing downward. Press down on the cartridge lightly to engage and then rotate it � turn clockwise (do not over rotate) or until you feel the filter click into place.

Access Panel White Connector
Blue Connector

If there is a cartridge in place, first undo the hose fitting by pressing on the quick

Figure 5-2 Internal DI Cartridge

disconnect located on the top white connection.

CAUTION

The DI Cartridge will overpressurize if it is removed from the chiller before removing the hose fitting.

Hose Fitting

Next rotate the cartridge � turn counterclockwise and then pull the cartridge straight up to remove it.

Quick Disconnect

Push the hose fitting into the quick disconnect located on the white end of the cartridge.
Replace the access panel and thumbscrews.

Figure 5-3 DI Fittings

Note The cartridge can be changed with the

chiller running, however, since the cartridge

runs in a parallel arrangement, disconnecting the cartridge adds 0.5 gpm to

the main flow. The additional flow will cause an increase in system pressure

which may cause a high fluid pressure fault.

5-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 5

P1 P2 T0 T1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve (Internal Configuration)

Use the pressure relief valve, located on the top left rear of the chiller, to set the desired system back pressure to your application. The valve is factory preset to 80 � 5 psi (5.5 � 0.4 bar).

Packing Nut

Adjusting Screw

If the chiller is not plumbed to an application, set the pressure by installing a loop of hose equipped with a shut-off valve between the supply and return fittings. Start the chiller and allow it to prime, then close the valve.

Figure 5-4 Nut and Screw

Use the controller's

to display P1, it should display 80 � 5 psi.

xx.x C

FLo

CAUTION

Figure 5-5 Main Loop
Use a screwdriver to turn the adjusting screw (counterclockwise to reduce pressure) until the controller displays the desired setting.

PSI/KPa -+

Note Due to internal back pressure, the minimum pressure setting for a deadheaded P2 pump is 32 psi (2.2 bar), and 8 psi (0.6 bar) for a P1 (these settings prohibit external flow from the chiller).

If the chiller is plumbed to an application, ensure the chiller is off. Then back out the adjusting screw counterclockwise to reduce pressure. Turn the chiller on. Ensure that there is back pressure in the system. Turn the adjusting screw until the controller displays the desired setting.

Do not exceed 100 psi (6.9 bar).

When complete, inspect the area around the 5/8" packing nut for fluid leaks. If fluid is present, slightly tighten the nut and reinspect.
Note Should the chiller start to vibrate the valve setting may be the cause. Changing the pressure setting � 5 psi (0.3 bar) will eliminate the vibration.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 5-3

Section 5

P1 P2 T0 T1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve (External Configuration)

Use the pressure relief valve to set the desired system back pressure (P1) to your application. The valve is factory preset to 80 � 5 psi (5.5 � 0.4 bar).

The valve's inlet/outlet connections are �"FNPT.

Adjusting Screw Packing Nut

Figure 5-6 Nut and Screw

Use the controller's

to display P1, it should display 80 � 5 psi.

xx.x C

FLo

Figure 5-7 Main Loop
Use a screwdriver to turn the adjusting screw (counterclockwise to reduce pressure) until the controller displays the desired setting.

PSI/KPa -+

Note Due to internal back pressure, the minimum pressure setting for a deadheaded P2 pump is 40 psi (2.8 bar), and 22 psi (1.5 bar) for a P1 (these settings prohibit external flow from the chiller).

CAUTION

Do not exceed 100 psi (6.9 bar).
When complete, inspect the area around the 5/8" packing nut for fluid leaks. If fluid is present, slightly tighten the nut and reinspect.

5-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 5

Flow Control with Flow Readout

Flow control for P1, P2, T0 and T1 pumps on

ThermoFlex900 - 5000s is achieved using a 3-way

valve plumbed between the standard process Auxiliary

outlet and the process inlet on the rear of the Process

chiller. Use the auxiliary process outlet at the Outlet

top left of the rear of the chiller as a connection point. The connections are �" FNPT. See Figure 5-8.

Valve Handle

ThermoFlex3500 and 5000s with P3 and P4 Process pumps use a 2-way valve located on the rear Inlet of the chiller. The connections are 3/4" FNPT. Figure 5-8 Flow Control See Figure 5-9.

ThermoFlex7500 and 24000s with P2 - P5 and T5 pumps (see next page) use a valve located on the rear of the chiller. The connections are 1/2" FNPT for P2, 1" FNPT for P3 and P5. See Figure 5-9.

Press the controller's down arrow twice to display the controller's FLo display, see previous page. Turn the valve handle until the desired rate is displayed.

P1 P2 T0 T1 Pump Pressure Relief with
Flow Readout

Note The valve is sensitive to slight adjustments.
The Pressure Relief with Flow Readout works just like the Pressure Relief Valve discussed on the previous page. It allows you to control the pressure going to your application.

Figure 5-9 Flow Control Handle (Typical)
Auxillary Process Outlet

This valve is plumbed between the standard process outlet and the process inlet on the rear of the chiller. Use the auxiliary process outlet at the top left of the rear of the chiller as a connection point, allowing you to also monitor the flow rate to your application using the controller's FLo display, see previous page.
The valve's outlet connection is �" FNPT. See Figure 5-10.

Drain Plug Process Inlet
Figure 5-10 Pressure Relief

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 5-5

Section 5

T5 Pump Flow Control

The flow control valve is used to adjust the flow rate. The valve's handle is designed to identify the valve's position, from full flow to full bypass. When the handle in the horizontal position (in line with the discharge line) the application is receiving full flow. With the handle is vertical the valve is in full bypass.

Full Flow Full Bypass

Anti-Drainback

Chillers installed below the end-user application may allow system fluid to drain back into the chiller and cause spillage. The anti-drainback valve is designed to prevent any such spillage.

The valve opens just before the pump is turned on and it closes just after the pump shuts off.

Semiconductor Equipment and
Materials International
(SEMI) Chillers
(ThermoFlex900-10000 only)

This option is required if your chiller is more than 24 feet below your application, or if there is a possibility of drain back due to the opening of the process lines for either application swaps or chiller servicing.
Compliance SEMI chillers are compliant with:
SEMI S2-0703 Product Safety Assessment SEMI S8-0705 Ergonomic Assessment SEMI S14-0704 Fire Risk Assessment SEMI F47-0706
Emergency Off (EMO) A guarded red mushroom shaped push-button switch with twist-to-reset is provided on the chiller's front to turn it off in case of an emergency. The button head is engraved with "EMO" in large white filled letters.

Note The EMO is controlled by a safety circuit and is not influenced by the chiller's firmware/software.

Activation of the EMO button will remove power from the main contactor coil stopping operation of the chiller. The controller will display Er 48.

Resetting the EMO will not restart the chiller. After removing all hazards reset the chiller by pushing the enter key on the controller. In the local mode, the chiller will restart by pressing the START STOP button again. In the serial communications mode, send the appropriate start command. In the analog I/O mode, the chiller starts when the error is cleared.

Chiller Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating The main power circuit breaker located on the rear of the chiller has an Interrupting Capacity (AIC) of 10,000 amps.

5-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 5
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Before performing Chiller maintenance, the energy sources associated with the Chiller system must be lockedout and tagged out (LOTO). Hazard control features added to the system (e.g., safety interlocks, EMO) are not a substitute for turning off and locking out electrical or fluid energy.
For chillers rated 20 Amps or less, electrical LOTO is accomplished by removing the power cord on the rear of the chiller then closing and locking the power receptacle locking device. For other chillers, electrical LOTO is the responsibility of the user and can be provided by:
� Using the main disconnect (knife switch at system control cabinet). � Disconnecting main power at the facility power source prior to the
system controller cabinet. � In addition, follow all OSHA and local facility LOTO directives.
Drip Pan and Drain The chiller is equipped with a secondary containment (drip pan) in case there is a leak. The drip pan drain is located on the rear of the chiller. Install the supplied nylon 1/4 turn quick disconnect (QD) fitting into the drain fitting. The QD is barbed for a 1/2" ID hose.
Since the drip pan will not hold more than 110% of the reservoir volume, connect the drain to guide the fluid to an appropriate spillage location.

Barb for 1/2" ID Hose
Seismic Tie-down (typical)
A

C B
1/4 Turn Quick Disconnect Drip Pan Drain Fitting
Figure 5-11 Drip Pan Drain

900/1400
A 3 1/2" 8.8 cm B 2 3/4 " 7.0 cm C 6 15/16" 17.7 cm

2500

4" 10.1 cm

2 11/16" 6 9/16"

6.8 cm 16.7 cm

3500/5000

3 3/8" 2 3/4" 9 9/16"

11.3 cm 7.1 cm 24.3 cm

7500/10000

4 1/4" 2 5/8" 7 11/16"

10.8 cm 6.6 cm 19.5 cm

ThermoFlex 5-7

Section 5

Seismic Tie-Downs Install the seismic tie-downs to the chiller as shown below. Then secure the chiller to the floor with user-supplied hardware.
5/16" Washers 5/16" Nut

5/16" Bolt 5/16" Washer

Seismic Tie-down (typical)

Side View
Figure 5-12 Seismic Tie-Downs

Front View

900/1400

2500

3500/5000

A 2 11/16" 6.8 cm

2 11/16" 6.8 cm

2 11/16"

B* 18 � " 47.0 cm 20 1/16" 51.0 cm 24 �"

C* 19 11/16" 50.0 cm

22 3/4" 57.8 cm

24 3/4"

D 21 3/16" 53.8 cm 24 1/4" 61.5 cm 26 1/4"

* Distance between �.53 Seismic mounting holes

6.8 cm 62.2 cm 62.9 cm 66.7 cm

7500/10000

5.1 cm

17" 43.1 cm

27 7/16"

69.6

28 15/16"

73.4

5-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Center of Gravity B A

Section 5 A

Thermo Scientific

Top View
Figure 5-13 Center of Gravity

Side View

Center of Gravity � �", air-cooled chiller, no fluid in tank
900/1400 P2 Pump 2500 P2 Pump 3500/5000 P2 Pump 7500/10000 P3 Pump

A 10 3/4 " 27.3 cm

12"

30.5 cm 13 3/8" 34.0 cm 14 7/8" 37.8 cm

B 6 3/4" 17.2 cm 8 3/8" 21.3 cm

22.9 cm 13 1/8" 33.3 cm

C 13 1/2" 34.3 cm 13 1/2" 34.3 cm

17" 43.2 cm 26" 66.0 cm

15000/20000 P3 Pump

A 13 3/4 " B 21 5/8" C 21 1/4"

34.9 cm 54.9 cm 54.0 cm

24000 P3 Pump

12"
8 3/8" 13 1/2"

30.5 cm 21.3 cm 34.3 cm

3500/5000 P4 Pump Global Voltage

12 3/8" 9 3/4" 19 1/2"

31.4 cm 24.8 cm 49.5 cm

Center of Gravity � �", water-cooled chiller, no fluid in tank

3500/5000 P2 Pump 15000/20000 P3 Pump

24000 P3 Pump

A 13" 33.0 cm 17" 43.2 cm

12" 30.5 cm

B 9 1/2" 24.1 cm

22"

55.9 cm

16" 40.6 cm 20 1/2" 52.1 cm

23" 58.4 cm 21" 53.3 cm

Weight Distribution � 2 lbs, air-cooled chillers

900/1400 P2

2500 P2

3500/5000 P2

Left Front 27.1 lbs 12.3 kg 40.7 lbs 18.5 kg 62.0 lbs 28.1 kg

Left Rear 29.8 lbs 13.5 kg 42.0 lbs 19.1 kg 63.7 lbs 28.9 kg

Right Front 32.9 lbs 14.9 kg 45.7 lbs 20.7 kg 68.2 lbs 30.9 kg

Right Rear 36.2 lbs 16.4 kg 47.1 lbs 21.4 kg 70.0 lbs 31.8 kg

7500/10000 P3 97.8 lbs 44.4 kg 99.9 lbs 45.3 kg 89.2 lbs 40.5 kg 91.1 lbs 41.3 kg

ThermoFlex 5-9

Section 5
Other Accessories Installation kit - includes replacement air and fluid filters
Maintenance kit - includes a set of hoses, adaptor fittings and Teflon� tape Fluids Fluid treatment kit Please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support to assist you with questions that you may have regarding accessories for your ThermoFlex, see inside front cover for contact information.

5-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 6 Preventive Maintenance

Only Thermo Fisher should provide any required replacement parts.

Preventive Maintenance Timer
( )

The ThermoFlex chiller has an integrated preventive maintenance timer that will alert you when it is time to perform preventive maintenance. This unique feature will remind you to change your air and fluid filters.
Based on the environment in which your chiller is located, you can choose from four levels of preventive maintenance off, L1, L2, and L3:

� off � Disables the alert � L1 � 1,000 hours - default setting
� Heavy manufacturing environment � Airborne particulate created during manufacturing process � L2 � 2,000 hours � Typical production environment � L3 � 3,000 hours � Clean environment � filtered air � Typically laboratory or research environment

Change/set the level using the Setup Loop, see Section 4. When the chiller

exceeds the chosen limit, the controller will flash

and, if

enabled, an audible alarm will sound.

To clear this message press . This will automatically restart the preventive maintenance timer for your filters. Each time the chiller exceeds the chosen time, the controller will remind you that it is time to change your filters.

If you change your filters before the preventive timer trips, you can clear the timer by using the Diagnostic Loop explained in this Section.

Note For air-cooled chillers, both the air and fluid filters in the ThermoFlex can be changed while the chiller is running. For water-cooled chillers, only the fluid filter can be changed while the chiller is running.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 6-1

Section 6

Fluid Filter Bag

The reservoir has a fluid bag filter designed to prevent the introduction of particulates into the system.
Note The fluid bag filter can be removed with the chiller operating.

WARNING

Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer's SDS for handling precautions.

Fluid Bag Filter

Funnel Housing

When it is time to replace the bag, gently pull up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it and simply pull the bag out of the chiller. Replacement bags are available from Thermo Fisher Scientific.

Figure 6-1 Fluid Filter Bag

CAUTION

Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place, see next page.

Fluid Diffuser

On ThermoFlex900-5000s, when you remove the bag you will notice a wire mesh fluid diffuser inside the reservoir supply line, see Figure 6-2. The diffuser is used to help streamline the flow into the reservoir. After several bag replacements turn the chiller off and remove the diffuser to inspect it for debris/damage.

WARNING

The fluid velocity into the reservoir will rapidly increase with the diffuser removed and cause splashing. Turn the chiller off before removing the diffuser. This is especially critical when using ethylene or propylene glycol.

Note To prevent particulates from entering the reservoir, ensure the fluid bag filter is in place before removing the diffuser.

CAUTION Do not operate the chiller unless the diffuser is installed.

6-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 6

Reservoir Cleaning

The user is responsible for maintaining reservoir fluid quality. Check the fluid on a regular interval. Start with frequent checks until a regular interval (based on your application) is established.

If cleaning is necessary, flush the reservoir with a fluid compatible with the process fluid and the chiller's wetted parts, see Section 8.

WARNING

Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer's SDS for handling precautions.

CAUTION

Reservoir Sight Tube Clean the sight tube by gently pulling up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it (see illustration on previous page) and then gently pulling out the black sight ball stopper from the tube. Use a long soft-bristle �" brush. Use caution not to scratch the glass.
Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tube ball stopper is securely in place.
For easier replacement, wet the stopper first and then use a twisting motion to install it in the sight tube.
Wire Mesh Fluid Diffuser (ThermoFlex900-5000)

Ball Stopper

Sight Tube

Fluid Maintenance

Figure 6-2 Reservoir Cleaning and Diffuser
An effective recommended maintenance plan would include changing the fluid every six months to optimize chiller reliability, see Section 3 for additional information.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 6-3

Section 6

Condenser Filter

CAUTION

Failure to clean/replace the condenser filter will cause a loss of cooling capacity and lead to premature cooling system failure .

ThermoFlex900 - 5000 Clean the filter through the grill using a vacuum with a soft-bristle brush.

When it is time for a more thorough cleaning, remove the one-piece grill assembly by first pulling the bottom of the assembly away from the chiller and then pulling it away from the top.

WARNING The condenser framing and fins located behind the grill assembly are very sharp. Use caution when removing the assembly.

Note ThermoFlex900 - 5000 water-cooled chillers have an embedded screw(s) located at the top (and bottom) of the grill. Loosen the screw(s) to remove the grill.

WARNING Water-cooled chillers also have a fan with sharp blades, ensure the chiller is off before removing the assembly.

Shake off as much of the excess water as possible before reinstalling. Press the grill back into place.

For water-cooled chillers, tighten the screw(s) at the top (and bottom) of the grill.

Replacement grill assemblies are available from Thermo Fisher.

Screw (Water-cooled chillers)

ThermoFlex3500 - 5000 water-cooled chillers have two screws securing the condenser. One screw on the top and one on the bottom.

CAUTION - Sharp edges

Figure 6-3 ThermoFlex900 - 5000 Condenser Grill Removal

6-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 6
ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 For air-cooled chillers, remove the one-piece grill assembly by pulling the assembly away from the chiller. Water-cooled chillers do not have a filter. The filter goes over four studs and plastic "fast nuts" hold it in place. Replace it or vacuum the old filter with a soft-bristle brush, or wash it. Shake off as much of the excess water as possible before reinstalling. Tuck the filter around the perimeter of the grill and over the four studs, use the plastic "fast nuts" to hold it in place. Replacement grills are available from Thermo Fisher.
"fast nut"
Figure 6-4 Filter Removal/Replacement ThermoFlex7500 - 10000 Air-Cooled ThermoFlex15000 - 24000 The air-cooled chillers do not have filters but the condenser fins can be cleaned by removing the eight screws securing the lower-front panel.
Chiller Surface Clean the chiller's surface with a soft cloth and warm water only.
Hoses Inspect he chiller's external hoses and clamps on a daily basis.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 6-5

Section 6

DI Filter (Optional) Establish a preventive maintenance schedule for the DI filter cartridge
based on your specific application.

The Puralite sensor located on the back of your chiller will illuminate red when it is time to change the DI filter cartridge (< 1 M-cm).

Note When the chiller is initially powered, or has been sitting idle for a period of time, the sensor may illuminate. The length of time it will be on varies with your application.

Figure 6-5 Puralite

Although the Puralite sensor is the primary indicator that the cartridge needs changing, the chiller also has a separate integrated alarm that works independently of the Puralite. The alarm is based on chiller run hours that will alert you when it is time to change your filter. The di t alarm is enabled using the Setup Loop, see Section 4.

If you already know how often your DI filter needs changing, you can input the number of hours into the Setup Loop's di t display. When the time is reached, the controller will flash di and the audible alarm, if
enabled, will sound.

When alerted, check the Puralite sensor to see if it is illuminated. If it is not illuminated reset the di t timer and then check the Puralite periodically.

To clear this message and stop the audible alarm press

If the Puralite has turned red and the controller alarm has not gone off, access the Diagnostic Loop di display, see next page. Check the system run hours, this will give you an accurate DI replacement time. Adjust the di t
filter alarm to match the time needed between filter cartridge changes.

This will automatically restart the preventive maintenance timer for your DI filter. If you change the filter before the preventive maintenance timer alerts you, you can clear the timer by again accessing the Diagnostic Loop di display, see next page.

Note It may be necessary to monitor the Puralite three or four times to establish an accurate changing schedule. Also, filter operating time is reduced every time new fluid is added.

6-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 6

Diagnostic Loop ( )

The Diagnostic Loop is used to view or reset the operating times of various chiller components.

To enter the Diagnostic Loop ensure the controller display is either a blank screen (chiller off) or displaying the process fluid temperature.

Press the

key and the display will indicate SP, press

display SEtuP, press

again to display

again to

Press

to enter the loop or press

temperature or blank display.

to return to the process fluid

Press

to sequence down through the loop. Press

sequence up through the loop.

mode

xx.x C

mode

SEtuP mode

mode enter

FLtrS

xxxx FLtrS - Indicates the total hours

the air and fluid filters have been

in use. If desired, press and hold

and then press

reset the value to 0.

xxxx di - Indicates the total hours the

optional di filter cartridge has been

in use. If desired, press and hold

and then press

to `

reset the value to 0.

unit

xxxx

Figure 6-6 Diagnostic Loop

unit - Indicates the chiller operating hours. This value can not be reset.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 6-7

Section 6

Testing the Alarm Features

Using the Setup Loop, adjust each temperature alarm limit towards the setpoint and ensure the chiller reacts accordingly. Reset each alarm limit to the desired value. See Section 4.

Slowly drain the chiller's reservoir, see Section 8, and ensure the chiller shuts down. For chillers equipped with auto refill switch ensure the auto refill activates.

6-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Error Codes

Section 7 Troubleshooting

The controller can display Error Codes. If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, a limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. If the chiller shut down, the controller will continue to flash the error code. Press enter to clear the display and silence any alarm. You can silence the alarm without clearing the code by pressing either the up or down arrow key. Once the cause of the shut down is identified and
corrected, start the chiller. If the cause was not corrected the error code will reappear. Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Error Code 8888 (or blank screen)
Add

Reaction Chiller will not start.
Chiller continues to run. Auto refill, if installed, shuts off.

Chiller continues to run.

(Optional display)

driP

Chiller will shut down. (Optional display)

FLo-LoFLo Chiller continues to run.

FLtrS

Chiller continues to run.

Cause

Actions

Software communication error.

�Cycle circuit protector on the rear of the chiller, ThermoFlex900-10000 only.

The auto refill time chosen for the customer adjustable fill setting in the Setup Loop is set to 0 and the chiller is configured to keep running, see Section 4.

�Check for leaks.
�Check rEFil settings and adjust if necessary, see Section 4.
�Add fluid to the tank.

The chiller operating time exceeded

�Check the Puralite sensor, see Section 6. If the light is

Setup Loop di t alarm value. The

red change the cartridge, see Section 5.

optional DI cartridge may need replacing. �If the Puralite sensor is green, see Section 4 to revise

di t alarm value.

Fluid in drip pan (SEMI only).

�Check for leaks.

The low flow alarm is set to 0.0 and the pump flow rate is below the minimum required, see Section 4.
Air and fluid filters require preventive maintenance/replacement.

�Remove the fluid from the drip pan and reset the fault. �See LoFLo error code.
�Check air and fluid filters. If required, clean/change air and fluid filters, see Section 6.

�If your filters do not need cleaning, you may increase the number of hours between preventive care reminders. There are four levels, see Section 6.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-1

Section 7

Error Code HiFLo

Reaction
Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4. (Chiller equipped with a flow transducer.)

Cause
The process fluid flow rate has exceeded the adjustable high flow setting's value.

Hi P1

Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4.

The pump's high discharge pressure exceeded Setup Loop high alarm value.

Actions �If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded.
�Verify your HiFLo setting, see Section 4, and adjust setting if necessary.
�Check all application and plumbing shut off valves for correct position.
�Adjust flow if chiller is equipped with an optional flow control valve, see Section 5.
�If flow transducer was recently calibrated double check calibration, see Section 8. �If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded.
�Verify your Hi P1 setting, see Section 4.
�Check application valves and ensure that they have not changed or closed. Note If routine shut-off of the process flow is required then add an external pressure relief valve, see Section 5.
�May occur as a result of changing the internal DI cartridge. Disconnecting the cartridge adds an additional 0.5 gpm to the main flow. See Section 5.
�Check for debris in the application or external filters.
�Double check fluid lines. Excessive bends, long tubing and diameter reductions can affect the pump's discharge pressure. Note If diameter reductions must be made, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-2

Section 7

Error Code Hi t
HPC

Reaction
Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4. Note If the chiller does shut down it can be restarted provided the temperature is still within the factory-set high fixed temperature limit. However, the error will reoccur if the temperature goes below the adjustable setting and then again exceeds it.
Chiller will shut down.

Cause The process fluid temperature exceeded Setup Loop alarm value.
High refrigeration pressure.

Actions �If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded.
�Verify your Hi t setting, see Section 4.
�Ensure the chiller meets all environmental requirements, see Section 3.
�Clean the air filter. Dirt and debris on the filter can prevent the chiller from functioning at full capacity, see Section 6.
�Ensure that the heat load being applied to the chiller is not too high. Contact Thermo Fisher for assistance on calculating heat loads.
�Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into another location using an auxiliary fan.
�Verify/adjust controller PID values, see the end of this section.
Air-cooled chillers �Ensure that the ambient temperature is not exceeding the recommended range, see Section 3.

�Ensure chiller has adequate ventilation, see Section 3.
�Clean the air filter. Dirt and debris on the filter can prevent the filter from functioning at full capacity, see Section 6.
�Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into another location using an auxiliary fan.
Water-cooled chillers �Ensure the plastic plugs were removed from the facility connections.

�Ensure facility water is on and connected.

�Check facility water flow rate and pressure.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-3

Section 7

Error Code Reaction

LLF

Chiller will shut down.

Cause

Actions

Reservoir fluid level too low �Excessive evaporation. Ensure the chiller is operating with the

for normal operation.

funnel and cap in place.

LoFLo Lo P1

Optional auto refill shuts down.
Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4. (Chillers equipped with a flow transducer.)
Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4.

The auto refill time chosen for the customer adjustable fill setting in the Setup Loop is set to 0 and the chiller is configured to shut down, see Section 4. The process fluid flow rate has gone below the adjustable setting's value.
Pump's low discharge pressure is below Setup Loop low alarm value.

�Check for leaks. �Check rEFil settings and adjust if necessary, see Section 4. �Add fluid to the tank.
�If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. �Verify your LoFLo setting, see Section 4. �Adjust flow if chiller is equipped with an optional flow control valve, see Section 5. �Check all valves in your application and plumbing lines to ensure that they have not changed or closed. �If flow transducer has recently been calibrated, double check calibration to ensure it was done properly, see Section 8. �If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded.
�Ensure that chiller reservoir level is not too low.

�Verify your LoP1 setting, see Section 4.

�Chiller requires >3 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass valve has been installed, some restriction may need to be added to the bypass line.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-4

Section 7

Error Code Lo t
o FLo oL oL 2 PHEr

Reaction

Cause

Chiller reaction de- Process fluid temperature is pends on ALr setting below Setup Loop alarm value.

chosen in the Setup

Loop, see Section 4.

Note If the chiller

does shut down it can

be restarted provided

the temperature is still

above the factory-set

low fixed temperature

limit. However, the

error will reoccur if

the temperature goes

above the adjustable

setting and then again

drops below it.

Chiller will shut

There is an overflow condition

down.

in the reservoir.

Chiller will shut down.
(Chillers equipped with 3- pump motor overload.) Chiller will shut down.

Pump motor overload activated. Pump motor exposed to excessive current due to high pressure, flow or ambient temperature.
Fan motor overload activated.

(Chillers equipped with 3- fan.)
Chiller will shut down. (3- chiller only)

Phase rotation is wrong.

Actions � If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the
limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. �Verify your Lo t setting, see Section 4. �Ensure that the ambient temperature is not below the recommended low-range, see Section 3. If your application load is constant and/ or the lower temperature can be temporarily tolerated, then continue operation. (The ThermoFlex will control setpoint when sufficient heat is added.) �Verify/adjust controller PID values. �Add insulation to external plumbing lines to reduce the heat-loss to the environment. �For water-cooled chillers check facility water temperature.
�Ensure the reservoir was not filled above the MAX LEVEL line. �Check for clogged reservoir filter. �Allow pump to cool down.
�Allow chiller to cool down. �For air-cooled chillers, clean the air filter
�Disconnect chiller from power source and reverse any two line conductors on the line side of the main circuit breaker.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-5

Section 7

Error Code rEFiL

Reaction Auto refill will shut off. Chiller reaction depends on ALr setting chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4.
Auto refill will shut off. Chiller will continue to run.
(Optional display.)

Cause The fluid level did not reach the minimum operating level within the time chosen for the customer adjustable fill setting, chosen in the Setup Loop, see Section 4.
The auto refill successfully filled within the time frame chosen for the customer adjustable fill setting, but the chiller tried to refill 5 times in 40 hours.

Actions �Check auto refill connection.
�Check for leaks.
�Check the supply pressure on the auto refill supply line. With low pressure the auto refill time span setting may be set too low and the reservoir does not have time to fill.
�Check rEFil settings and adjust if necessary, see Section 4.

SEr 1 Er 4 Er 15
Er 16

Chiller will continue to run. Chiller will not start.
Chiller will continue to run. (Chiller equipped with serial communications.) Chiller continues to run.

Periodic service may be required. �To clear the message see Section 8.

Normal if new software installed �Clear the error code. and all values in the Setup and Tune Loops were reset to factory defaults.

Momentary disruption of the internal communications to control board.

�Clear the error code Check the serial communication connection.

�See serial communication connections in Appendix D.

Bad sensor calibration detected �Redo calibration, see Section 8. several seconds after performing a calibration.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-6

Error Code Er 22
Er 23 Er 24 Er 25 Er 26 Er 28
Er 30
Er 32

Section 7

Reaction

Cause

Actions

This error code has priority over H iT.
Chiller will shut down.
Note Chiller will not restart until process fluid temperature is below +43�C. Chiller will shut down.
Chiller will shut down.
Chiller will shut down.
Chiller will shut down.
Chiller continues to run.

Reservoir fluid temperature exceeded the factory preset value of +43�C.
Refrigeration temperature sensor shorted. Refrigeration temperature sensor open. Internal temperature sensor shorted. Internal temperature sensor open. The process fluid resistivity exceeded the lower adjustable value.

�Ensure the chiller meets all environmental requirements, see Section 3. �Clean the air filter. Dirt and debris on the filter can prevent the chiller from functioning at full capacity, see Section 6. �Ensure that the heat load being applied to the chiller is not too high. Contact Thermo Fisher for assistance on calculating heat loads. �Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into another location using an auxiliary fan. �Verify/adjust controller PID values, see the end of this section. �Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�Press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. �Verify controller's settings, see Section 4

Chiller continues to run.

The process fluid resistivity exceeded the higher adjustable value.

�Replace process fluid. �Press enter to see if the code clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded.
�Verify controller's settings, see Section 4

Chiller will shut down. Refrigeration suction gas temperature exceeded 50�C.

�Replace process fluid. �Make sure supply voltage matches the chiller's nameplate rating �10%.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-7

Section 7

Error Code Reaction

Er 33

This error code has priority over L oT.

Cause
Reservoir fluid temperature below the factory preset value of +2�C.

Chiller will shut down.

Note Chiller will not restart until process fluid temperature exceeds +2�C.

Er 35

This error code has priority over Hi P1.
Chiller will shut down.

Process pressure (P1) exceeded factory preset value for greater than 30 seconds. Preset Values: T0, T1 T5 and T9 - 105 psi P1 and P2 - 105 psi P3 60 Hz - 48 psi P3 50 Hz - 32 psi P4 60 Hz - 85 psi P4 50 Hz - 60 psi P5 60 Hz - 87 psi P5 50 Hz - 56 psi

Actions �Check ambient temperature. Chiller may not to be able to reach setpoint at low ambient temperatures.
�Ensure that the ambient temperature is not exceeding the recommended range, see Section 3.
�Verify/adjust controller PID values, see Section 7.
�Add insulation to external plumbing lines to reduce the heat-loss to the environment.
�For water-cooled chillers check facility water temperature. �Check application valves and ensure that they have not changed or been closed. Note If routine shut-off of the process flow is required then add an external pressure regulator accessory contact Thermo Fisher.
�May occur as a result of changing the internal DI cartridge. Disconnecting the cartridge adds an additional 0.5 GPM to the main flow, see Section 5.
�Check for debris in the application or clogged external filters.
�Double check fluid lines. Excessive bends, long tubing and diameter reductions can affect the pump's discharge pressure. Note If diameter reductions must be made, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller.

Er 36

This error code has priority over Lo P1.
Chiller will shut down.

Process pressure (P1) below factory preset limit of 2 psi (all pumps) for greater than 15 seconds.
Possible pump motor overload.

�Ensure that the chiller reservoir is not too low.
�Chiller requires >2 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass valve has been installed, some restriction may need to be added to the bypass line.
�Allow chiller to cool down

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-8

Error Code Reaction

Er 41

Chiller continues to run.

Er 42 Er 47 Er 48 Er 59 Er 62
Er 63
Er 64

Chiller continues to run.
Chiller will shut down.
Chiller will shut down. (Optional display.) Chiller will shut down.
Chiller will not start. (Chillers equipped with optional Analog I/O.)
Chiller will not start. (Chillers equipped with optional Analog I/O.)
Chiller will continue to run Chiller the last valid setpoint received. (Chillers equipped with optional Analog I/O.)

Section 7

Cause Momentary communication error between display and main control board.
Momentary internal communications error. Chiller's optional remote EMO button depressed. Chiller's optional EMO button depressed. Invalid level fault. Chiller sensed both a high level and low level reservoir fluid level. Probe not properly connected.

Actions �If using Analog I/O ensure your communication cable is properly shielded from electrical noise, see Appendix C. �Cycle circuit protector on rear of chiller off and on, ThermoFlex900-10000 only. �Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�When able, reset the EMO.
�When able, reset the EMO.
�Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
�Check connection.

Shorted remote temperature probe.
Probe not properly connected.

�Check connection.

Open remote temperature probe.
Analog remote setpoint is enabled and the chiller receives a voltage or current level that is outside the chiller's set point range.

�The error can be cleared only after a valid set point is received, or the remote analog setpoint is turned off.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-9

Section 7

Checklist

Chiller will not start Check electrical connections.
For first time use, please refer to the quick start instructions included with your chiller or the copy in this manual. The manual's copy follows the Table of Contents.
Check the controller for error codes, see Error Codes in this Section.
Ensure the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear of the chiller is in the up position.
For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( I ) position.
Make sure supply voltage is connected and matches the chiller's nameplate rating �10%

No display on controller or display is 8888 For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 recycle the circuit protector on the rear of the chiller.

Clearing Error Codes Note the code in case it clears before you are done troubleshooting.

If desired, silence the alarm by pressing the up or down arrow key.

If the chiller shut down, the controller will continue to flash the error code. Press enter to clear the display and silence any alarm. Refer to Error Codes in this Section. Once the cause of the shut down is identified and corrected, start the chiller. If the cause was not corrected the error code will reappear.

If the chiller is still running, press enter to see if the code clears, a limit

may have been only temporarily exceeded. If the error code does not

clear press

until the display flashes between the error code and

the temperature and then press enter. If the code still does not clear

refer to Error Codes in this Section.

7-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 7
Chiller shuts down Ensure wasn't accidently pressed. Ensure the optional GFCI breaker located on the rear of the chiller is in the up position. For ThermoFlex900 - 10000 chillers ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( I ) position. Check the controller for error codes, see Error Codes in this Section. The chiller is designed to shut down if not properly primed, refer to Section 3 for priming instructions. Make sure supply voltage is connected and matches the chiller's nameplate rating �10%. Restart the chiller.
Inadequate pump pressure Ensure any user installed in-line valves are in the desired position. Ensure the chiller's process fluid outlet is connected to the application's fluid inlet and not the application's fluid outlet, see Section 3. Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant for the fitting material is used. Keep the distance between the chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible. Ensure tubing is straight and without bends. If diameter reductions are required, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller.
Chiller will not circulate process fluid Check the reservoir level. Fill, if necessary. Ensure the reservoir bag filter is not clogged. Check the application for restrictions in the cooling lines. Chiller requires >3 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass valve has been installed add some restriction to the bypass line. The pump motor overloaded. The pump's internal overtemperature overcurrent device will shut off the pump causing the flow to stop. This can be caused by low fluid, debris in system, operating chiller in a high ambient temperature condition or excessively confined space. Allow time for the motor to cool down. Make sure supply voltage matches the chiller's nameplate rating �10%.
ThermoFlex 7-11

Section 7

Inadequate temperature control Verify the setpoint. If the chiller is over-cooling, recycle the power. Make sure the condenser/air filter is free of dust and debris. Check the fluid concentration, see Section 3. Ensure chiller installation complies with site requirements, see Section 3. Make sure supply voltage matches chiller nameplate rating �10%. For ThermoFlex900 - 5000 global voltage chillers ensure the chiller is properly configured, see Appendix B. If the temperature continues to rise, make sure your application's heat load does not exceed the rated specifications. Check for high thermal gradients (e.g., the application load is being turned on and off or rapidly changing). Verify/adjust controller PID values, see next page.
Chiller vibration The optional pressure relief valve setting may be the cause. Change the pressure setting � 5 psi to eliminate the vibration.
Please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific Sales Service and Customer Support if you need any additional information, see this manual's inside cover for contact instructions.

7-12 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 7

Verifying/ Adjusting the
Controller PID Values
(Tune Loop)

The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-IntegralDerivative (PID) algorithm. Should your chiller experience temperature control issues, verifying/adjusting the controller's PID values may correct the condition.

Note Thermo Fisher recommends that only a qualified technician adjust the PID values. Incorrect values will hamper chiller performance.

xx.x C
mode
CAL
mode
tunE
enter
Pro
enter
int
enter
dEr

mode
xx.x x.xx.x x.xx.x

indicates press and hold.
� Pro proportional value P = % of span (100�C) Range: 0.0 to 99.9 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex900-5000 10.0 ThermoFlex7500-10000 20.0
enter
ThermoFlex15000-20000 30.0 ThermoFlex24000 40.0
enter
� int integral value I = repeats/minute Range: 0.00 to 9.99
enter
Factory Preset: 0.50

enter
StorE
Figure 7-1 Verifying/Adjusting PID Values

� dEr derivative value D = minutes Range: 0.0 to 9.9 Factory Preset: 0.0

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 7-13

Section 7

7-14 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Draining
WARNING

Section 8 Additional Information
Before using any fluid or performing maintenance where contact with the fluid is likely refer to the manufacturer's SDS.

The drain port is located on the rear. There are two different types, depending on the pump, a �" stainless steel FPT with �" brass pipe plug or a �" MPT DRAIN Riton fitting.

Position a suitable pan beneath the drain port. The drain pan must be shallow (under 3�" in height) and have a volume of approximately 3 gallons (6 gallons for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000). Remove the �" Male NPT pipe plug or, using a 9/16" wrench, open the Riton fitting by turning either counter clock wise. For ThermoFlex7500-24000, open the drain valve. This will drain the return line, reservoir, plate exchanger, and the suction side of the pump.

To drain the discharge side of the pump disconnect the Female NPT outlet connection on the rear of the chiller.

Note Internally the chiller does not contain a large quantity of fluid on the discharge side however take care to contain what fluid does drain, a wet-vac can be employed to minimize the potential for spillage.

If the chiller is equipped with the flow control or pressure relief with flow control option, open the valve or remove the drain plug in order to drain the discharge line, see Section 5.

If the chiller is equipped with the anti drainback option, enter the Setup Loop and utilize the drAin display to open the valve, see Section 4. Opening the valve allows the fluid to drain out of the chiller.

CAUTION

Reinstall �" Male NPT pipe plug using a sealant suitable for the wetted materials or close the Riton filling prior to refilling.
Do not overtighten the fitting.
For ThermoFlex7500-24000, close the drain valve.

Thermo Scientific

Figure 8-1 Drains

Riton connector or Brass plug

ThermoFlex 8-1

Section 8

Water-Cooled Draining ThermoFlex1400 - 2500 water-cooled chillers is accomplished by removing the right side panel. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove the five screws indicated in the illustration below. Slide the panel back approximately one inch, then lift slightly from the rear to disengage the panel's two tabs from their slots.

The drain for ThermoFlex3500 and 5000 is located behind the condenser filter.
The drain for ThermoFlex7500 and 10000 is located behind the access panel on the lower left front of the chiller. The panel has two � turn fasteners (cross head).
The drain for Thermoflex15000 - 24000 is a �" plug located on the rear of the chiller.

Petcock Valve

Figure 8-2 Water-Cooled

Install a 7/16" ID tube on the drain petcock valve located on the lower end of the exchanger. Open the valve to allow fluid to drain into an external device. When draining is complete close the valve and replace the panel.
A wet-vac is needed on the facility water inlet connection to thoroughly drain any remaining fluid from the lines.

8-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Wetted Materials

P1, P2, MD1 and MD2 Pumps 303 Stainless Steel Ultem� Carbon Graphite Ceramic Fluorocarbon (Viton�) Brass P3 Pumps 316 Series Stainless Steel Carbon Silicon Carbide Fluorocarbon (Viton�) P4 Pumps 304 Stainless Steel Carbon Ceramic Fluorocarbon (Viton�) P5 Pumps 304, 316 Series Stainless Steel Carbon Ceramic Fluorocarbon (Viton�) T0 Pumps Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel 316, 18-8 Bronze ASTM B62 and B12 Buna N Buna/Ceramic and Carbon Fluorocarbon (Viton�) Silicon Brass Filter bag Polypropylene Mono-filament nylon Cap and Funnel Acetal Copolymer

Section 8
T1 Pumps Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel 316, 18-8 Bronze ASTM B62 and B16 Buna N Silicon Carbide and Brass Fluorocarbon (Viton�) T5 Pumps Silicon Brass Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel 316, 18-8 Bismuth Bronze Buna N Carbon/Ceramic Viton T 9 Pumps Silicon Brass Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel 316, 18-8 Bismuth Bronze Viton Plumbing 300 Series Stainless Steel Bronze Fluorocarbon (Viton�) Nickel Polypropylene EPDM Brass Copper Teflon � PPS (flow transducer) Nitrile (Buna-n�)

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-3

Section 8

Riton� (optional drain fitting) Tank Polyethylene

Brass EPDM Pyrex�

Internal Fluid Temperature Sensor
(rdt1) Calibration

The ThermoFlex was designed to minimize the need for calibration. However, if calibration is desired or recommended by our Sales, Service and Customer Support, please use the following procedure.
This procedure requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference thermometer.

Note Non insulated applications may cause the internal temperature and an external reference temperature to differ and to fluctuate. If inaccurate
calibration is suspected, place the reference thermometer as close to the ThermoFlex process outlet as possible.

Note If it is more convenient, perform the low-end calibration before doing the high-end.
Do not pick calibration points that are outside the safe operating limits of the fluid in your application. For example with water, 40�C and 5�C are typical high and low calibration points.
Run the temperature to a suitable high-end calibration point. Place a calibrated reference thermometer in the reservoir. Ensure the fluid temperature is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the

process fluid temperature, see the diagram on next page. Press and hold the

and then press the

key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the

key and the controller will display rtd1. Press

again and the controller will display r1 H (high-end calibration). Press

again and the controller will flash between r1 H and the temperature.

Press to adjust the temperature to match the reference thermometer.

Press the

key again to accept the value.

Press the

key until StorE is displayed, press

the new value, press

to not save it.

to save

8-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 8

Note After pressing

at the StorE prompt wait several seconds

before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does

not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing

may cancel the bad calibration error message.

Run the temperature to a suitable low-end calibration point. At the r1 L (low-end calibration) display repeat the procedure.

xx.x C
mode

CAL
enter

rtd1

enter

PrES1

Shaded displays

only appear on

chillers equipped with that option.

mode

indicates press and hold.

indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

r1 H

enter

r1 H

xxxx.x

enter

r1 L

enter

r1 L

xxxx.x

enter

Flo

r rtd

A in

Aout1

StorE

Save calibration Do not save calibration

Figure 8-3 Internal Temperature Sensor Calibration

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-5

Section 8

If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Process Fluid Pressure (P1)
Transducer Calibration

Connect a calibrated reference pressure gauge to the outlet line. Using an external flow control valve, increase the pressure to a suitable high-end calibration point by closing the valve. Ensure the pressure is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the

process fluid temperature, see the diagram on the next page. Press and hold

the

and then press the

key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the

key and the controller will display rtd1. Press

until the controller displays PrES1. Press

and the controller will

flash between P1H and the pressure.

Press

to adjust the rate to match the reference pressure gauge.

Press the

key to accept the value.

Decrease the pressure to a suitable low-end calibration point (avoid a zero pressure). Ensure the pressure is stable.

The controller will flash between P1L and the pressure. Press

adjust the rate to match the reference pressure gauge.

Press the

key and StorE is displayed, press

values, press

to not save them.

to save both

Note After pressing

at the StorE prompt wait several seconds

before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does

not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing

may

cancel the bad calibration error message.

8-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 8

xx.x C
mode
CAL
enter
rtd1

Shaded displays

only appear on

mode chillers equipped with that option.

indicates press and hold.
indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

PrES1

enter

P1 H

enter

P1 H

P1 L

enter

P1 L

Flo

xx .x
enter
xx .x
enter

r rtd

A in

Aout1

StorE

Save calibration Do not save calibration

Figure 8-4 Pressure (P1) Calibration

If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-7

Section 8

Optional Process Fluid Flow Transducer (FLo)
Calibration

Connect a calibrated reference flowmeter to the outlet line. Using an external flow control valve, increase the flow to a suitable high-end calibration point. Ensure the flow is stabilized.

To enter the Calibration Loop ensure the controller display is displaying the

process fluid temperature, see the diagram on the next page. Press and hold

the

and then press the

key. The display will indicate CAL.

Press the

key and the controller will display rtd1. Press

until the controller displays FLo. Press

and the controller will flash

between HiFLo and the flow rate.

Press

to adjust the rate to match the reference flowmeter.

Press the

key to accept the value.

Decrease the flow to a suitable low-end calibration point (avoid a zero flow rate). Ensure the flow is stable.

The controller will flash between LoFLo and the flow rate. Press

adjust the rate to match the reference flowmeter.

Press the

key and StorE is displayed, press

values, press

to not save them.

to save both

Note After pressing

at the StorE prompt wait several seconds

before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does

not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing

may

cancel the bad calibration error message.

8-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Section 8

xx.x C
mode
CAL
enter
rtd1
PrES1

mode Shaded displays

only appear on

chillers equipped with that option.

indicates press and hold.
indicates the controller display is alternating between the two displays.

Flo

enter

HiFLo

LoFLo r rtd

xx .x
enter
xx .x
enter

A in

Aout1

StorE

Save calibration Do not save calibration

Figure 8-5 Flow Transducer (FLo) Calibration
If you have any questions please contact Thermo Fisher Scientific's Sales, Service and Customer Support.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-9

Section 8
Clearing SEr Codes

With SEr1 flashing press and hold enter and then press mode three times, the controller should beep.

Pump Motor
P1 Flow Transducer
Fan Stepper

Press the mode key until diA9 is displayed. Press enter.
Press the down arrow until the desired component is displayed.
Press and hold enter and then press the up arrow, the display will show 0. Press the down arrow to move through the components and return to the temperature display.

8-10 ThermoFlex

Figure 8-6 Clearing Service Message

Thermo Scientific

Section 8

Decommissioning/ Disposal

Laboratory Grade Ethylene glycol (EG) is poisonous and flammable. Before disposing refer to the manufacturer's most current SDS for handling precautions.

Decommissioning must be performed only by qualified dealer using certified equipment. All prevailing regulations must be followed.

Consider decommissioning the chiller when:
� It fails to maintain desired specifications
� It no longer meets safety standards
� It is beyond repair for its age and worth
Refrigerant and compressor oil must be recovered from equipment before disposal.
Note Keep in mind any impact your application may have had on the chiller.
Direct questions about chiller decommissioning or disposal to our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Handle and dispose in accordance with the manufacturers specification and/or the SDS for the material used.

Shipment Storage

Follow the manufacturer's SDS instructions if decontamination is required.

Transporting and/or storing the chiller requires draining, see Draining in this Section. Store the chiller in the temperature range of -25�C to 60�C (with packaging), and <80% relative humidity.

If the chiller is stored for more than 90 days it must be flushed with clean fluid before operating.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex 8-11

Thermo Scientific

Appendix A Country Specific 230 VAC, 50 Hz, 1� Requirements
Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller for specific electrical requirements.
1. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 16 Amp service:
Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Argentina, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Comoros, Congo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, DR Congo, Ecuador, Egypt, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritania, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nepal, Netherlands, Niger, North Korea, Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Tajikistan, Thailand, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vatican City, Vietnam.
2. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 15 Amp service:
Australia, China, Fiji Islands, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Island, Tonga, Tuvalu.
3. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 13 Amp service:
Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Botswana, Brunei, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Ghana, Gibraltar, Grenada, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Lesotho, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Malta, Mauritius, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saint Lucia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe.
ThermoFlex A-1

Appendix B Voltage Configuration Instructions
ThermoFlex 900 and 1400 chillers equipped with the 115V 60Hz, 100v 50/60Hz Variable Voltage option and ThermoFlex 900 to 5000 chillers equipped with 200-230V 50/60Hz Global Voltage option have a voltage configuration panel located on the rear of the chiller behind an access panel, see Figure B-1.
� Use a 1/4" socket to remove the four screws securing the access panel to the chiller. � The configuration panel has two 3-position toggle switches, one for voltage and one for frequency. All chillers
are shipped with the toggle switch in the center SHIP position. Place each switch to the settings that match the voltage/frequency supplied to the chiller. Note For ThermoFlex900-2500 global voltage chillers, the compressor and fan will not operate when the switch is in the SHIP position. � Reinstall the access panel.
Access Panel for 3500 - 5000 chillers.
Access Panel for 900 - 2500 chillers.

Variable Voltage chillers
Global Voltage chillers
Figure B-1 Variable/Global Voltage Chillers
Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex

B-1

Appendix C Analog I/0 and Remote Sensor

8 765 43 2 1
Analog I/O Connector Pinout
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Install your analog input/output device to the 15-pin female connector on the rear of the chiller. Analog I/O is activated using the Setup Loop, see page C-3.

PIN NAME

NOTES

1 DIGITAL GROUND

2 Not Used

3 LOW LEVEL (Only if option chosen)

Note 1

4 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 2 Note 1

5 PUMP ON

Note 1

6 ANALOG GROUND
7 RESERVOIR TEMP OUT Note 2 OR EXTERNAL SENSOR TEMPERATURE IF EXTERNAL SENSOR ENABLED

8 LOW FLOW (Only if option chosen)

Note 1

9 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 (Normally Open)

10 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 (Normally Closed)

11 RELAY COMMON

12 REMOTE START ENABLE

Note 3

DEFINITION
Common round connection for pins 12, 13 and 14
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes if either level switch is in the "low" position for more than 1 second.
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when any configured fault or warning occurs, see Table 2.
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when pump is turned on. Opens when pump is turned off.
Common for analog signals (pins 2, 7 and 15)
Analog Voltage Output 0-10VDC, 10mV/�C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. This voltage output is proportional to the reservoir fluid temperature: Default scale= 0�10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20�C) (Max Load @ 10V = 5mA) or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span (maximum output current = 5mA @10VDC.
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when a low flow occurs while the pump is on. Note: To allow the pump to get up to speed at startup, the pump runs for 3 - 5 seconds before the low flow sensor is read.
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when any of the configured faults occur, see Table 1.
Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Complement of pin 9 (open when pin 9 is closed).
Common for all relay contacts (pins 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10).
Connect to pin 1 to allow chiller to be remotely turned on/off through pin 14 REMOTE START.

Note 1: All relay contacts (except for Pin 10) are normally OPEN when power is off. Pin 10 contacts are normally CLOSED when power is off. Relay contacts are rated: 24V AC/DC, 2A, <= 0.08 Ohm maximum each or 5A total for all relays combined, 1mA minimum, switching capacity: 48VA/48W (Resistive load only).
Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC
Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay).

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex C-1

Appendix C

PIN NAME
13 REMOTE SETPOINT ENABLE

NOTES Note 3

DEFINITION
Connect to pin 1 to allow the setpoint to be changed remotely through pin 15 Remote Setpoint.

14 REMOTE START

Note 3

Connect to pin 1 to turn chiller on. Disconnect to turn chiller off. Note: Pins 1 and 12 must be connected to allow operation from this pin.

15 REMOTE SETPOINT

Note 2, 4

Analog Voltage Input 0-10VDC, 10mV/�C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. Apply a DC voltage to this pin to adjust the chiller's setpoint: Default Range = 0 � 10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) (Input Impedance > 600K) Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20�C) (Max Input Voltage = 10VDC, or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span.

Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC

Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay).

Note 4: Remote setpoint must be enabled, pin 13

123 4 5 16273 84 95 67 8 9

RS232 RS485
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

Never apply line voltage to any of the connections.

When making your connection to the ThermoFlex Analog I/0 connector, in order to comply with the EMC directive:

� Use a shielded I/0 cable

� Connect the remote end of the cable shield to earth ground.

� Connect cable shield to ThermoFlex end connector.

A I/0 15-pin D-sub

15 conductor cable with shield

123 4 5 8 7 6657 48392 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

8 765 43 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Figure C-1 Analog I/0 Connector

Connect shield to ThermoFlex connector

Connect shield to earth ground

C-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

OPt
enter

rELAY

enter

CodE 1

xxxxx

enter

CodE 2

xxxxx

oxnx

enter

r rtd

OxFxF

enter

Hi.CtL

enter

Hi.CtL

1x0x0.0

Lo.CtL

enter

Lo.CtL

-x5x0.0

oxnx enter
r.Start OxFxF
enter
r SEt See next page.
Figure C-2 Analog I/0 Loop (1 of 2)
Thermo Scientific

� rELAY is used to configure relay 1 (CodE1) and relay 2 (CodE2), see Tables 1 and 2 on the next page.
For example: To have just the drip pan, 4, and low temp, 8, error faults enabled for relay 1 you would enter their sum, 12, at the CodE1 display. To have the tank overflow, 2, the low temp, 16, and high pressure, 1024, error faults enabled for relay 2 you would enter their sum, 1040, at the CodE2 display.
� r rtd is used to enable/disable the remote temperature sensor. See Table 3 for pin out information.
Note There is no other indication on the chiller that enter the remote sensor is enabled.
If the remote temperature probe is enable use Hi. CtL and Lo. CtL to adjust the internal
enter
temperature range limits When operating with the remote sensor the chiller's reaction to changing the setpoint may result in operation exceeding a fixed temperature limit resulting in the chiller shutting down.
When using the remote probe, if an internal range temperature limit is exceeded the control shifts to the internal probe using the appropriate limit as the setpoint. When the internal temperature comes back inside the limits or the remote temperature gets to its setpoint, the control shifts back to the remote probe. The defaults for the high is 100�C and the low is -50�C. If a default is exceeded the chiller will shut down.
If this happens changing the internal range setting a few degrees may prevent the chiller from shutting down.
� r.Start is used to enable/disable the remote start/ stop.
Note Enabling analog I/O remote start/stop disables the chiller's local controller start/stop capability. Enabling analog I/O remote also overrides serial communications start/stop commands.
ThermoFlex C-3

Appendix C

oxnx enter
r SEt OxFxF
enter

enter

AnAin

tYPxEx1

enter

oxnx

enter

dAC

OxFxF

enter

dAC

tYPxEx1

----

This display depends on your chiller

configuration, see Section 4.

Figure C-2 Analog I/0 Loop (2 of 2)

� r SEt is used to enable/disable the remote setpoint.

Note When remote setpoint is enabled a flashing dot will appear on the controller's display as shown below.

xx.x C

xxxx..xx CC

xx.x C

� AnAin is used to configure the analog voltage input type. Type 1: 0 - 10 VDC (Default) Type 2: 10 mV/�C Type 3: 4 - 20 mA

� dAC is used to enable/disable the digital to analog converter. Once enabled, the desired output type can be selected.
Note The Type display only appears if dAC is set to on.
Type 1: 0 - 10 VDC (Default) Type 2: 10 mV/�C Type 3: 4 - 20 mA

C-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

Table 1

Configurable Relay #1 (CodE1)

Error

Error Code

Low Level (option)

LLF

Tank Overflow

o FLo

Drip Pan Full (option)

driP

Low Temp

Lo t*

High Temp

Hi t*

Low Flow (option) High Flow (option) Low Resistivity (option) High Resistivity (option)

LoFLo* HiFLo* Er 28* Er 30*

High Pressure

Hi P1*

Low Pressure Chiller Fault Pump/Chiller Shut Off Refrigeration Shut Off Limit Fault (option)

Lo P1* Any Fault Status bit(s) Status Bit PHEr, oL, LPC, HPC, Er 47, Er 48

Sensor Fault

Er 23, Er 24, Er 25, Er 26 external sensor opened or shorted

Factory Default Enable Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Disable Disable Disable
Disable Disable Enable Disable Disable Enable Disable

*Regardless of alarm setting - fault or indicator

Table 2

Configurable Relay #2 (CodE2)

Error Low Level (option)

Error Code Add

Tank Overflow

o FLo

Drip Pan Full (option)

driP

Auto Refill Error (option)

rEFiL

Low Temp

Lo t*

High Temp

Hi t*

Low Flow (option)

Lo FL*

High Flow (option)

Hi FL*

Low Resistivity (option)

Er 28*

High Resistivity (option)

Er 30*

High Pressure

Hi P1*

Low Pressure

Lo P1*

Indicator (warning)

Any Indicator

PM Timer (option)

di, SEr 1 to 6

Communication Error

Er 15, Er 41, Er 42

Sensor Fault

Er 23, Er 24, Er 25, Er 26 external sensor opened or shorted

Factory Default Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Enable Disable Disable Disable Enable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable

*Regardless of alarm setting - fault or indicator

Thermo Scientific

1 (Default) 2 4 8 16
32 (Default) 64 128 256 512 1024
2048 (Default) 4096 8192
16384 (Default) 32768
Default Relay Code 1 Display = 18465 (1 + 32 + 2048 + 16384 = 18465)
1 2 4 8 16 (Default) 32 (Default) 64 128 256 512 (Default) 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 (Default) Default Relay Code 2 Display = 33328 (16 + 32 + 512 + 32768 = 33328)
ThermoFlex C-5

Appendix C

Analog Input Calibration

xx.x C
mode

The analog input uses a 2-point calibration. Depending on how the analog input is configured Type1, Type2 or Type 3, the HMI will display either volts, millivolts or milliamps. The calibration procedure is:

� Start with default high and low endpoints each consisting of a voltage/current

value and a theoretical analog input value. This will permit calibration of either

CAL

mode point first. Both ends must be calibrated for the entire calibration to be valid.

enter
� Connect a 9.50v/0.400mv/20.00ma reference voltage/current source to the
analog input, pins 6 and 15.
rtd1
� The HMI will display 9.50/0.400/20.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the display
to match the applied input voltage/current.

Flo

� Allow the analog input to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds.

PrES1

� Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical analog value and
those from the low end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

� The display will automatically go to the low calibration message. Press

calibrate the analog input at the low end.

r rtd
� Connect a 0.50v/0.050mv/4.00ma reference voltage/current source to the analog

input.

A in

enter

Ai Hi

enter

Ai Hi

9x.x5.x0

enter

Ai Lo

enter

Ai Lo

0x.x5.x0

enter

Aout1 StorE
Figure C-3 Analog Input Calibration Loop
C-6 ThermoFlex

Save calibration Do not save calibration

� The HMI will display 0.50/0.050/4.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the display to match the applied input voltage/current. Allow the analog input to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds.

� Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the

HMI by pressing the

key. The firmware will use this

value and the theoretical analog input value and those from

the high end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

� If the gain and offset are acceptable, the calibration is accepted and the calibration is now valid at the low end. Otherwise, the calibration is rejected and a bad calibration error message (Er 16) is displayed.

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

Analog Output Calibration

xx.x C
mode

The analog output uses a 2-point calibration. Depending on how the analog output is configured Type1, Type2 or Type 3, the HMI will display either volts, millivolts or milliamps. The calibration procedure is:

� Start with default high and low endpoints each consisting of a voltage/current

value and a theoretical DAC value. This will permit calibration of either point

CAL

mode
first. Both ends must be calibrated for the entire calibration to be valid.

enter
� Connect a 9.50v/0.40mv/20.00ma reference voltage/current meter to the DAC

output, pins 6 and 7.
rtd1
� The HMI will display 9.50/0.40/20.00. Use the arrow keys to adjust the output

to match the display of 9.50v/0.40mv/20.00ma.

Flo

� Allow the DAC output and voltage reading to stabilize, approximately 10

seconds.

PrES1

� Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical DAC value and
those from the low end to calculate a linear gain and offset.

� The display will automatically go to the low calibration point.
r rtd
� Use the arrow keys to adjust the output to match the displayed value. Allow the
DAC output and voltage to stabilize, approximately 10 seconds .

A in

Aout1

enter

StorE

� Enter the measured reference voltage/current using the HMI by pressing the key. The firmware will use this value and the theoretical DAC value and

Ao Hi

9x.x5.x0

those from the high end to calculate a enter linear gain and offset.

Ao Lo

4x.x5.x0

Save calibration Do not save calibration

� If the gain and offset are acceptable, the calibration is accepted and the enter calibration is now valid at the low end. Otherwise, the calibration is rejected and a bad calibration error message (Er 16) is displayed.

Figure C-4 Analog Output Calibration Loop

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex C-7

Appendix C

Remote Sensor Connector Pinout

Table 3
Pin
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

White

123 4 5

White

NA 67 8 9
NA

Red

Red (4th wire not connected to the control board)

123 4 5 16273 84 95 67 8 9

RS232 RS485
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

Never apply line voltage to any of the connections.
When operating a ThermoFlex7500-10000 with the remote sensor enabled ensure the chiller's response to lowering the setpoint does not result in operation below 10�C process temperature. Operation below 10�C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water.

123 4 5 8 7 6657 48392 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Figure C-5 Remote Sensor Connector

C-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix C

Remote Sensor Calibration

xx.x C

This procedure requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference thermometer.

mode
Note If it is more convenient, perform the low-end calibration before doing the
high-end.

CAL

mode
Do not pick calibration points that are outside the safe operating limits of the fluid

enter

in your application. For example with water, 40�C and 5�C are typical high and low

calibration points.

rtd1
Place the remote sensor and a calibrated reference thermometer in the high temperature remote reservoir. Ensure the fluid temperature is stabilized.

PrES1 Flo

Press the

key and the controller will display rtd H. Press

again and the

controller will flash between rtd H and the temperature.

Use the arrow keys to adjust the temperature to match the reference thermometer.

Press the

key again to accept the value.

r rtd

enter

rtd H

enter

Rdt H

xx.x

enter

rtd L

enter

rdt L

xx.x

enter

A in Aout1

Place the remote sensor and calibrated reference thermometer in a low temperature reservoir. At the rtd L (low-end calibration) display repeat the procedure.

StorE
Figure C-6 Remote Sensor Calibration Loop

Save calibration Do not save calibration

After the low-end calibration is accepted StorE is displayed. Press the up arrow to accept the calibration, press the down arrow key to not accept it.

Note After pressing the up arrow at the StorE prompt wait several seconds before proceeding to ensure that a bad calibration message (Er 16) does not appear. Premature use of the keypad after pressing the up arrow may cancel the bad
calibration error message.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex C-9

Appendix C

C-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D NC Serial Communications Protocol

123 4 5 16273 84 95 67 8 9

RS232 RS485
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR

Note Appendix D assumes you have a basic understanding of communications protocols.
WARNING Never apply line voltage to any of the connections.
Connect your PC to the applicable connector on the rear of the chiller. Use the Setup Loop, see Section 4, to enable serial communications.

Note Keypad operation is still available with serial communications enabled.

123 4 5 8 7 6657 48392 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Figure D-1 Connectors

SEr

enter

SEr

xxxx

enter � SEr is used to enable/disable and to configure serial communications.

Range: oFF, rS232, rS485

Default: oFF

BAud

xxxx

enter

dAtA

8xx

enter

StoP

xxx

enter

PAr

enter

uid

enter

----

This display depends on your chiller configuration, see Section 4.

Figure D-2 Serial Communications Loop

Thermo Scientific

� BAud is used to select the baud rate (speed) for serial communications. Range: 9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600, or 300 bits per second
Default: 9600
� dAtA is used to display the number of data bits. Range: Fixed at 8

� StoP is used to indicate the number of stop bits.

Range: 2 or 1

Default: 1

� PAr is used as a means to check for communication errors.

Range: even, odd, or none

Default: none

� u id (chiller id) is used in RS485 only. Identifies devices

connected to the RS 485 port.

Range: 1 to 99

Default: 1

Note: To prevent data errors limit the number of chillers to 32.

ThermoFlex D-1

Appendix D

All data is sent and received in binary form, do not use ASCII. In the following pages the binary data is represented in hexadecimal (hex) format.
The NC Serial Communications Protocol is based on a master-slave model. The master is a host computer, while the slave is the chiller's controller. Only the master can initiate a communications transaction (half-duplex). The slave ends the transaction by responding to the master's query. The protocol uses RS-232/RS-485 serial interface with the default parameters: 9600 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity. RS-485 offers a slave address selection, default parameter: 1.
The chiller can be controlled through your computer's serial port by using the chiller's standard female 9-pin connection.

RS-232 COMM

RS-485 COMM

Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 - 9

Function No connection TX RX No connection GND = Signal ground No connection

TX = Transmitted data from controller RX = Received data to controller.

Pin # 1-7

Function No connection 8 T+ 9 T-

5 43 21 9 8 7 6

Hardware Mating Connector AMP Part# 745492-2 or equivalent

Communication cables are available from Thermo Fisher. Contact us for additional information.

All commands must be entered in the exact format shown in the tables on the following pages. The tables show all commands available, their format and responses. Controller responses are either the requested data or an error message. The controller response must be received before the host sends the next command.

The host sends a command embedded in a single communications packet, then waits for the controller's response. If the command is not understood or the checksums do not agree, the controller responds with an error command. Otherwise, the controller responds with the requested data. If the controller fails to respond within 1 second, the host should resend the command.

D-2 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

Note All byte values are shown in hex, hex represents the binary values that must be sent to the chiller. Do not use ASCII.

The framing of the communications packet in both directions is:

Checksum region Lead char Addr-MSB Addr-LSB Command n d-bytes d-byte 1 ... d-byte n Checksum
OxCA/OxCC

Lead char
Addr-msb Addr-lsb Command n d-bytes d-byte 1 ... d-byte n Checksum

0xCA (RS-232) 0xCC (RS-485) Device address is 1 (RS-232) Most significant byte of slave address (RS-232: 0) Least significant byte of slave address (RS-232: 1) Command byte (see Table of Commands) Number of data bytes to follow 1st data byte (the qualifier byte is considered a data byte) ... nth data byte. Bitwise inversion of the 1 byte sum of bytes beginning with the most significant address byte and ending with the byte preceding the checksum. (To perform a bitwise inversion, "exclusive OR" the one byte sum with FF hex.)

When a command has no value associated with it (e.g., REQ ACK), "n d-bytes" will be set to 0. Values such as temperature and flow are sent as either 2 or 4 byte signed integers, depending on how they are stored in the controller RAM.
When the controller sends a value, a qualifier byte is sent first, followed by a 2 or 4 byte integer (the least significant byte is sent last). The qualifier indicates the precision and units of the value. The host does not send the qualifier byte; it must send the value using the correct precision, units and number of bytes. The host first inquires about a value it wants to change, then uses the number of data bytes and the qualifier byte it receives to generate the proper integer to send.

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex D-3

Appendix D

Analog Values

Qualifier Byte

b.7

b.6

b.5

Precision of measurement

b.4

b.3

b.2 b.1

Unit of measure index

b.0

Unit of Measure

Index Unit

NONE

Temperature in �C

Temperature in �F

Flow liters per minute

Flow in gallons per minute

Time in seconds

Pressure in PSI

Pressure in bars

Resistivity in M-cm

Volts

Pressure in kPa

A qualifier byte of 0x12 indicated that the value contains one decimal point and the units are �F , e.g., 98.6�F.

Example to set setpoint to 25�C:

If the temperature units are unknown, before changing the setpoint send a command to request

setpoint. The response will include both the precision and units. Precision is fixed at 0.1 and units can

be either �C or �F. If the units are already known skip to step 3.

1. Master sends:

CA 00 01 70 00 8E

(REQ SETPOINT1)

2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 70 03 11 00 C8 B2 Precision =0.1, units =�C, value=200

(200 x 0.1�C=20.0�C)

Response indicates:

uses a 2 byte integer

(nn=03)

precision and units are 0.1�C

(d1=11)

3. Master sends:

CA 00 01 F0 02 00 FA 12 (Set Setpoint 1 to 25.0�C)

4. Slave responds: CA 00 01 F0 03 11 00 FA 00 Precision =0.1, units =�C, value=250

(250 x 0.1�=25.0.0�C)

See Additional Command Examples in this Appendix.

D-4 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

Table of Commands

Command Request Status

M: Master Sends S: Slave Responds

Notes

REQ ACK

M: lc a1 a2 00 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 00 02 v1 v2 cs

protocol version v1=0; v2=1

REQ CONTROLLER SW VER or FIRMWARE CHECKSUM

M: lc a1 a2 02 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 02 nn d1 ... dn cs

Controller SW version in ASCII

Example: Request SW version, controller returns 084992.2N

1. Master sends:

lc a1 a2 02 00 cs

2. Slave responds: lc a1 a2 02 0A 30 38 34 39 39 32 2E 32 4E 20 E4

Example: Request controller checksum, controller returns 20FA

1. Master sends:

CA 00 01 02 01 01 FA

2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 02 04 32 30 46 41 0F

REQ STATUS ERROR

M: lc a1 a2 09 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 09 nn d1 ... dn cs
M: S: lc a1 a2 0F 02 en ed cs

see Request Status Table in this Appendix
Response Only! ed = Error Data en = Error Number
1: Bad Command 2: Bad Data 3: Bad Checksum See Error in this Appendix

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex D-5

Appendix D

Request Low Alarm Values REQ LO FLOW1 REQ LO TEMP1 REQ LO ANALOG1 Request High Alarm Values REQ HI FLOW1 REQ HI TEMP1 REQ HI ANALOG1 Request Measurements REQ FLOW1 REQ TEMP1 REQ TEMP4 REQ ANALOG1 REQ ANALOG2 Request PID Settings REQ SETPT1 REQ COOL P TERM1 REQ COOL I TERM1 REQ COOL D TERM1

M: lc a1 a2 30 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 30 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 40 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 40 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 48 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 48 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
M: lc a1 a2 50 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 50 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 60 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 60 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 68 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 68 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
M: lc a1 a2 10 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 10 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 20 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 20 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 23 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 23 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 28 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 28 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 29 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 29 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
M: lc a1 a2 70 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 70 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 74 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 74 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 75 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 75 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 76 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 76 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

Process Alarm Process Alarm Pressure Process Supply Alarm
Process Alarm Process Alarm Pressure Process Supply Alarm
Process Fluid Flow Process Fluid Supply Temperature (RTD1) Remote Temperature (RTD4) Process Fluid Supply Pressure (P1) Refrigeration Suction Pressure (P2)
Process Fluid Setpoint

D-6 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Set Status Settings SET KEYSTROKE SET ON/OFF ARRAY Set Low Alarm Values SET LO FLOW1 SET LO TEMP1 SET LO ANALOG1 SET High Alarm Values SET HI FLOW1 SET HI TEMP1 SET HI ANALOG1 SET PID Settings SET SETPT1 SET COOL P TERM1 SET COOL I TERM1 SET COOL D TERM1

M: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs S: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs M: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 ... dn cs S: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 ... dn cs
M: lc a1 a2 B0 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 B0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 C0 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 C0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 C8 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 C8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
M: lc a1 a2 D0 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 D0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 E0 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 E0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 E8 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 E8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
M: lc a1 a2 F0 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 F0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 F4 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 F4 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 F5 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 F5 03 d1 d2 d3 cs M: lc a1 a2 F6 02 d1 d2 cs S: lc a1 a2 F6 03 d1 d2 d3 cs

Appendix D
See Keystroke in this Appendix See Set On/Off Array in this Appendix d1: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON, 2 = no change Process Alarm Process Alarm Pressure Process Supply Alarm
Process Alarm Process Alarm Pressure Process Supply Alarm
Process Fluid Setpoint Cool P Term Cool I Term Cool D Term

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex D-7

Appendix D

Request Status Table

Basic nn 4
b0 b1 b2 d1 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7

Chiller Running RTD1 open or shorted RTD2 open or shorted RTD3 open or shorted High Temp fixed fault Low Temp fixed fault High Temp fault or warn Low Temp fault or warn

b0 b1 b2 d2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7

High Pressure fault or warn Low Pressure fault or warn Drip Pan fault High Level fault Phase Monitor fault Motor Overload fault LPC fault HPC fault

b0 b1 b2 d3 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
b0 d4 b1
b2

External EMO fault Local EMO fault Low Flow fault Auto Refill fault/ Low Level fault Sense 5V fault Invalid level fault Low fixed flow warn High pressure fault (set at factory)
Low pressure fault (set at factory) Chiller powering up Chiller powering down

D-8 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

Appendix D

Error

The slave detected an error in the message it received from the master, so it returns this command instead of echoing the command sent by the master. The slave returns the command it received from the master in the ed byte, and an error code in the en byte.

Error

Bad command � not recognized by slave

Bad data

Bad checksum

Some errors may not result in any response. The slave ignores incoming bytes until it sees the valid lead character and its slave address. Then it must receive the correct number of bytes (determined by the length byte) before it can respond. If an incomplete frame is received, the slave will time out and clear its input buffer without responding.

Set On/Off Array

This command is used to set the state of the chiller, on or off. Sending a 0 in the array turns off the chiller while sending a 1 turns it on. Sending a 2 does not change the state. The array is returned showing the state after the command has been carried out. Sending all 2's effectively turns this command into a request status command.

Chiller On/Off

Set Keystroke

This command is used to affect a keystroke remotely as if someone pressed the key on the HMI.

Value 0 1 2 3 4
5

Null Enter Up/Yes Down/No Mode
On/Off

Thermo Scientific

ThermoFlex D-9

Appendix D

Set Special Commands

These commands are product specific.
Master Sends: lc a1 a2 8D nn d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 cs

Slave Returns: lc a1 a2 8D nn d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 cs

Byte

Master

Command byte

Entered Value MSB

Entered Value

Entered Value LSB

Slave

Command 0x00

Master sends
CA 00 01 8D 02 d1 d2 cs d1 = command byte = 00 d2 = analog option byte

Description Set analog option

Slave returns CA 00 01 8D 03 00 d2 d3 cs

0x80

CA 00 01 8D 01 80 cs

Request PM status CA 00 01 8D 03 80 d2 d3 cs

Set analog option command

d2 analog option byte b.6 - b.7 = unused

b.4 - b.5 = DAC enable 0 = voltage 1 = millivolt 2 = current 3 = no change

b.2 - b.3 = DAC out 0 = voltage 1 = millivolt 2 = current 3 = no change

Eg. Command to enable DAC, set DAC out to Voltage and set Analog in to millivolt

Master sends

Slave returns

CA 00 01 8D 02 00 11 5E

Eg. Command to set DAC out to current without changing DAC enable or analog in

Master sends

Slave returns

CA 00 01 8D 02 00 3B 34

CA 00 01 8D 02 00 19 56

b.0 - b.1 = analog in 0 = voltage 1 = millivolt 2 = current 3 = no change

D-10 ThermoFlex

Thermo Scientific

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

[1] Manufacturer Thermo Fisher Scientific 25 Nimble Hill Rd Newington, NH 03801 USA

[2] Authorized Representative Thermo Electron LED GmbH Robert-Bosch-Str. 1 63505 Langenselbold Germany

[3] Product Type ThermoFlex product line of chillers and heat exchangers for process flow applications

[4] Model Name(s) Unit has a 15-digit or 16-digit part numbers defined on pages 2-3 of this document.

[5] Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency Voltage ratings are reflected as part of the Model Name, defined on the following pages of this document.

[6] The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the relevant Union harmonization legislation:

[7] EC Directives 2014/30/EU 2014/35/EU 2011/65/EU

Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive Low Voltage Directive RoHS Directive

[8] The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

[9] Standards EN 61326-1:2013 EN 61010-1:2010, EN 61010-2-010:2014, EN 61010-2-011:2017 EN 50581:2012

[10] This declaration is valid from the product manufactured after the date. 28 September, 2018

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Mark Pearson Global Regulatory Affairs Director
Laboratory Products Division Thermo Fisher Scientific

Page 1 of 6

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Model and Voltage Number Definition :

Unit has a 15-digit part number consisting of UU C VV PP c XXXXXXX as follows:

UU =

unit type can be:

10= TF900

11= TF1400

15= TF7500

16= TF10000

12= TF2500 17= TF15000

13= TF3500 18= TF20000

14= TF5000 19= TF24000

C = Cooling type and Temperature Range where: A/C= Air-cooled, W/C-Water-cooled

1 - A/C Std Temp 5-40C,

2 - A/C Hi Temp 5-90C 3 - W/C Std Temp 5-40C 4 - W/C Hi Temp 5-90C

5 - A/C Temp -5 to 90C

6 - W/C Temp -5 to 90C 7 - A/C Temp -5 to 40C 8 - W/C Temp -5 to 40C

A - Hi Temp No Cooling

B - A/C Temp -5 to 55C C - W/C Temp -5 to 55C

VV = Voltage Ratings:

Single Phase:

Three Phase:

10 = 115V/60Hz,

100V/50Hz

17 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz,

11 = (100/115V)/60Hz, (100/115V)/50Hz 18 = 400V/50Hz

12 = (208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz

20 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz,

16 = 230V/50Hz

21 = 460V/60Hz,

20 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, (200/230V)/50Hz

200V/50Hz
(200-230V)/50Hz 400V/50Hz

PP = Pump type, can be 10 through 40 inclusive.

c = Controller type. Can be any digit from 1-8, inclusive.

X = Any digit from 0-9, used as sequential numbering only.

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Page 2 of 6

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

16-digit part number consisting of UU C V P c XXXXXXXX defined as follows:

UU = unit type can be:

10= TF900

11= TF1400

15= TF7500

16= TF10000

12= TF2500 17= TF15000

13= TF3500 18= TF20000

14= TF5000 19= TF24000

C = Cooling type and Temperature Range where: A/C= Air-cooled, W/C-Water-cooled

1 - A/C Std Temp 5-40C

2 - A/C Hi Temp 5-90C 3 - W/C Std Temp 5-40C 4 - W/C Hi Temp 5-90C

5 - A/C Temp -5 to 90C

6 - W/C Temp -5 to 90C 7 - A/C Temp -5 to 40C 8 - W/C Temp -5 to 40C

A - Hi Temp No Cooling

B - A/C Temp -5 to 55C C - W/C Temp -5 to 55C D - W/C Temp 5 to 80C

V = Voltage Ratings:

Single Phase:

1 = 115V/60Hz,

100V/50Hz

2 = (100/115V)/60Hz, (100/115V)/50Hz

3= (208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz

4 = 230V/50Hz

7 = (200-230V)/60Hz, (200-230V)/50Hz

Three Phase: 5 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, 6 = 400V/50Hz 8 = 460V/60Hz,

200V/50Hz 400V/50Hz

P = Pump type, can be 0-9 or A-Z.

c = Controller type. Can be any digit from 1-6, inclusive.

X = Any alphanumeric character 0-9 or A-Z.

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Page 3 of 6

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

DE) [1] Hersteller - [2] Bevollm�chtigter Vertreter - [3] Produkttyp - [4] Modellbezeichnung(en) - [5] Nennspannung, Nennfrequenz � [6] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erkl�rung erf�llt die einschl�gigen Harmonisierungsrechtsvorschriften der Union:: [7] EG-Richtlinien - [8] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erkl�rung erf�llt die Vorschriften der Richtlinie 2011/65/EU des Europ�ischen Parlaments und des Rates vom 8. Juni 2011 zur Beschr�nkung der Verwendung bestimmter gef�hrlicher Stoffe in Elektro- und Elektronikger�ten: [9] Normen - [10] Diese Erkl�rung gilt f�r die nach diesem Datum hergestellten Produkte. [10] Diese Erkl�rung gilt f�r das Produkt mit folgender Seriennummer und Herstellungsdatum FR) [1] Fabricant - [2] Repr�sentant agr�� - [3] Type de produit - [4] D�signation(s) du mod�le - [5] Tension nominale, Fr�quence nominale � [6] L'objet de la d�claration d�crit ci-dessus est conforme � la l�gislation d'harmonisation de l'Union applicable : [7] Directives europ�ennes - [8] L'objet de la d�claration d�crit ci-dessus est conforme � la directive 2011/65/UE du Parlement europ�en et du Conseil du 8 juin 2011 relative � la limitation de l'utilisation de certaines substances dangereuses dans les �quipements �lectriques et �lectroniques . [9] Normes - [10] La pr�sente d�claration est valable � partir de la date de fabrication du produit. [10] La pr�sente d�claration est valable pour le produit portant le num�ro de s�rie et la date de fabrication suivants. IT) [1] Produttore - [2] Rappresentante autorizzato - [3] Tipo di prodotto - [4] Nomi dei modelli - [5] Tensione nominale, Frequenza nominali � [6] L'oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra � conforme alla pertinente normativa di armonizzazione dell'Unione [7] Direttive CE - [8] L'oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra � conforme alla direttiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio dell'8 giugno 2011, sulla restrizione dell'uso di determinate sostanze pericolose nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche [9] Standard - [10] Questa dichiarazione � valida dal prodotto costruito dopo la data. [10] Questa ichiarazione � valida per il prodotto con i seguenti numero di serie e data di produzione ES) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante autorizado - [3] Tipo de producto - [4] Modelos - [5] Tensi�n nominal, Frecuencia nominal - [6] El objeto de la declaraci�n descrita anteriormente es conforme con la legislaci�n de armonizaci�n pertinente de la Uni�n: [7] Directivas CE - [8] El objeto de la declaraci�n descrito anteriormente es conforme a la Directiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo, de 8 de junio de 2011, sobre restricciones a la utilizaci�n de determinadas sustancias peligrosas en aparatos el�ctricos y electr�nicos [9] Normas - [10] Esta declaraci�n es v�lida para el producto fabricado despu�s de la fecha. [10] Esta declaraci�n es v�lida para el producto con el siguiente n�mero de serie y fechade manufactura. PT) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante Autorizado - [3] Tipo de Produto - [4] Nome(s) do Modelo - [5] Tens�o Nominal, Frequ�ncia Nominal � [6] O objeto da declara��o acima descrito est� em conformidade com a legisla��o de harmoniza��o da Uni�o aplic�vel: [7] Directivas da CE - [8] O objecto da declara��o acima mencionada est� em conformidade com a Directiva 2011/65/UE do Parlamento Europeu e do Conselho, de 8 de Junho de 2011, relativa � restri��o do uso de determinadas subst�ncias perigosas em equipamentos el�ctricos e electr�nicos. [9] Normas - [10] Esta Declara��o � v�lida para o produto fabricado ap�s a data. [10] Esta Declara��o � v�lida para o produto com o seguinte n�mero de s�rie e data de fabrico NL) [1] Producent - [2] Gemachtigd vertegenwoordiger - [3] Producttype - [4] Modelnaam/namen - [5] Nominale spanning, nominale frequentie � [6] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is in overeenstemming met de desbetreffende harmonisatiewetgeving van de Unie: [7] EC-richtlijnen - [8] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is conform Richtlijn 2011/65/EU van het Europees Parlement en de Raad van 8 juni 2011 betreffende beperking van het gebruik van bepaalde gevaarlijke stoffen in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur: [9] Normen - [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor de producten die zijn geproduceerd na deze datum. [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor het product met het volgende serienummer en productiedatum. PL) [1] Producent - [2] Autoryzowany Przedstawiciel - [3] Typ produktu - [4] Nazwa(y) modelu - [5] Napicie znamionowe , czstotliwo znamionowa -[6] Wymieniony powyej przedmiot niniejszej deklaracji jest zgodny z odnonymi wymaganiami unijnego prawodawstwa harmonizacyjnego: [7] dyrektywy KE - [8] Opisany powyej przedmiot deklaracji jest zgodny z dyrektyw Parlamentu Europejskiego i Rady 2011/65/UE z dnia 8 czerwca 2011 r. w sprawie ograniczenia stosowania niekt�rych niebezpiecznych substancji w sprzcie elektrycznym i elektronicznym: [9] Standardy - [10] Deklaracja ta jest wana dla wyrob�w wyprodukowanych po dacie.[10] Niniejsza deklaracja jest wana dla produktu z nastpujcym numerem seryjnym oraz dat produkcji. CS) [1] V�robce - [2] Autorizovan� z�stupce - [3] Typ produktu - [4] N�zvy model - [5] Jmenovit� napt�, jmenovit� kmitocet � [6] V�se popsan� pedmt prohl�sen� je ve shod s p�slusn�mi harmonizacn�mi pr�vn�mi pedpisy Unie: [7] Smrnice ES - [8] V�se popsan� pedmt prohl�sen� je ve shod se smrnic� Evropsk�ho parlamentu a Rady 2011/65/EU ze dne 8. cervna 2011 o omezen� pouz�v�n� nkter�ch nebezpecn�ch l�tek v elektrick�ch a elektronick�ch za�zen�ch: [9] Normy - [10] Toto prohl�sen� o shod plat� od data v�roby produktu. [10] Toto prohl�sen� o shod plat� pro produkt s n�sleduj�c�m v�robn�m c�slem a datem v�roby.

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Page 4 of 6

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Page 5 of 6

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
EL) [1] - [2] - [3] - [4] - [5] , � [6] :: [7] - [8] 2011/65/ , 8 2011, : [9] - [10] . [10] GA) [1] Monar�ir - [2] Ionada� �daraithe - [3] Cine�l T�irge - [4] Ainm (neacha ) Samhail - [5] R�t�il Voltage , Minic�ocht R�t�il - [6] T� cusp�ir an dearbhaithe a bhfuil tuairisc air thuas i gcomhr�ir le reachta�ocht �bhartha an Aontais maidir le comhchuibhi�: [7] Treoracha CE - [8] T� cusp�ir an dearbhaithe a bhfuil tuairisc air thuas i gcomhr�ir le Treoir 2011/65/AE � Pharlaimint na hEorpa agus �n gComhairle an 8 Meitheamh 2011 maidir le srian ar shubstaint� guaiseacha �irithe a �s�id i dtrealamh leictreach agus leictreonach [9] Caighde�in - [10] T� an dearbh� bail� �n t�irge a mhonara�tear i ndiaidh an d�ta sin.[10] T� an dearbh� bail� ar feadh an t�irge foirgn�ochta an sraithuimhir leanas agus d�ta monaraithe
HR) [1] Proizvoac - [2] Ovlasteni zastupnik - [3] Vrsta proizvoda - [4] Naziv(i) modela - [5] Nazivni napon, nazivna frekvencija � [6] Predmet navedene izjave u skladu je s mjerodavnim zakonodavstvom Unije o usklaivanju: [7] Direktive EZ-a - [8] Gore opisan predmet izjave u skladu je s Direktivom 2011/65/EU Europskog parlamenta i Vijea od 8. lipnja 2011. o ogranicavanju uporabe odreenih opasnih tvari u elektricnoj i elektronickoj opremi: [9] Norme - [10] Ova izjava vrijedi za proizvod proizveden nakon navedenog datuma.[10] Ova izjava vrijedi za proizvod sa sljedeim serijskim brojem i datumom proizvodnje
RO) [1] Productor - [2] Reprezentant Autorizat - [3] Tipul Produsului - [4] Nume model(e) - [5] Tensiune nominal, Frecvena nominal � [6] Obiectul declaraiei descris mai sus este �n conformitate cu legislaia relevant de armonizare a Uniunii: [7] Directive CE - [8] Obiectul declaraiei descris mai sus este conform Directivei 2011/65/UE a Parlamentului European i a Consiliului din 8 iunie 2011 privind restriciile de utilizare a anumitor substane periculoase �n echipamentele electrice i electronice: [9] Standarde - [10] Aceast declaraie este valabil pentru produsele fabricate dup data curent. [10] Aceast declaraie este valabil pentru produsul cu urmtorul numr de serie i urmtoarea dat de fabricaie HU) [1] Gy�rt� � [2] Meghatalmazott k�pvisel � [3] Term�kt�pus � [4] Modell(ek) neve � [5] N�vleges fesz�lts�g, n�vleges frekvencia � [6] A fent ismertetett nyilatkozat t�rgya megfelel a vonatkoz� uni�s harmoniz�ci�s jogszab�lynak: [7] EC-ir�nyelvek � [8] E nyilatkozat fent le�rt t�rgya �sszhangban van az egyes vesz�lyes anyagok elektromos �s elektronikus berendez�sekben val� alkalmaz�s�nak korl�toz�s�r�l sz�l�, 2011. j�nius 8-i 2011/65/EU eur�pai parlamenti �s tan�csi ir�nyelvvel: [9] Szabv�nyok � [10] Jelen nyilatkozat a megadott d�tum ut�n gy�rtott term�kekre �rv�nyes. [10] Jelen nyilatkozat a k�vetkez sorozatsz�m� �s gy�rt�si d�tum� term�kre �rv�nyes. BG) [1] - [2] - [3] - [4] - [5] , � [6] , -, : [7] - [8] , -, 2011/65/ 8 2011 . : [9] - [10] , . [10] . ZH) [1] - [2] - [3] - [4] - [5] � [6] [7] - [8] 201168 2011/65 / EU [9] - [10] [10]

Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017

Page 6 of 6

WARRANTY
Thermo Fisher Scientific warrants for 24 months (excluding MD1/MD2 Magnetic Drive and P1/P2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months) from date of shipment the Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex chiller according to the following terms.
Any part of the chiller manufactured or supplied by Thermo Fisher Scientific and found in the reasonable judgment of Thermo Fisher to be defective in material or workmanship will be repaired at an authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot without charge for parts or labor. The chiller, including any defective part must be returned to an authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot within the warranty period. The expense of returning the chiller to the authorized Thermo Fisher Repair Depot for warranty service will be paid for by the buyer. Our responsibility in respect to warranty claims is limited to performing the required repairs or replacements, and no claim of breach of warranty shall be cause for cancellation or recision of the contract of sales of any chiller. With respect to chillers that qualify for field service repairs, Thermo Fisher Scientific's responsibility is limited to the component parts necessary for the repair and the labor that is required on site to perform the repair. Any travel labor or mileage charges are the financial responsibility of the buyer.
The buyer shall be responsible for any evaluation or warranty service call (including labor charges) if no defects are found with the Thermo Scientific product.
This warranty does not cover any chiller that has been subject to misuse, neglect, or accident. This warranty does not apply to any damage to the chiller that is the result of improper installation or maintenance, or to any chiller that has been operated or maintained in any way contrary to the operating or maintenance instructions specified in this Instruction and Operation Manual. This warranty does not cover any chiller that has been altered or modified so as to change its intended use.
In addition, this warranty does not extend to repairs made by the use of parts, accessories, or fluids which are either incompatible with the chiller or adversely affect its operation, performance, or durability.
Thermo Fisher Scientific reserves the right to change or improve the design of any chiller without assuming any obligation to modify any chiller previously manufactured.
THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
OUR OBLIGATION UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS STRICTLY AND EXCLUSIVELY LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENT PARTS AND Thermo Fisher Scientific DOES NOT ASSUME OR AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION.
Thermo Fisher Scientific ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHER DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF THE CHILLER, LOSS OF TIME, OR INCONVENIENCE.
This warranty applies to chillers sold by Thermo Fisher Scientific. (Refer to the warranty for chillers sold by the affiliated marketing company of Thermo Fisher Scientific for any additional terms.) This warranty and all matters arising pursuant to it shall be governed by the law of the State of New Hampshire, United States. All legal actions brought in relation hereto shall be filed in the appropriate state or federal courts in New Hampshire, unless waived by Thermo Fisher Scientific.

Thermo Fisher Scientific 168 Third Avenue Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 United States
www.thermofisher.com